ETH Price: $2,419.47 (+7.62%)

Transaction Decoder

Block:
21506259 at Dec-29-2024 06:12:47 AM +UTC
Transaction Fee:
0.000867584178153282 ETH $2.10
Gas Used:
196,967 Gas / 4.404718446 Gwei

Emitted Events:

156 0xf3de3c0d654fda23dad170f0f320a92172509127.0x7724394874fdd8ad13292ec739b441f85c6559f10dc4141b8d4c0fa4cbf55bdb( 0x7724394874fdd8ad13292ec739b441f85c6559f10dc4141b8d4c0fa4cbf55bdb, 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 )
157 WETH9.Deposit( dst=[Receiver] 0xf3de3c0d654fda23dad170f0f320a92172509127, wad=16000000000000000 )
158 FiatTokenProxy.0xddf252ad1be2c89b69c2b068fc378daa952ba7f163c4a11628f55a4df523b3ef( 0xddf252ad1be2c89b69c2b068fc378daa952ba7f163c4a11628f55a4df523b3ef, 0x000000000000000000000000e0554a476a092703abdb3ef35c80e0d76d32939f, 0x000000000000000000000000f3de3c0d654fda23dad170f0f320a92172509127, 000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000337bf40 )
159 WETH9.Transfer( src=[Receiver] 0xf3de3c0d654fda23dad170f0f320a92172509127, dst=0xE0554a476A092703abdB3Ef35c80e0D76d32939F, wad=16000000000000000 )
160 0xe0554a476a092703abdb3ef35c80e0d76d32939f.0xc42079f94a6350d7e6235f29174924f928cc2ac818eb64fed8004e115fbcca67( 0xc42079f94a6350d7e6235f29174924f928cc2ac818eb64fed8004e115fbcca67, 0x000000000000000000000000f3de3c0d654fda23dad170f0f320a92172509127, 0x000000000000000000000000f3de3c0d654fda23dad170f0f320a92172509127, fffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffcc840c0, 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000038d7ea4c680000, 000000000000000000000000000000000000433ecab93eff8596615cb20d59ae, 00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000006cea24bc1cf4bf2, 000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000002fa08 )
161 TransparentUpgradeableProxy.0xddf252ad1be2c89b69c2b068fc378daa952ba7f163c4a11628f55a4df523b3ef( 0xddf252ad1be2c89b69c2b068fc378daa952ba7f163c4a11628f55a4df523b3ef, 0x0000000000000000000000008bb9cd887dd51c5aa8d7da9e244c94bec035e47c, 0x000000000000000000000000c741e8d3dbde1255e2961df114ccc66075c5a6d5, 000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000002ec7452d35143c56c )
162 FiatTokenProxy.0xddf252ad1be2c89b69c2b068fc378daa952ba7f163c4a11628f55a4df523b3ef( 0xddf252ad1be2c89b69c2b068fc378daa952ba7f163c4a11628f55a4df523b3ef, 0x000000000000000000000000f3de3c0d654fda23dad170f0f320a92172509127, 0x0000000000000000000000008bb9cd887dd51c5aa8d7da9e244c94bec035e47c, 000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000337bf40 )
163 UniswapV3Pool.Swap( sender=[Receiver] 0xf3de3c0d654fda23dad170f0f320a92172509127, recipient=[Sender] 0xc741e8d3dbde1255e2961df114ccc66075c5a6d5, amount0=-53931822505223505260, amount1=53985088, sqrtPriceX96=79247459935706042944142, liquidity=1037766919933423357539, tick=-276320 )
164 0xf3de3c0d654fda23dad170f0f320a92172509127.0x1bb43f2da90e35f7b0cf38521ca95a49e68eb42fac49924930a5bd73cdf7576c( 0x1bb43f2da90e35f7b0cf38521ca95a49e68eb42fac49924930a5bd73cdf7576c, 000000000000000000000000eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee, 00000000000000000000000066a1e37c9b0eaddca17d3662d6c05f4decf3e110, 000000000000000000000000c741e8d3dbde1255e2961df114ccc66075c5a6d5, 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000038d7ea4c680000, 000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000002ec7452d35143c56c )

Account State Difference:

  Address   Before After State Difference Code
0x66a1E37c...DECf3e110
0x8Bb9cD88...eC035e47c
(Uniswap V3: USR-USDC)
(beaverbuild)
19.799011821471652568 Eth19.799208788471652568 Eth0.000196967
0xA0b86991...E3606eB48
0xC02aaA39...83C756Cc2 2,886,898.011040922016096935 Eth2,886,898.027040922016096935 Eth0.016
0xc741e8d3...075c5a6d5
0.033691089281839665 Eth
Nonce: 93
0.016823505103686383 Eth
Nonce: 94
0.016867584178153282
0xE0554a47...76d32939F
(Uniswap V3: USDC 4)

Execution Trace

ETH 0.016 0xf3de3c0d654fda23dad170f0f320a92172509127.0d5f0e3b( )
  • ETH 0.016 WETH9.CALL( )
  • Uniswap V3: USDC 4.128acb08( )
    • FiatTokenProxy.a9059cbb( )
      • FiatTokenV2_2.transfer( to=0xF3dE3C0d654FDa23daD170f0f320a92172509127, value=53985088 ) => ( True )
      • WETH9.balanceOf( 0xE0554a476A092703abdB3Ef35c80e0D76d32939F ) => ( 554735988834588201298 )
      • 0xf3de3c0d654fda23dad170f0f320a92172509127.fa461e33( )
        • Uniswap V3: USDC 4.STATICCALL( )
        • Uniswap V3: USDC 4.STATICCALL( )
        • Uniswap V3: USDC 4.STATICCALL( )
        • WETH9.transfer( dst=0xE0554a476A092703abdB3Ef35c80e0D76d32939F, wad=16000000000000000 ) => ( True )
        • WETH9.balanceOf( 0xE0554a476A092703abdB3Ef35c80e0D76d32939F ) => ( 554751988834588201298 )
        • UniswapV3Pool.swap( recipient=0xc741e8d3DBdE1255e2961df114CCc66075c5a6d5, zeroForOne=False, amountSpecified=53985088, sqrtPriceLimitX96=1461446703485210103287273052203988822378723970341, data=0x000000000000000000000000F3DE3C0D654FDA23DAD170F0F320A92172509127 ) => ( amount0=-53931822505223505260, amount1=53985088 )
          • TransparentUpgradeableProxy.a9059cbb( )
            • SimpleToken.transfer( to=0xc741e8d3DBdE1255e2961df114CCc66075c5a6d5, value=53931822505223505260 ) => ( True )
            • FiatTokenProxy.70a08231( )
              • FiatTokenV2_2.balanceOf( account=0x8Bb9cD887Dd51c5aA8d7dA9e244c94beC035e47c ) => ( 1463723231307 )
              • 0xf3de3c0d654fda23dad170f0f320a92172509127.fa461e33( )
                • UniswapV3Pool.STATICCALL( )
                • UniswapV3Pool.STATICCALL( )
                • UniswapV3Pool.STATICCALL( )
                • FiatTokenProxy.a9059cbb( )
                  • FiatTokenV2_2.transfer( to=0x8Bb9cD887Dd51c5aA8d7dA9e244c94beC035e47c, value=53985088 ) => ( True )
                  • FiatTokenProxy.70a08231( )
                    • FiatTokenV2_2.balanceOf( account=0x8Bb9cD887Dd51c5aA8d7dA9e244c94beC035e47c ) => ( 1463777216395 )
                    • UniswapV3Pool.STATICCALL( )
                      File 1 of 6: WETH9
                      // Copyright (C) 2015, 2016, 2017 Dapphub
                      
                      // This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
                      // it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
                      // the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
                      // (at your option) any later version.
                      
                      // This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
                      // but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
                      // MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
                      // GNU General Public License for more details.
                      
                      // You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
                      // along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
                      
                      pragma solidity ^0.4.18;
                      
                      contract WETH9 {
                          string public name     = "Wrapped Ether";
                          string public symbol   = "WETH";
                          uint8  public decimals = 18;
                      
                          event  Approval(address indexed src, address indexed guy, uint wad);
                          event  Transfer(address indexed src, address indexed dst, uint wad);
                          event  Deposit(address indexed dst, uint wad);
                          event  Withdrawal(address indexed src, uint wad);
                      
                          mapping (address => uint)                       public  balanceOf;
                          mapping (address => mapping (address => uint))  public  allowance;
                      
                          function() public payable {
                              deposit();
                          }
                          function deposit() public payable {
                              balanceOf[msg.sender] += msg.value;
                              Deposit(msg.sender, msg.value);
                          }
                          function withdraw(uint wad) public {
                              require(balanceOf[msg.sender] >= wad);
                              balanceOf[msg.sender] -= wad;
                              msg.sender.transfer(wad);
                              Withdrawal(msg.sender, wad);
                          }
                      
                          function totalSupply() public view returns (uint) {
                              return this.balance;
                          }
                      
                          function approve(address guy, uint wad) public returns (bool) {
                              allowance[msg.sender][guy] = wad;
                              Approval(msg.sender, guy, wad);
                              return true;
                          }
                      
                          function transfer(address dst, uint wad) public returns (bool) {
                              return transferFrom(msg.sender, dst, wad);
                          }
                      
                          function transferFrom(address src, address dst, uint wad)
                              public
                              returns (bool)
                          {
                              require(balanceOf[src] >= wad);
                      
                              if (src != msg.sender && allowance[src][msg.sender] != uint(-1)) {
                                  require(allowance[src][msg.sender] >= wad);
                                  allowance[src][msg.sender] -= wad;
                              }
                      
                              balanceOf[src] -= wad;
                              balanceOf[dst] += wad;
                      
                              Transfer(src, dst, wad);
                      
                              return true;
                          }
                      }
                      
                      
                      /*
                                          GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
                                             Version 3, 29 June 2007
                      
                       Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
                       Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
                       of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
                      
                                                  Preamble
                      
                        The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
                      software and other kinds of works.
                      
                        The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
                      to take away your freedom to share and change the works.  By contrast,
                      the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
                      share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
                      software for all its users.  We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
                      GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
                      any other work released this way by its authors.  You can apply it to
                      your programs, too.
                      
                        When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
                      price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
                      have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
                      them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
                      want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
                      free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
                      
                        To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
                      these rights or asking you to surrender the rights.  Therefore, you have
                      certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
                      you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
                      
                        For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
                      gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
                      freedoms that you received.  You must make sure that they, too, receive
                      or can get the source code.  And you must show them these terms so they
                      know their rights.
                      
                        Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
                      (1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
                      giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
                      
                        For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
                      that there is no warranty for this free software.  For both users' and
                      authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
                      changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
                      authors of previous versions.
                      
                        Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
                      modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
                      can do so.  This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
                      protecting users' freedom to change the software.  The systematic
                      pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
                      use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable.  Therefore, we
                      have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
                      products.  If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
                      stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
                      of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
                      
                        Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
                      States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
                      software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
                      avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
                      make it effectively proprietary.  To prevent this, the GPL assures that
                      patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
                      
                        The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
                      modification follow.
                      
                                             TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                      
                        0. Definitions.
                      
                        "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
                      
                        "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
                      works, such as semiconductor masks.
                      
                        "The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
                      License.  Each licensee is addressed as "you".  "Licensees" and
                      "recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
                      
                        To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
                      in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
                      exact copy.  The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
                      earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
                      
                        A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
                      on the Program.
                      
                        To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
                      permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
                      infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
                      computer or modifying a private copy.  Propagation includes copying,
                      distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
                      public, and in some countries other activities as well.
                      
                        To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
                      parties to make or receive copies.  Mere interaction with a user through
                      a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
                      
                        An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
                      to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
                      feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
                      tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
                      extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
                      work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License.  If
                      the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
                      menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
                      
                        1. Source Code.
                      
                        The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
                      for making modifications to it.  "Object code" means any non-source
                      form of a work.
                      
                        A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
                      standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
                      interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
                      is widely used among developers working in that language.
                      
                        The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
                      than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
                      packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
                      Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
                      Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
                      implementation is available to the public in source code form.  A
                      "Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
                      (kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
                      (if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
                      produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
                      
                        The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
                      the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
                      work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
                      control those activities.  However, it does not include the work's
                      System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
                      programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
                      which are not part of the work.  For example, Corresponding Source
                      includes interface definition files associated with source files for
                      the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
                      linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
                      such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
                      subprograms and other parts of the work.
                      
                        The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
                      can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
                      Source.
                      
                        The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
                      same work.
                      
                        2. Basic Permissions.
                      
                        All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
                      copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
                      conditions are met.  This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
                      permission to run the unmodified Program.  The output from running a
                      covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
                      content, constitutes a covered work.  This License acknowledges your
                      rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
                      
                        You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
                      convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
                      in force.  You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
                      of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
                      with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
                      the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
                      not control copyright.  Those thus making or running the covered works
                      for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
                      and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
                      your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
                      
                        Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
                      the conditions stated below.  Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
                      makes it unnecessary.
                      
                        3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
                      
                        No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
                      measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
                      11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
                      similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
                      measures.
                      
                        When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
                      circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
                      is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
                      the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
                      modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
                      users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
                      technological measures.
                      
                        4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
                      
                        You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
                      receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
                      appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
                      keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
                      non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
                      keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
                      recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
                      
                        You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
                      and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
                      
                        5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
                      
                        You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
                      produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
                      terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
                      
                          a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
                          it, and giving a relevant date.
                      
                          b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
                          released under this License and any conditions added under section
                          7.  This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
                          "keep intact all notices".
                      
                          c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
                          License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy.  This
                          License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
                          additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
                          regardless of how they are packaged.  This License gives no
                          permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
                          invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
                      
                          d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
                          Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
                          interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
                          work need not make them do so.
                      
                        A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
                      works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
                      and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
                      in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
                      "aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
                      used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
                      beyond what the individual works permit.  Inclusion of a covered work
                      in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
                      parts of the aggregate.
                      
                        6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
                      
                        You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
                      of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
                      machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
                      in one of these ways:
                      
                          a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
                          (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
                          Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
                          customarily used for software interchange.
                      
                          b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
                          (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
                          written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
                          long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
                          model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
                          copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
                          product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
                          medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
                          more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
                          conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
                          Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
                      
                          c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
                          written offer to provide the Corresponding Source.  This
                          alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
                          only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
                          with subsection 6b.
                      
                          d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
                          place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
                          Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
                          further charge.  You need not require recipients to copy the
                          Corresponding Source along with the object code.  If the place to
                          copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
                          may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
                          that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
                          clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
                          Corresponding Source.  Regardless of what server hosts the
                          Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
                          available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
                      
                          e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
                          you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
                          Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
                          charge under subsection 6d.
                      
                        A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
                      from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
                      included in conveying the object code work.
                      
                        A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
                      tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
                      or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
                      into a dwelling.  In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
                      doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage.  For a particular
                      product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
                      typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
                      of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
                      actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product.  A product
                      is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
                      commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
                      the only significant mode of use of the product.
                      
                        "Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
                      procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
                      and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
                      a modified version of its Corresponding Source.  The information must
                      suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
                      code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
                      modification has been made.
                      
                        If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
                      specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
                      part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
                      User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
                      fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
                      Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
                      by the Installation Information.  But this requirement does not apply
                      if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
                      modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
                      been installed in ROM).
                      
                        The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
                      requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
                      for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
                      the User Product in which it has been modified or installed.  Access to a
                      network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
                      adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
                      protocols for communication across the network.
                      
                        Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
                      in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
                      documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
                      source code form), and must require no special password or key for
                      unpacking, reading or copying.
                      
                        7. Additional Terms.
                      
                        "Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
                      License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
                      Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
                      be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
                      that they are valid under applicable law.  If additional permissions
                      apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
                      under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
                      this License without regard to the additional permissions.
                      
                        When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
                      remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
                      it.  (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
                      removal in certain cases when you modify the work.)  You may place
                      additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
                      for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
                      
                        Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
                      add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
                      that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
                      
                          a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
                          terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
                      
                          b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
                          author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
                          Notices displayed by works containing it; or
                      
                          c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
                          requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
                          reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
                      
                          d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
                          authors of the material; or
                      
                          e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
                          trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
                      
                          f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
                          material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
                          it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
                          any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
                          those licensors and authors.
                      
                        All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
                      restrictions" within the meaning of section 10.  If the Program as you
                      received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
                      governed by this License along with a term that is a further
                      restriction, you may remove that term.  If a license document contains
                      a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
                      License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
                      of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
                      not survive such relicensing or conveying.
                      
                        If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
                      must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
                      additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
                      where to find the applicable terms.
                      
                        Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
                      form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
                      the above requirements apply either way.
                      
                        8. Termination.
                      
                        You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
                      provided under this License.  Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
                      modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
                      this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
                      paragraph of section 11).
                      
                        However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
                      license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
                      provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
                      finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
                      holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
                      prior to 60 days after the cessation.
                      
                        Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
                      reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
                      violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
                      received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
                      copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
                      your receipt of the notice.
                      
                        Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
                      licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
                      this License.  If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
                      reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
                      material under section 10.
                      
                        9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
                      
                        You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
                      run a copy of the Program.  Ancillary propagation of a covered work
                      occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
                      to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance.  However,
                      nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
                      modify any covered work.  These actions infringe copyright if you do
                      not accept this License.  Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
                      covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
                      
                        10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
                      
                        Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
                      receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
                      propagate that work, subject to this License.  You are not responsible
                      for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
                      
                        An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
                      organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
                      organization, or merging organizations.  If propagation of a covered
                      work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
                      transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
                      licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
                      give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
                      Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
                      the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
                      
                        You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
                      rights granted or affirmed under this License.  For example, you may
                      not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
                      rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
                      (including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
                      any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
                      sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
                      
                        11. Patents.
                      
                        A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
                      License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based.  The
                      work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
                      
                        A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
                      owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
                      hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
                      by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
                      but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
                      consequence of further modification of the contributor version.  For
                      purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
                      patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
                      this License.
                      
                        Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
                      patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
                      make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
                      propagate the contents of its contributor version.
                      
                        In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
                      agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
                      (such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
                      sue for patent infringement).  To "grant" such a patent license to a
                      party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
                      patent against the party.
                      
                        If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
                      and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
                      to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
                      publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
                      then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
                      available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
                      patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
                      consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
                      license to downstream recipients.  "Knowingly relying" means you have
                      actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
                      covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
                      in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
                      country that you have reason to believe are valid.
                      
                        If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
                      arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
                      covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
                      receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
                      or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
                      you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
                      work and works based on it.
                      
                        A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
                      the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
                      conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
                      specifically granted under this License.  You may not convey a covered
                      work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
                      in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
                      to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
                      the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
                      parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
                      patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
                      conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
                      for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
                      contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
                      or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
                      
                        Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
                      any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
                      otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
                      
                        12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
                      
                        If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
                      otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
                      excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot convey a
                      covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
                      License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
                      not convey it at all.  For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
                      to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
                      the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
                      License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
                      
                        13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
                      
                        Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
                      permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
                      under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
                      combined work, and to convey the resulting work.  The terms of this
                      License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
                      but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
                      section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
                      combination as such.
                      
                        14. Revised Versions of this License.
                      
                        The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
                      the GNU General Public License from time to time.  Such new versions will
                      be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
                      address new problems or concerns.
                      
                        Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the
                      Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
                      Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
                      option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
                      version or of any later version published by the Free Software
                      Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version number of the
                      GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
                      by the Free Software Foundation.
                      
                        If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
                      versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
                      public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
                      to choose that version for the Program.
                      
                        Later license versions may give you additional or different
                      permissions.  However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
                      author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
                      later version.
                      
                        15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
                      
                        THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
                      APPLICABLE LAW.  EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
                      HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
                      OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
                      THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
                      PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
                      IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
                      ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
                      
                        16. Limitation of Liability.
                      
                        IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
                      WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
                      THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
                      GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
                      USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
                      DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
                      PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
                      EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
                      SUCH DAMAGES.
                      
                        17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
                      
                        If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
                      above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
                      reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
                      an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
                      Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
                      copy of the Program in return for a fee.
                      
                                           END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                      
                                  How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
                      
                        If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
                      possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
                      free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
                      
                        To do so, attach the following notices to the program.  It is safest
                      to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
                      state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
                      the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
                      
                          <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
                          Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
                      
                          This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
                          it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
                          the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
                          (at your option) any later version.
                      
                          This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
                          but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
                          MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
                          GNU General Public License for more details.
                      
                          You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
                          along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
                      
                      Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
                      
                        If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
                      notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
                      
                          <program>  Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
                          This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
                          This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
                          under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
                      
                      The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
                      parts of the General Public License.  Of course, your program's commands
                      might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".
                      
                        You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
                      if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
                      For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
                      <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
                      
                        The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
                      into proprietary programs.  If your program is a subroutine library, you
                      may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
                      the library.  If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
                      Public License instead of this License.  But first, please read
                      <http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html>.
                      
                      */

                      File 2 of 6: FiatTokenProxy
                      pragma solidity ^0.4.24;
                      
                      // File: zos-lib/contracts/upgradeability/Proxy.sol
                      
                      /**
                       * @title Proxy
                       * @dev Implements delegation of calls to other contracts, with proper
                       * forwarding of return values and bubbling of failures.
                       * It defines a fallback function that delegates all calls to the address
                       * returned by the abstract _implementation() internal function.
                       */
                      contract Proxy {
                        /**
                         * @dev Fallback function.
                         * Implemented entirely in `_fallback`.
                         */
                        function () payable external {
                          _fallback();
                        }
                      
                        /**
                         * @return The Address of the implementation.
                         */
                        function _implementation() internal view returns (address);
                      
                        /**
                         * @dev Delegates execution to an implementation contract.
                         * This is a low level function that doesn't return to its internal call site.
                         * It will return to the external caller whatever the implementation returns.
                         * @param implementation Address to delegate.
                         */
                        function _delegate(address implementation) internal {
                          assembly {
                            // Copy msg.data. We take full control of memory in this inline assembly
                            // block because it will not return to Solidity code. We overwrite the
                            // Solidity scratch pad at memory position 0.
                            calldatacopy(0, 0, calldatasize)
                      
                            // Call the implementation.
                            // out and outsize are 0 because we don't know the size yet.
                            let result := delegatecall(gas, implementation, 0, calldatasize, 0, 0)
                      
                            // Copy the returned data.
                            returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize)
                      
                            switch result
                            // delegatecall returns 0 on error.
                            case 0 { revert(0, returndatasize) }
                            default { return(0, returndatasize) }
                          }
                        }
                      
                        /**
                         * @dev Function that is run as the first thing in the fallback function.
                         * Can be redefined in derived contracts to add functionality.
                         * Redefinitions must call super._willFallback().
                         */
                        function _willFallback() internal {
                        }
                      
                        /**
                         * @dev fallback implementation.
                         * Extracted to enable manual triggering.
                         */
                        function _fallback() internal {
                          _willFallback();
                          _delegate(_implementation());
                        }
                      }
                      
                      // File: openzeppelin-solidity/contracts/AddressUtils.sol
                      
                      /**
                       * Utility library of inline functions on addresses
                       */
                      library AddressUtils {
                      
                        /**
                         * Returns whether the target address is a contract
                         * @dev This function will return false if invoked during the constructor of a contract,
                         * as the code is not actually created until after the constructor finishes.
                         * @param addr address to check
                         * @return whether the target address is a contract
                         */
                        function isContract(address addr) internal view returns (bool) {
                          uint256 size;
                          // XXX Currently there is no better way to check if there is a contract in an address
                          // than to check the size of the code at that address.
                          // See https://ethereum.stackexchange.com/a/14016/36603
                          // for more details about how this works.
                          // TODO Check this again before the Serenity release, because all addresses will be
                          // contracts then.
                          // solium-disable-next-line security/no-inline-assembly
                          assembly { size := extcodesize(addr) }
                          return size > 0;
                        }
                      
                      }
                      
                      // File: zos-lib/contracts/upgradeability/UpgradeabilityProxy.sol
                      
                      /**
                       * @title UpgradeabilityProxy
                       * @dev This contract implements a proxy that allows to change the
                       * implementation address to which it will delegate.
                       * Such a change is called an implementation upgrade.
                       */
                      contract UpgradeabilityProxy is Proxy {
                        /**
                         * @dev Emitted when the implementation is upgraded.
                         * @param implementation Address of the new implementation.
                         */
                        event Upgraded(address implementation);
                      
                        /**
                         * @dev Storage slot with the address of the current implementation.
                         * This is the keccak-256 hash of "org.zeppelinos.proxy.implementation", and is
                         * validated in the constructor.
                         */
                        bytes32 private constant IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT = 0x7050c9e0f4ca769c69bd3a8ef740bc37934f8e2c036e5a723fd8ee048ed3f8c3;
                      
                        /**
                         * @dev Contract constructor.
                         * @param _implementation Address of the initial implementation.
                         */
                        constructor(address _implementation) public {
                          assert(IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT == keccak256("org.zeppelinos.proxy.implementation"));
                      
                          _setImplementation(_implementation);
                        }
                      
                        /**
                         * @dev Returns the current implementation.
                         * @return Address of the current implementation
                         */
                        function _implementation() internal view returns (address impl) {
                          bytes32 slot = IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT;
                          assembly {
                            impl := sload(slot)
                          }
                        }
                      
                        /**
                         * @dev Upgrades the proxy to a new implementation.
                         * @param newImplementation Address of the new implementation.
                         */
                        function _upgradeTo(address newImplementation) internal {
                          _setImplementation(newImplementation);
                          emit Upgraded(newImplementation);
                        }
                      
                        /**
                         * @dev Sets the implementation address of the proxy.
                         * @param newImplementation Address of the new implementation.
                         */
                        function _setImplementation(address newImplementation) private {
                          require(AddressUtils.isContract(newImplementation), "Cannot set a proxy implementation to a non-contract address");
                      
                          bytes32 slot = IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT;
                      
                          assembly {
                            sstore(slot, newImplementation)
                          }
                        }
                      }
                      
                      // File: zos-lib/contracts/upgradeability/AdminUpgradeabilityProxy.sol
                      
                      /**
                       * @title AdminUpgradeabilityProxy
                       * @dev This contract combines an upgradeability proxy with an authorization
                       * mechanism for administrative tasks.
                       * All external functions in this contract must be guarded by the
                       * `ifAdmin` modifier. See ethereum/solidity#3864 for a Solidity
                       * feature proposal that would enable this to be done automatically.
                       */
                      contract AdminUpgradeabilityProxy is UpgradeabilityProxy {
                        /**
                         * @dev Emitted when the administration has been transferred.
                         * @param previousAdmin Address of the previous admin.
                         * @param newAdmin Address of the new admin.
                         */
                        event AdminChanged(address previousAdmin, address newAdmin);
                      
                        /**
                         * @dev Storage slot with the admin of the contract.
                         * This is the keccak-256 hash of "org.zeppelinos.proxy.admin", and is
                         * validated in the constructor.
                         */
                        bytes32 private constant ADMIN_SLOT = 0x10d6a54a4754c8869d6886b5f5d7fbfa5b4522237ea5c60d11bc4e7a1ff9390b;
                      
                        /**
                         * @dev Modifier to check whether the `msg.sender` is the admin.
                         * If it is, it will run the function. Otherwise, it will delegate the call
                         * to the implementation.
                         */
                        modifier ifAdmin() {
                          if (msg.sender == _admin()) {
                            _;
                          } else {
                            _fallback();
                          }
                        }
                      
                        /**
                         * Contract constructor.
                         * It sets the `msg.sender` as the proxy administrator.
                         * @param _implementation address of the initial implementation.
                         */
                        constructor(address _implementation) UpgradeabilityProxy(_implementation) public {
                          assert(ADMIN_SLOT == keccak256("org.zeppelinos.proxy.admin"));
                      
                          _setAdmin(msg.sender);
                        }
                      
                        /**
                         * @return The address of the proxy admin.
                         */
                        function admin() external view ifAdmin returns (address) {
                          return _admin();
                        }
                      
                        /**
                         * @return The address of the implementation.
                         */
                        function implementation() external view ifAdmin returns (address) {
                          return _implementation();
                        }
                      
                        /**
                         * @dev Changes the admin of the proxy.
                         * Only the current admin can call this function.
                         * @param newAdmin Address to transfer proxy administration to.
                         */
                        function changeAdmin(address newAdmin) external ifAdmin {
                          require(newAdmin != address(0), "Cannot change the admin of a proxy to the zero address");
                          emit AdminChanged(_admin(), newAdmin);
                          _setAdmin(newAdmin);
                        }
                      
                        /**
                         * @dev Upgrade the backing implementation of the proxy.
                         * Only the admin can call this function.
                         * @param newImplementation Address of the new implementation.
                         */
                        function upgradeTo(address newImplementation) external ifAdmin {
                          _upgradeTo(newImplementation);
                        }
                      
                        /**
                         * @dev Upgrade the backing implementation of the proxy and call a function
                         * on the new implementation.
                         * This is useful to initialize the proxied contract.
                         * @param newImplementation Address of the new implementation.
                         * @param data Data to send as msg.data in the low level call.
                         * It should include the signature and the parameters of the function to be
                         * called, as described in
                         * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/develop/abi-spec.html#function-selector-and-argument-encoding.
                         */
                        function upgradeToAndCall(address newImplementation, bytes data) payable external ifAdmin {
                          _upgradeTo(newImplementation);
                          require(address(this).call.value(msg.value)(data));
                        }
                      
                        /**
                         * @return The admin slot.
                         */
                        function _admin() internal view returns (address adm) {
                          bytes32 slot = ADMIN_SLOT;
                          assembly {
                            adm := sload(slot)
                          }
                        }
                      
                        /**
                         * @dev Sets the address of the proxy admin.
                         * @param newAdmin Address of the new proxy admin.
                         */
                        function _setAdmin(address newAdmin) internal {
                          bytes32 slot = ADMIN_SLOT;
                      
                          assembly {
                            sstore(slot, newAdmin)
                          }
                        }
                      
                        /**
                         * @dev Only fall back when the sender is not the admin.
                         */
                        function _willFallback() internal {
                          require(msg.sender != _admin(), "Cannot call fallback function from the proxy admin");
                          super._willFallback();
                        }
                      }
                      
                      // File: contracts/FiatTokenProxy.sol
                      
                      /**
                      * Copyright CENTRE SECZ 2018
                      *
                      * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy 
                      * of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal 
                      * in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights 
                      * to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell 
                      * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to 
                      * do so, subject to the following conditions:
                      *
                      * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all 
                      * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
                      *
                      * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR 
                      * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, 
                      * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE 
                      * AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
                      * WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN 
                      * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
                      */
                      
                      pragma solidity ^0.4.24;
                      
                      
                      /**
                       * @title FiatTokenProxy
                       * @dev This contract proxies FiatToken calls and enables FiatToken upgrades
                      */ 
                      contract FiatTokenProxy is AdminUpgradeabilityProxy {
                          constructor(address _implementation) public AdminUpgradeabilityProxy(_implementation) {
                          }
                      }

                      File 3 of 6: TransparentUpgradeableProxy
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                      // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (access/Ownable.sol)
                      pragma solidity ^0.8.20;
                      import {Context} from "../utils/Context.sol";
                      /**
                       * @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
                       * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
                       * specific functions.
                       *
                       * The initial owner is set to the address provided by the deployer. This can
                       * later be changed with {transferOwnership}.
                       *
                       * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the modifier
                       * `onlyOwner`, which can be applied to your functions to restrict their use to
                       * the owner.
                       */
                      abstract contract Ownable is Context {
                          address private _owner;
                          /**
                           * @dev The caller account is not authorized to perform an operation.
                           */
                          error OwnableUnauthorizedAccount(address account);
                          /**
                           * @dev The owner is not a valid owner account. (eg. `address(0)`)
                           */
                          error OwnableInvalidOwner(address owner);
                          event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner);
                          /**
                           * @dev Initializes the contract setting the address provided by the deployer as the initial owner.
                           */
                          constructor(address initialOwner) {
                              if (initialOwner == address(0)) {
                                  revert OwnableInvalidOwner(address(0));
                              }
                              _transferOwnership(initialOwner);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
                           */
                          modifier onlyOwner() {
                              _checkOwner();
                              _;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
                           */
                          function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
                              return _owner;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Throws if the sender is not the owner.
                           */
                          function _checkOwner() internal view virtual {
                              if (owner() != _msgSender()) {
                                  revert OwnableUnauthorizedAccount(_msgSender());
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Leaves the contract without owner. It will not be possible to call
                           * `onlyOwner` functions. Can only be called by the current owner.
                           *
                           * NOTE: Renouncing ownership will leave the contract without an owner,
                           * thereby disabling any functionality that is only available to the owner.
                           */
                          function renounceOwnership() public virtual onlyOwner {
                              _transferOwnership(address(0));
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
                           * Can only be called by the current owner.
                           */
                          function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual onlyOwner {
                              if (newOwner == address(0)) {
                                  revert OwnableInvalidOwner(address(0));
                              }
                              _transferOwnership(newOwner);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
                           * Internal function without access restriction.
                           */
                          function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal virtual {
                              address oldOwner = _owner;
                              _owner = newOwner;
                              emit OwnershipTransferred(oldOwner, newOwner);
                          }
                      }
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                      // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (interfaces/IERC1967.sol)
                      pragma solidity ^0.8.20;
                      /**
                       * @dev ERC-1967: Proxy Storage Slots. This interface contains the events defined in the ERC.
                       */
                      interface IERC1967 {
                          /**
                           * @dev Emitted when the implementation is upgraded.
                           */
                          event Upgraded(address indexed implementation);
                          /**
                           * @dev Emitted when the admin account has changed.
                           */
                          event AdminChanged(address previousAdmin, address newAdmin);
                          /**
                           * @dev Emitted when the beacon is changed.
                           */
                          event BeaconUpgraded(address indexed beacon);
                      }
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                      // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (proxy/beacon/BeaconProxy.sol)
                      pragma solidity ^0.8.20;
                      import {IBeacon} from "./IBeacon.sol";
                      import {Proxy} from "../Proxy.sol";
                      import {ERC1967Utils} from "../ERC1967/ERC1967Utils.sol";
                      /**
                       * @dev This contract implements a proxy that gets the implementation address for each call from an {UpgradeableBeacon}.
                       *
                       * The beacon address can only be set once during construction, and cannot be changed afterwards. It is stored in an
                       * immutable variable to avoid unnecessary storage reads, and also in the beacon storage slot specified by
                       * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1967[EIP1967] so that it can be accessed externally.
                       *
                       * CAUTION: Since the beacon address can never be changed, you must ensure that you either control the beacon, or trust
                       * the beacon to not upgrade the implementation maliciously.
                       *
                       * IMPORTANT: Do not use the implementation logic to modify the beacon storage slot. Doing so would leave the proxy in
                       * an inconsistent state where the beacon storage slot does not match the beacon address.
                       */
                      contract BeaconProxy is Proxy {
                          // An immutable address for the beacon to avoid unnecessary SLOADs before each delegate call.
                          address private immutable _beacon;
                          /**
                           * @dev Initializes the proxy with `beacon`.
                           *
                           * If `data` is nonempty, it's used as data in a delegate call to the implementation returned by the beacon. This
                           * will typically be an encoded function call, and allows initializing the storage of the proxy like a Solidity
                           * constructor.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - `beacon` must be a contract with the interface {IBeacon}.
                           * - If `data` is empty, `msg.value` must be zero.
                           */
                          constructor(address beacon, bytes memory data) payable {
                              ERC1967Utils.upgradeBeaconToAndCall(beacon, data);
                              _beacon = beacon;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the current implementation address of the associated beacon.
                           */
                          function _implementation() internal view virtual override returns (address) {
                              return IBeacon(_getBeacon()).implementation();
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the beacon.
                           */
                          function _getBeacon() internal view virtual returns (address) {
                              return _beacon;
                          }
                      }
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                      // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (proxy/beacon/IBeacon.sol)
                      pragma solidity ^0.8.20;
                      /**
                       * @dev This is the interface that {BeaconProxy} expects of its beacon.
                       */
                      interface IBeacon {
                          /**
                           * @dev Must return an address that can be used as a delegate call target.
                           *
                           * {UpgradeableBeacon} will check that this address is a contract.
                           */
                          function implementation() external view returns (address);
                      }
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                      // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (proxy/beacon/UpgradeableBeacon.sol)
                      pragma solidity ^0.8.20;
                      import {IBeacon} from "./IBeacon.sol";
                      import {Ownable} from "../../access/Ownable.sol";
                      /**
                       * @dev This contract is used in conjunction with one or more instances of {BeaconProxy} to determine their
                       * implementation contract, which is where they will delegate all function calls.
                       *
                       * An owner is able to change the implementation the beacon points to, thus upgrading the proxies that use this beacon.
                       */
                      contract UpgradeableBeacon is IBeacon, Ownable {
                          address private _implementation;
                          /**
                           * @dev The `implementation` of the beacon is invalid.
                           */
                          error BeaconInvalidImplementation(address implementation);
                          /**
                           * @dev Emitted when the implementation returned by the beacon is changed.
                           */
                          event Upgraded(address indexed implementation);
                          /**
                           * @dev Sets the address of the initial implementation, and the initial owner who can upgrade the beacon.
                           */
                          constructor(address implementation_, address initialOwner) Ownable(initialOwner) {
                              _setImplementation(implementation_);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the current implementation address.
                           */
                          function implementation() public view virtual returns (address) {
                              return _implementation;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Upgrades the beacon to a new implementation.
                           *
                           * Emits an {Upgraded} event.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - msg.sender must be the owner of the contract.
                           * - `newImplementation` must be a contract.
                           */
                          function upgradeTo(address newImplementation) public virtual onlyOwner {
                              _setImplementation(newImplementation);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Sets the implementation contract address for this beacon
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - `newImplementation` must be a contract.
                           */
                          function _setImplementation(address newImplementation) private {
                              if (newImplementation.code.length == 0) {
                                  revert BeaconInvalidImplementation(newImplementation);
                              }
                              _implementation = newImplementation;
                              emit Upgraded(newImplementation);
                          }
                      }
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                      // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (proxy/ERC1967/ERC1967Proxy.sol)
                      pragma solidity ^0.8.20;
                      import {Proxy} from "../Proxy.sol";
                      import {ERC1967Utils} from "./ERC1967Utils.sol";
                      /**
                       * @dev This contract implements an upgradeable proxy. It is upgradeable because calls are delegated to an
                       * implementation address that can be changed. This address is stored in storage in the location specified by
                       * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1967[EIP1967], so that it doesn't conflict with the storage layout of the
                       * implementation behind the proxy.
                       */
                      contract ERC1967Proxy is Proxy {
                          /**
                           * @dev Initializes the upgradeable proxy with an initial implementation specified by `implementation`.
                           *
                           * If `_data` is nonempty, it's used as data in a delegate call to `implementation`. This will typically be an
                           * encoded function call, and allows initializing the storage of the proxy like a Solidity constructor.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - If `data` is empty, `msg.value` must be zero.
                           */
                          constructor(address implementation, bytes memory _data) payable {
                              ERC1967Utils.upgradeToAndCall(implementation, _data);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the current implementation address.
                           *
                           * TIP: To get this value clients can read directly from the storage slot shown below (specified by EIP1967) using
                           * the https://eth.wiki/json-rpc/API#eth_getstorageat[`eth_getStorageAt`] RPC call.
                           * `0x360894a13ba1a3210667c828492db98dca3e2076cc3735a920a3ca505d382bbc`
                           */
                          function _implementation() internal view virtual override returns (address) {
                              return ERC1967Utils.getImplementation();
                          }
                      }
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                      // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (proxy/ERC1967/ERC1967Utils.sol)
                      pragma solidity ^0.8.20;
                      import {IBeacon} from "../beacon/IBeacon.sol";
                      import {Address} from "../../utils/Address.sol";
                      import {StorageSlot} from "../../utils/StorageSlot.sol";
                      /**
                       * @dev This abstract contract provides getters and event emitting update functions for
                       * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1967[EIP1967] slots.
                       */
                      library ERC1967Utils {
                          // We re-declare ERC-1967 events here because they can't be used directly from IERC1967.
                          // This will be fixed in Solidity 0.8.21. At that point we should remove these events.
                          /**
                           * @dev Emitted when the implementation is upgraded.
                           */
                          event Upgraded(address indexed implementation);
                          /**
                           * @dev Emitted when the admin account has changed.
                           */
                          event AdminChanged(address previousAdmin, address newAdmin);
                          /**
                           * @dev Emitted when the beacon is changed.
                           */
                          event BeaconUpgraded(address indexed beacon);
                          /**
                           * @dev Storage slot with the address of the current implementation.
                           * This is the keccak-256 hash of "eip1967.proxy.implementation" subtracted by 1.
                           */
                          // solhint-disable-next-line private-vars-leading-underscore
                          bytes32 internal constant IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT = 0x360894a13ba1a3210667c828492db98dca3e2076cc3735a920a3ca505d382bbc;
                          /**
                           * @dev The `implementation` of the proxy is invalid.
                           */
                          error ERC1967InvalidImplementation(address implementation);
                          /**
                           * @dev The `admin` of the proxy is invalid.
                           */
                          error ERC1967InvalidAdmin(address admin);
                          /**
                           * @dev The `beacon` of the proxy is invalid.
                           */
                          error ERC1967InvalidBeacon(address beacon);
                          /**
                           * @dev An upgrade function sees `msg.value > 0` that may be lost.
                           */
                          error ERC1967NonPayable();
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the current implementation address.
                           */
                          function getImplementation() internal view returns (address) {
                              return StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Stores a new address in the EIP1967 implementation slot.
                           */
                          function _setImplementation(address newImplementation) private {
                              if (newImplementation.code.length == 0) {
                                  revert ERC1967InvalidImplementation(newImplementation);
                              }
                              StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value = newImplementation;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Performs implementation upgrade with additional setup call if data is nonempty.
                           * This function is payable only if the setup call is performed, otherwise `msg.value` is rejected
                           * to avoid stuck value in the contract.
                           *
                           * Emits an {IERC1967-Upgraded} event.
                           */
                          function upgradeToAndCall(address newImplementation, bytes memory data) internal {
                              _setImplementation(newImplementation);
                              emit Upgraded(newImplementation);
                              if (data.length > 0) {
                                  Address.functionDelegateCall(newImplementation, data);
                              } else {
                                  _checkNonPayable();
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Storage slot with the admin of the contract.
                           * This is the keccak-256 hash of "eip1967.proxy.admin" subtracted by 1.
                           */
                          // solhint-disable-next-line private-vars-leading-underscore
                          bytes32 internal constant ADMIN_SLOT = 0xb53127684a568b3173ae13b9f8a6016e243e63b6e8ee1178d6a717850b5d6103;
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the current admin.
                           *
                           * TIP: To get this value clients can read directly from the storage slot shown below (specified by EIP1967) using
                           * the https://eth.wiki/json-rpc/API#eth_getstorageat[`eth_getStorageAt`] RPC call.
                           * `0xb53127684a568b3173ae13b9f8a6016e243e63b6e8ee1178d6a717850b5d6103`
                           */
                          function getAdmin() internal view returns (address) {
                              return StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(ADMIN_SLOT).value;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Stores a new address in the EIP1967 admin slot.
                           */
                          function _setAdmin(address newAdmin) private {
                              if (newAdmin == address(0)) {
                                  revert ERC1967InvalidAdmin(address(0));
                              }
                              StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(ADMIN_SLOT).value = newAdmin;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Changes the admin of the proxy.
                           *
                           * Emits an {IERC1967-AdminChanged} event.
                           */
                          function changeAdmin(address newAdmin) internal {
                              emit AdminChanged(getAdmin(), newAdmin);
                              _setAdmin(newAdmin);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev The storage slot of the UpgradeableBeacon contract which defines the implementation for this proxy.
                           * This is the keccak-256 hash of "eip1967.proxy.beacon" subtracted by 1.
                           */
                          // solhint-disable-next-line private-vars-leading-underscore
                          bytes32 internal constant BEACON_SLOT = 0xa3f0ad74e5423aebfd80d3ef4346578335a9a72aeaee59ff6cb3582b35133d50;
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the current beacon.
                           */
                          function getBeacon() internal view returns (address) {
                              return StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(BEACON_SLOT).value;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Stores a new beacon in the EIP1967 beacon slot.
                           */
                          function _setBeacon(address newBeacon) private {
                              if (newBeacon.code.length == 0) {
                                  revert ERC1967InvalidBeacon(newBeacon);
                              }
                              StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(BEACON_SLOT).value = newBeacon;
                              address beaconImplementation = IBeacon(newBeacon).implementation();
                              if (beaconImplementation.code.length == 0) {
                                  revert ERC1967InvalidImplementation(beaconImplementation);
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Change the beacon and trigger a setup call if data is nonempty.
                           * This function is payable only if the setup call is performed, otherwise `msg.value` is rejected
                           * to avoid stuck value in the contract.
                           *
                           * Emits an {IERC1967-BeaconUpgraded} event.
                           *
                           * CAUTION: Invoking this function has no effect on an instance of {BeaconProxy} since v5, since
                           * it uses an immutable beacon without looking at the value of the ERC-1967 beacon slot for
                           * efficiency.
                           */
                          function upgradeBeaconToAndCall(address newBeacon, bytes memory data) internal {
                              _setBeacon(newBeacon);
                              emit BeaconUpgraded(newBeacon);
                              if (data.length > 0) {
                                  Address.functionDelegateCall(IBeacon(newBeacon).implementation(), data);
                              } else {
                                  _checkNonPayable();
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Reverts if `msg.value` is not zero. It can be used to avoid `msg.value` stuck in the contract
                           * if an upgrade doesn't perform an initialization call.
                           */
                          function _checkNonPayable() private {
                              if (msg.value > 0) {
                                  revert ERC1967NonPayable();
                              }
                          }
                      }
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                      // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (proxy/Proxy.sol)
                      pragma solidity ^0.8.20;
                      /**
                       * @dev This abstract contract provides a fallback function that delegates all calls to another contract using the EVM
                       * instruction `delegatecall`. We refer to the second contract as the _implementation_ behind the proxy, and it has to
                       * be specified by overriding the virtual {_implementation} function.
                       *
                       * Additionally, delegation to the implementation can be triggered manually through the {_fallback} function, or to a
                       * different contract through the {_delegate} function.
                       *
                       * The success and return data of the delegated call will be returned back to the caller of the proxy.
                       */
                      abstract contract Proxy {
                          /**
                           * @dev Delegates the current call to `implementation`.
                           *
                           * This function does not return to its internal call site, it will return directly to the external caller.
                           */
                          function _delegate(address implementation) internal virtual {
                              assembly {
                                  // Copy msg.data. We take full control of memory in this inline assembly
                                  // block because it will not return to Solidity code. We overwrite the
                                  // Solidity scratch pad at memory position 0.
                                  calldatacopy(0, 0, calldatasize())
                                  // Call the implementation.
                                  // out and outsize are 0 because we don't know the size yet.
                                  let result := delegatecall(gas(), implementation, 0, calldatasize(), 0, 0)
                                  // Copy the returned data.
                                  returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
                                  switch result
                                  // delegatecall returns 0 on error.
                                  case 0 {
                                      revert(0, returndatasize())
                                  }
                                  default {
                                      return(0, returndatasize())
                                  }
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev This is a virtual function that should be overridden so it returns the address to which the fallback
                           * function and {_fallback} should delegate.
                           */
                          function _implementation() internal view virtual returns (address);
                          /**
                           * @dev Delegates the current call to the address returned by `_implementation()`.
                           *
                           * This function does not return to its internal call site, it will return directly to the external caller.
                           */
                          function _fallback() internal virtual {
                              _delegate(_implementation());
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Fallback function that delegates calls to the address returned by `_implementation()`. Will run if no other
                           * function in the contract matches the call data.
                           */
                          fallback() external payable virtual {
                              _fallback();
                          }
                      }
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                      // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (proxy/transparent/ProxyAdmin.sol)
                      pragma solidity ^0.8.20;
                      import {ITransparentUpgradeableProxy} from "./TransparentUpgradeableProxy.sol";
                      import {Ownable} from "../../access/Ownable.sol";
                      /**
                       * @dev This is an auxiliary contract meant to be assigned as the admin of a {TransparentUpgradeableProxy}. For an
                       * explanation of why you would want to use this see the documentation for {TransparentUpgradeableProxy}.
                       */
                      contract ProxyAdmin is Ownable {
                          /**
                           * @dev The version of the upgrade interface of the contract. If this getter is missing, both `upgrade(address)`
                           * and `upgradeAndCall(address,bytes)` are present, and `upgradeTo` must be used if no function should be called,
                           * while `upgradeAndCall` will invoke the `receive` function if the second argument is the empty byte string.
                           * If the getter returns `"5.0.0"`, only `upgradeAndCall(address,bytes)` is present, and the second argument must
                           * be the empty byte string if no function should be called, making it impossible to invoke the `receive` function
                           * during an upgrade.
                           */
                          string public constant UPGRADE_INTERFACE_VERSION = "5.0.0";
                          /**
                           * @dev Sets the initial owner who can perform upgrades.
                           */
                          constructor(address initialOwner) Ownable(initialOwner) {}
                          /**
                           * @dev Upgrades `proxy` to `implementation` and calls a function on the new implementation.
                           * See {TransparentUpgradeableProxy-_dispatchUpgradeToAndCall}.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - This contract must be the admin of `proxy`.
                           * - If `data` is empty, `msg.value` must be zero.
                           */
                          function upgradeAndCall(
                              ITransparentUpgradeableProxy proxy,
                              address implementation,
                              bytes memory data
                          ) public payable virtual onlyOwner {
                              proxy.upgradeToAndCall{value: msg.value}(implementation, data);
                          }
                      }
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                      // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (proxy/transparent/TransparentUpgradeableProxy.sol)
                      pragma solidity ^0.8.20;
                      import {ERC1967Utils} from "../ERC1967/ERC1967Utils.sol";
                      import {ERC1967Proxy} from "../ERC1967/ERC1967Proxy.sol";
                      import {IERC1967} from "../../interfaces/IERC1967.sol";
                      import {ProxyAdmin} from "./ProxyAdmin.sol";
                      /**
                       * @dev Interface for {TransparentUpgradeableProxy}. In order to implement transparency, {TransparentUpgradeableProxy}
                       * does not implement this interface directly, and its upgradeability mechanism is implemented by an internal dispatch
                       * mechanism. The compiler is unaware that these functions are implemented by {TransparentUpgradeableProxy} and will not
                       * include them in the ABI so this interface must be used to interact with it.
                       */
                      interface ITransparentUpgradeableProxy is IERC1967 {
                          function upgradeToAndCall(address, bytes calldata) external payable;
                      }
                      /**
                       * @dev This contract implements a proxy that is upgradeable through an associated {ProxyAdmin} instance.
                       *
                       * To avoid https://medium.com/nomic-labs-blog/malicious-backdoors-in-ethereum-proxies-62629adf3357[proxy selector
                       * clashing], which can potentially be used in an attack, this contract uses the
                       * https://blog.openzeppelin.com/the-transparent-proxy-pattern/[transparent proxy pattern]. This pattern implies two
                       * things that go hand in hand:
                       *
                       * 1. If any account other than the admin calls the proxy, the call will be forwarded to the implementation, even if
                       * that call matches the {ITransparentUpgradeableProxy-upgradeToAndCall} function exposed by the proxy itself.
                       * 2. If the admin calls the proxy, it can call the `upgradeToAndCall` function but any other call won't be forwarded to
                       * the implementation. If the admin tries to call a function on the implementation it will fail with an error indicating
                       * the proxy admin cannot fallback to the target implementation.
                       *
                       * These properties mean that the admin account can only be used for upgrading the proxy, so it's best if it's a
                       * dedicated account that is not used for anything else. This will avoid headaches due to sudden errors when trying to
                       * call a function from the proxy implementation. For this reason, the proxy deploys an instance of {ProxyAdmin} and
                       * allows upgrades only if they come through it. You should think of the `ProxyAdmin` instance as the administrative
                       * interface of the proxy, including the ability to change who can trigger upgrades by transferring ownership.
                       *
                       * NOTE: The real interface of this proxy is that defined in `ITransparentUpgradeableProxy`. This contract does not
                       * inherit from that interface, and instead `upgradeToAndCall` is implicitly implemented using a custom dispatch
                       * mechanism in `_fallback`. Consequently, the compiler will not produce an ABI for this contract. This is necessary to
                       * fully implement transparency without decoding reverts caused by selector clashes between the proxy and the
                       * implementation.
                       *
                       * NOTE: This proxy does not inherit from {Context} deliberately. The {ProxyAdmin} of this contract won't send a
                       * meta-transaction in any way, and any other meta-transaction setup should be made in the implementation contract.
                       *
                       * IMPORTANT: This contract avoids unnecessary storage reads by setting the admin only during construction as an
                       * immutable variable, preventing any changes thereafter. However, the admin slot defined in ERC-1967 can still be
                       * overwritten by the implementation logic pointed to by this proxy. In such cases, the contract may end up in an
                       * undesirable state where the admin slot is different from the actual admin.
                       *
                       * WARNING: It is not recommended to extend this contract to add additional external functions. If you do so, the
                       * compiler will not check that there are no selector conflicts, due to the note above. A selector clash between any new
                       * function and the functions declared in {ITransparentUpgradeableProxy} will be resolved in favor of the new one. This
                       * could render the `upgradeToAndCall` function inaccessible, preventing upgradeability and compromising transparency.
                       */
                      contract TransparentUpgradeableProxy is ERC1967Proxy {
                          // An immutable address for the admin to avoid unnecessary SLOADs before each call
                          // at the expense of removing the ability to change the admin once it's set.
                          // This is acceptable if the admin is always a ProxyAdmin instance or similar contract
                          // with its own ability to transfer the permissions to another account.
                          address private immutable _admin;
                          /**
                           * @dev The proxy caller is the current admin, and can't fallback to the proxy target.
                           */
                          error ProxyDeniedAdminAccess();
                          /**
                           * @dev Initializes an upgradeable proxy managed by an instance of a {ProxyAdmin} with an `initialOwner`,
                           * backed by the implementation at `_logic`, and optionally initialized with `_data` as explained in
                           * {ERC1967Proxy-constructor}.
                           */
                          constructor(address _logic, address initialOwner, bytes memory _data) payable ERC1967Proxy(_logic, _data) {
                              _admin = address(new ProxyAdmin(initialOwner));
                              // Set the storage value and emit an event for ERC-1967 compatibility
                              ERC1967Utils.changeAdmin(_proxyAdmin());
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the admin of this proxy.
                           */
                          function _proxyAdmin() internal virtual returns (address) {
                              return _admin;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev If caller is the admin process the call internally, otherwise transparently fallback to the proxy behavior.
                           */
                          function _fallback() internal virtual override {
                              if (msg.sender == _proxyAdmin()) {
                                  if (msg.sig != ITransparentUpgradeableProxy.upgradeToAndCall.selector) {
                                      revert ProxyDeniedAdminAccess();
                                  } else {
                                      _dispatchUpgradeToAndCall();
                                  }
                              } else {
                                  super._fallback();
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Upgrade the implementation of the proxy. See {ERC1967Utils-upgradeToAndCall}.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - If `data` is empty, `msg.value` must be zero.
                           */
                          function _dispatchUpgradeToAndCall() private {
                              (address newImplementation, bytes memory data) = abi.decode(msg.data[4:], (address, bytes));
                              ERC1967Utils.upgradeToAndCall(newImplementation, data);
                          }
                      }
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                      // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (utils/Address.sol)
                      pragma solidity ^0.8.20;
                      /**
                       * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
                       */
                      library Address {
                          /**
                           * @dev The ETH balance of the account is not enough to perform the operation.
                           */
                          error AddressInsufficientBalance(address account);
                          /**
                           * @dev There's no code at `target` (it is not a contract).
                           */
                          error AddressEmptyCode(address target);
                          /**
                           * @dev A call to an address target failed. The target may have reverted.
                           */
                          error FailedInnerCall();
                          /**
                           * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
                           * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
                           *
                           * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
                           * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
                           * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
                           * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
                           *
                           * https://consensys.net/diligence/blog/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
                           *
                           * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
                           * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
                           * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
                           * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.8.20/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
                           */
                          function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
                              if (address(this).balance < amount) {
                                  revert AddressInsufficientBalance(address(this));
                              }
                              (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
                              if (!success) {
                                  revert FailedInnerCall();
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
                           * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
                           * function instead.
                           *
                           * If `target` reverts with a revert reason or custom error, it is bubbled
                           * up by this function (like regular Solidity function calls). However, if
                           * the call reverted with no returned reason, this function reverts with a
                           * {FailedInnerCall} error.
                           *
                           * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
                           * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - `target` must be a contract.
                           * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
                           */
                          function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                              return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
                           * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
                           * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
                           */
                          function functionCallWithValue(address target, bytes memory data, uint256 value) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                              if (address(this).balance < value) {
                                  revert AddressInsufficientBalance(address(this));
                              }
                              (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data);
                              return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
                           * but performing a static call.
                           */
                          function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
                              (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
                              return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
                           * but performing a delegate call.
                           */
                          function functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                              (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.delegatecall(data);
                              return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call to smart-contract was successful, and reverts if the target
                           * was not a contract or bubbling up the revert reason (falling back to {FailedInnerCall}) in case of an
                           * unsuccessful call.
                           */
                          function verifyCallResultFromTarget(
                              address target,
                              bool success,
                              bytes memory returndata
                          ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
                              if (!success) {
                                  _revert(returndata);
                              } else {
                                  // only check if target is a contract if the call was successful and the return data is empty
                                  // otherwise we already know that it was a contract
                                  if (returndata.length == 0 && target.code.length == 0) {
                                      revert AddressEmptyCode(target);
                                  }
                                  return returndata;
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call was successful, and reverts if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
                           * revert reason or with a default {FailedInnerCall} error.
                           */
                          function verifyCallResult(bool success, bytes memory returndata) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
                              if (!success) {
                                  _revert(returndata);
                              } else {
                                  return returndata;
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Reverts with returndata if present. Otherwise reverts with {FailedInnerCall}.
                           */
                          function _revert(bytes memory returndata) private pure {
                              // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
                              if (returndata.length > 0) {
                                  // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
                                  /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
                                  assembly {
                                      let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                                      revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
                                  }
                              } else {
                                  revert FailedInnerCall();
                              }
                          }
                      }
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                      // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.1) (utils/Context.sol)
                      pragma solidity ^0.8.20;
                      /**
                       * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
                       * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
                       * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
                       * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
                       * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
                       * is concerned).
                       *
                       * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
                       */
                      abstract contract Context {
                          function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
                              return msg.sender;
                          }
                          function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
                              return msg.data;
                          }
                          function _contextSuffixLength() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
                              return 0;
                          }
                      }
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                      // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (utils/StorageSlot.sol)
                      // This file was procedurally generated from scripts/generate/templates/StorageSlot.js.
                      pragma solidity ^0.8.20;
                      /**
                       * @dev Library for reading and writing primitive types to specific storage slots.
                       *
                       * Storage slots are often used to avoid storage conflict when dealing with upgradeable contracts.
                       * This library helps with reading and writing to such slots without the need for inline assembly.
                       *
                       * The functions in this library return Slot structs that contain a `value` member that can be used to read or write.
                       *
                       * Example usage to set ERC1967 implementation slot:
                       * ```solidity
                       * contract ERC1967 {
                       *     bytes32 internal constant _IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT = 0x360894a13ba1a3210667c828492db98dca3e2076cc3735a920a3ca505d382bbc;
                       *
                       *     function _getImplementation() internal view returns (address) {
                       *         return StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value;
                       *     }
                       *
                       *     function _setImplementation(address newImplementation) internal {
                       *         require(newImplementation.code.length > 0);
                       *         StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value = newImplementation;
                       *     }
                       * }
                       * ```
                       */
                      library StorageSlot {
                          struct AddressSlot {
                              address value;
                          }
                          struct BooleanSlot {
                              bool value;
                          }
                          struct Bytes32Slot {
                              bytes32 value;
                          }
                          struct Uint256Slot {
                              uint256 value;
                          }
                          struct StringSlot {
                              string value;
                          }
                          struct BytesSlot {
                              bytes value;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns an `AddressSlot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
                           */
                          function getAddressSlot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (AddressSlot storage r) {
                              /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
                              assembly {
                                  r.slot := slot
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns an `BooleanSlot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
                           */
                          function getBooleanSlot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (BooleanSlot storage r) {
                              /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
                              assembly {
                                  r.slot := slot
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns an `Bytes32Slot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
                           */
                          function getBytes32Slot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (Bytes32Slot storage r) {
                              /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
                              assembly {
                                  r.slot := slot
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns an `Uint256Slot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
                           */
                          function getUint256Slot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (Uint256Slot storage r) {
                              /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
                              assembly {
                                  r.slot := slot
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns an `StringSlot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
                           */
                          function getStringSlot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (StringSlot storage r) {
                              /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
                              assembly {
                                  r.slot := slot
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns an `StringSlot` representation of the string storage pointer `store`.
                           */
                          function getStringSlot(string storage store) internal pure returns (StringSlot storage r) {
                              /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
                              assembly {
                                  r.slot := store.slot
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns an `BytesSlot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
                           */
                          function getBytesSlot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (BytesSlot storage r) {
                              /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
                              assembly {
                                  r.slot := slot
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns an `BytesSlot` representation of the bytes storage pointer `store`.
                           */
                          function getBytesSlot(bytes storage store) internal pure returns (BytesSlot storage r) {
                              /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
                              assembly {
                                  r.slot := store.slot
                              }
                          }
                      }
                      

                      File 4 of 6: UniswapV3Pool
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: BUSL-1.1
                      pragma solidity =0.7.6;
                      import './interfaces/IUniswapV3Pool.sol';
                      import './NoDelegateCall.sol';
                      import './libraries/LowGasSafeMath.sol';
                      import './libraries/SafeCast.sol';
                      import './libraries/Tick.sol';
                      import './libraries/TickBitmap.sol';
                      import './libraries/Position.sol';
                      import './libraries/Oracle.sol';
                      import './libraries/FullMath.sol';
                      import './libraries/FixedPoint128.sol';
                      import './libraries/TransferHelper.sol';
                      import './libraries/TickMath.sol';
                      import './libraries/LiquidityMath.sol';
                      import './libraries/SqrtPriceMath.sol';
                      import './libraries/SwapMath.sol';
                      import './interfaces/IUniswapV3PoolDeployer.sol';
                      import './interfaces/IUniswapV3Factory.sol';
                      import './interfaces/IERC20Minimal.sol';
                      import './interfaces/callback/IUniswapV3MintCallback.sol';
                      import './interfaces/callback/IUniswapV3SwapCallback.sol';
                      import './interfaces/callback/IUniswapV3FlashCallback.sol';
                      contract UniswapV3Pool is IUniswapV3Pool, NoDelegateCall {
                          using LowGasSafeMath for uint256;
                          using LowGasSafeMath for int256;
                          using SafeCast for uint256;
                          using SafeCast for int256;
                          using Tick for mapping(int24 => Tick.Info);
                          using TickBitmap for mapping(int16 => uint256);
                          using Position for mapping(bytes32 => Position.Info);
                          using Position for Position.Info;
                          using Oracle for Oracle.Observation[65535];
                          /// @inheritdoc IUniswapV3PoolImmutables
                          address public immutable override factory;
                          /// @inheritdoc IUniswapV3PoolImmutables
                          address public immutable override token0;
                          /// @inheritdoc IUniswapV3PoolImmutables
                          address public immutable override token1;
                          /// @inheritdoc IUniswapV3PoolImmutables
                          uint24 public immutable override fee;
                          /// @inheritdoc IUniswapV3PoolImmutables
                          int24 public immutable override tickSpacing;
                          /// @inheritdoc IUniswapV3PoolImmutables
                          uint128 public immutable override maxLiquidityPerTick;
                          struct Slot0 {
                              // the current price
                              uint160 sqrtPriceX96;
                              // the current tick
                              int24 tick;
                              // the most-recently updated index of the observations array
                              uint16 observationIndex;
                              // the current maximum number of observations that are being stored
                              uint16 observationCardinality;
                              // the next maximum number of observations to store, triggered in observations.write
                              uint16 observationCardinalityNext;
                              // the current protocol fee as a percentage of the swap fee taken on withdrawal
                              // represented as an integer denominator (1/x)%
                              uint8 feeProtocol;
                              // whether the pool is locked
                              bool unlocked;
                          }
                          /// @inheritdoc IUniswapV3PoolState
                          Slot0 public override slot0;
                          /// @inheritdoc IUniswapV3PoolState
                          uint256 public override feeGrowthGlobal0X128;
                          /// @inheritdoc IUniswapV3PoolState
                          uint256 public override feeGrowthGlobal1X128;
                          // accumulated protocol fees in token0/token1 units
                          struct ProtocolFees {
                              uint128 token0;
                              uint128 token1;
                          }
                          /// @inheritdoc IUniswapV3PoolState
                          ProtocolFees public override protocolFees;
                          /// @inheritdoc IUniswapV3PoolState
                          uint128 public override liquidity;
                          /// @inheritdoc IUniswapV3PoolState
                          mapping(int24 => Tick.Info) public override ticks;
                          /// @inheritdoc IUniswapV3PoolState
                          mapping(int16 => uint256) public override tickBitmap;
                          /// @inheritdoc IUniswapV3PoolState
                          mapping(bytes32 => Position.Info) public override positions;
                          /// @inheritdoc IUniswapV3PoolState
                          Oracle.Observation[65535] public override observations;
                          /// @dev Mutually exclusive reentrancy protection into the pool to/from a method. This method also prevents entrance
                          /// to a function before the pool is initialized. The reentrancy guard is required throughout the contract because
                          /// we use balance checks to determine the payment status of interactions such as mint, swap and flash.
                          modifier lock() {
                              require(slot0.unlocked, 'LOK');
                              slot0.unlocked = false;
                              _;
                              slot0.unlocked = true;
                          }
                          /// @dev Prevents calling a function from anyone except the address returned by IUniswapV3Factory#owner()
                          modifier onlyFactoryOwner() {
                              require(msg.sender == IUniswapV3Factory(factory).owner());
                              _;
                          }
                          constructor() {
                              int24 _tickSpacing;
                              (factory, token0, token1, fee, _tickSpacing) = IUniswapV3PoolDeployer(msg.sender).parameters();
                              tickSpacing = _tickSpacing;
                              maxLiquidityPerTick = Tick.tickSpacingToMaxLiquidityPerTick(_tickSpacing);
                          }
                          /// @dev Common checks for valid tick inputs.
                          function checkTicks(int24 tickLower, int24 tickUpper) private pure {
                              require(tickLower < tickUpper, 'TLU');
                              require(tickLower >= TickMath.MIN_TICK, 'TLM');
                              require(tickUpper <= TickMath.MAX_TICK, 'TUM');
                          }
                          /// @dev Returns the block timestamp truncated to 32 bits, i.e. mod 2**32. This method is overridden in tests.
                          function _blockTimestamp() internal view virtual returns (uint32) {
                              return uint32(block.timestamp); // truncation is desired
                          }
                          /// @dev Get the pool's balance of token0
                          /// @dev This function is gas optimized to avoid a redundant extcodesize check in addition to the returndatasize
                          /// check
                          function balance0() private view returns (uint256) {
                              (bool success, bytes memory data) =
                                  token0.staticcall(abi.encodeWithSelector(IERC20Minimal.balanceOf.selector, address(this)));
                              require(success && data.length >= 32);
                              return abi.decode(data, (uint256));
                          }
                          /// @dev Get the pool's balance of token1
                          /// @dev This function is gas optimized to avoid a redundant extcodesize check in addition to the returndatasize
                          /// check
                          function balance1() private view returns (uint256) {
                              (bool success, bytes memory data) =
                                  token1.staticcall(abi.encodeWithSelector(IERC20Minimal.balanceOf.selector, address(this)));
                              require(success && data.length >= 32);
                              return abi.decode(data, (uint256));
                          }
                          /// @inheritdoc IUniswapV3PoolDerivedState
                          function snapshotCumulativesInside(int24 tickLower, int24 tickUpper)
                              external
                              view
                              override
                              noDelegateCall
                              returns (
                                  int56 tickCumulativeInside,
                                  uint160 secondsPerLiquidityInsideX128,
                                  uint32 secondsInside
                              )
                          {
                              checkTicks(tickLower, tickUpper);
                              int56 tickCumulativeLower;
                              int56 tickCumulativeUpper;
                              uint160 secondsPerLiquidityOutsideLowerX128;
                              uint160 secondsPerLiquidityOutsideUpperX128;
                              uint32 secondsOutsideLower;
                              uint32 secondsOutsideUpper;
                              {
                                  Tick.Info storage lower = ticks[tickLower];
                                  Tick.Info storage upper = ticks[tickUpper];
                                  bool initializedLower;
                                  (tickCumulativeLower, secondsPerLiquidityOutsideLowerX128, secondsOutsideLower, initializedLower) = (
                                      lower.tickCumulativeOutside,
                                      lower.secondsPerLiquidityOutsideX128,
                                      lower.secondsOutside,
                                      lower.initialized
                                  );
                                  require(initializedLower);
                                  bool initializedUpper;
                                  (tickCumulativeUpper, secondsPerLiquidityOutsideUpperX128, secondsOutsideUpper, initializedUpper) = (
                                      upper.tickCumulativeOutside,
                                      upper.secondsPerLiquidityOutsideX128,
                                      upper.secondsOutside,
                                      upper.initialized
                                  );
                                  require(initializedUpper);
                              }
                              Slot0 memory _slot0 = slot0;
                              if (_slot0.tick < tickLower) {
                                  return (
                                      tickCumulativeLower - tickCumulativeUpper,
                                      secondsPerLiquidityOutsideLowerX128 - secondsPerLiquidityOutsideUpperX128,
                                      secondsOutsideLower - secondsOutsideUpper
                                  );
                              } else if (_slot0.tick < tickUpper) {
                                  uint32 time = _blockTimestamp();
                                  (int56 tickCumulative, uint160 secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128) =
                                      observations.observeSingle(
                                          time,
                                          0,
                                          _slot0.tick,
                                          _slot0.observationIndex,
                                          liquidity,
                                          _slot0.observationCardinality
                                      );
                                  return (
                                      tickCumulative - tickCumulativeLower - tickCumulativeUpper,
                                      secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128 -
                                          secondsPerLiquidityOutsideLowerX128 -
                                          secondsPerLiquidityOutsideUpperX128,
                                      time - secondsOutsideLower - secondsOutsideUpper
                                  );
                              } else {
                                  return (
                                      tickCumulativeUpper - tickCumulativeLower,
                                      secondsPerLiquidityOutsideUpperX128 - secondsPerLiquidityOutsideLowerX128,
                                      secondsOutsideUpper - secondsOutsideLower
                                  );
                              }
                          }
                          /// @inheritdoc IUniswapV3PoolDerivedState
                          function observe(uint32[] calldata secondsAgos)
                              external
                              view
                              override
                              noDelegateCall
                              returns (int56[] memory tickCumulatives, uint160[] memory secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128s)
                          {
                              return
                                  observations.observe(
                                      _blockTimestamp(),
                                      secondsAgos,
                                      slot0.tick,
                                      slot0.observationIndex,
                                      liquidity,
                                      slot0.observationCardinality
                                  );
                          }
                          /// @inheritdoc IUniswapV3PoolActions
                          function increaseObservationCardinalityNext(uint16 observationCardinalityNext)
                              external
                              override
                              lock
                              noDelegateCall
                          {
                              uint16 observationCardinalityNextOld = slot0.observationCardinalityNext; // for the event
                              uint16 observationCardinalityNextNew =
                                  observations.grow(observationCardinalityNextOld, observationCardinalityNext);
                              slot0.observationCardinalityNext = observationCardinalityNextNew;
                              if (observationCardinalityNextOld != observationCardinalityNextNew)
                                  emit IncreaseObservationCardinalityNext(observationCardinalityNextOld, observationCardinalityNextNew);
                          }
                          /// @inheritdoc IUniswapV3PoolActions
                          /// @dev not locked because it initializes unlocked
                          function initialize(uint160 sqrtPriceX96) external override {
                              require(slot0.sqrtPriceX96 == 0, 'AI');
                              int24 tick = TickMath.getTickAtSqrtRatio(sqrtPriceX96);
                              (uint16 cardinality, uint16 cardinalityNext) = observations.initialize(_blockTimestamp());
                              slot0 = Slot0({
                                  sqrtPriceX96: sqrtPriceX96,
                                  tick: tick,
                                  observationIndex: 0,
                                  observationCardinality: cardinality,
                                  observationCardinalityNext: cardinalityNext,
                                  feeProtocol: 0,
                                  unlocked: true
                              });
                              emit Initialize(sqrtPriceX96, tick);
                          }
                          struct ModifyPositionParams {
                              // the address that owns the position
                              address owner;
                              // the lower and upper tick of the position
                              int24 tickLower;
                              int24 tickUpper;
                              // any change in liquidity
                              int128 liquidityDelta;
                          }
                          /// @dev Effect some changes to a position
                          /// @param params the position details and the change to the position's liquidity to effect
                          /// @return position a storage pointer referencing the position with the given owner and tick range
                          /// @return amount0 the amount of token0 owed to the pool, negative if the pool should pay the recipient
                          /// @return amount1 the amount of token1 owed to the pool, negative if the pool should pay the recipient
                          function _modifyPosition(ModifyPositionParams memory params)
                              private
                              noDelegateCall
                              returns (
                                  Position.Info storage position,
                                  int256 amount0,
                                  int256 amount1
                              )
                          {
                              checkTicks(params.tickLower, params.tickUpper);
                              Slot0 memory _slot0 = slot0; // SLOAD for gas optimization
                              position = _updatePosition(
                                  params.owner,
                                  params.tickLower,
                                  params.tickUpper,
                                  params.liquidityDelta,
                                  _slot0.tick
                              );
                              if (params.liquidityDelta != 0) {
                                  if (_slot0.tick < params.tickLower) {
                                      // current tick is below the passed range; liquidity can only become in range by crossing from left to
                                      // right, when we'll need _more_ token0 (it's becoming more valuable) so user must provide it
                                      amount0 = SqrtPriceMath.getAmount0Delta(
                                          TickMath.getSqrtRatioAtTick(params.tickLower),
                                          TickMath.getSqrtRatioAtTick(params.tickUpper),
                                          params.liquidityDelta
                                      );
                                  } else if (_slot0.tick < params.tickUpper) {
                                      // current tick is inside the passed range
                                      uint128 liquidityBefore = liquidity; // SLOAD for gas optimization
                                      // write an oracle entry
                                      (slot0.observationIndex, slot0.observationCardinality) = observations.write(
                                          _slot0.observationIndex,
                                          _blockTimestamp(),
                                          _slot0.tick,
                                          liquidityBefore,
                                          _slot0.observationCardinality,
                                          _slot0.observationCardinalityNext
                                      );
                                      amount0 = SqrtPriceMath.getAmount0Delta(
                                          _slot0.sqrtPriceX96,
                                          TickMath.getSqrtRatioAtTick(params.tickUpper),
                                          params.liquidityDelta
                                      );
                                      amount1 = SqrtPriceMath.getAmount1Delta(
                                          TickMath.getSqrtRatioAtTick(params.tickLower),
                                          _slot0.sqrtPriceX96,
                                          params.liquidityDelta
                                      );
                                      liquidity = LiquidityMath.addDelta(liquidityBefore, params.liquidityDelta);
                                  } else {
                                      // current tick is above the passed range; liquidity can only become in range by crossing from right to
                                      // left, when we'll need _more_ token1 (it's becoming more valuable) so user must provide it
                                      amount1 = SqrtPriceMath.getAmount1Delta(
                                          TickMath.getSqrtRatioAtTick(params.tickLower),
                                          TickMath.getSqrtRatioAtTick(params.tickUpper),
                                          params.liquidityDelta
                                      );
                                  }
                              }
                          }
                          /// @dev Gets and updates a position with the given liquidity delta
                          /// @param owner the owner of the position
                          /// @param tickLower the lower tick of the position's tick range
                          /// @param tickUpper the upper tick of the position's tick range
                          /// @param tick the current tick, passed to avoid sloads
                          function _updatePosition(
                              address owner,
                              int24 tickLower,
                              int24 tickUpper,
                              int128 liquidityDelta,
                              int24 tick
                          ) private returns (Position.Info storage position) {
                              position = positions.get(owner, tickLower, tickUpper);
                              uint256 _feeGrowthGlobal0X128 = feeGrowthGlobal0X128; // SLOAD for gas optimization
                              uint256 _feeGrowthGlobal1X128 = feeGrowthGlobal1X128; // SLOAD for gas optimization
                              // if we need to update the ticks, do it
                              bool flippedLower;
                              bool flippedUpper;
                              if (liquidityDelta != 0) {
                                  uint32 time = _blockTimestamp();
                                  (int56 tickCumulative, uint160 secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128) =
                                      observations.observeSingle(
                                          time,
                                          0,
                                          slot0.tick,
                                          slot0.observationIndex,
                                          liquidity,
                                          slot0.observationCardinality
                                      );
                                  flippedLower = ticks.update(
                                      tickLower,
                                      tick,
                                      liquidityDelta,
                                      _feeGrowthGlobal0X128,
                                      _feeGrowthGlobal1X128,
                                      secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128,
                                      tickCumulative,
                                      time,
                                      false,
                                      maxLiquidityPerTick
                                  );
                                  flippedUpper = ticks.update(
                                      tickUpper,
                                      tick,
                                      liquidityDelta,
                                      _feeGrowthGlobal0X128,
                                      _feeGrowthGlobal1X128,
                                      secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128,
                                      tickCumulative,
                                      time,
                                      true,
                                      maxLiquidityPerTick
                                  );
                                  if (flippedLower) {
                                      tickBitmap.flipTick(tickLower, tickSpacing);
                                  }
                                  if (flippedUpper) {
                                      tickBitmap.flipTick(tickUpper, tickSpacing);
                                  }
                              }
                              (uint256 feeGrowthInside0X128, uint256 feeGrowthInside1X128) =
                                  ticks.getFeeGrowthInside(tickLower, tickUpper, tick, _feeGrowthGlobal0X128, _feeGrowthGlobal1X128);
                              position.update(liquidityDelta, feeGrowthInside0X128, feeGrowthInside1X128);
                              // clear any tick data that is no longer needed
                              if (liquidityDelta < 0) {
                                  if (flippedLower) {
                                      ticks.clear(tickLower);
                                  }
                                  if (flippedUpper) {
                                      ticks.clear(tickUpper);
                                  }
                              }
                          }
                          /// @inheritdoc IUniswapV3PoolActions
                          /// @dev noDelegateCall is applied indirectly via _modifyPosition
                          function mint(
                              address recipient,
                              int24 tickLower,
                              int24 tickUpper,
                              uint128 amount,
                              bytes calldata data
                          ) external override lock returns (uint256 amount0, uint256 amount1) {
                              require(amount > 0);
                              (, int256 amount0Int, int256 amount1Int) =
                                  _modifyPosition(
                                      ModifyPositionParams({
                                          owner: recipient,
                                          tickLower: tickLower,
                                          tickUpper: tickUpper,
                                          liquidityDelta: int256(amount).toInt128()
                                      })
                                  );
                              amount0 = uint256(amount0Int);
                              amount1 = uint256(amount1Int);
                              uint256 balance0Before;
                              uint256 balance1Before;
                              if (amount0 > 0) balance0Before = balance0();
                              if (amount1 > 0) balance1Before = balance1();
                              IUniswapV3MintCallback(msg.sender).uniswapV3MintCallback(amount0, amount1, data);
                              if (amount0 > 0) require(balance0Before.add(amount0) <= balance0(), 'M0');
                              if (amount1 > 0) require(balance1Before.add(amount1) <= balance1(), 'M1');
                              emit Mint(msg.sender, recipient, tickLower, tickUpper, amount, amount0, amount1);
                          }
                          /// @inheritdoc IUniswapV3PoolActions
                          function collect(
                              address recipient,
                              int24 tickLower,
                              int24 tickUpper,
                              uint128 amount0Requested,
                              uint128 amount1Requested
                          ) external override lock returns (uint128 amount0, uint128 amount1) {
                              // we don't need to checkTicks here, because invalid positions will never have non-zero tokensOwed{0,1}
                              Position.Info storage position = positions.get(msg.sender, tickLower, tickUpper);
                              amount0 = amount0Requested > position.tokensOwed0 ? position.tokensOwed0 : amount0Requested;
                              amount1 = amount1Requested > position.tokensOwed1 ? position.tokensOwed1 : amount1Requested;
                              if (amount0 > 0) {
                                  position.tokensOwed0 -= amount0;
                                  TransferHelper.safeTransfer(token0, recipient, amount0);
                              }
                              if (amount1 > 0) {
                                  position.tokensOwed1 -= amount1;
                                  TransferHelper.safeTransfer(token1, recipient, amount1);
                              }
                              emit Collect(msg.sender, recipient, tickLower, tickUpper, amount0, amount1);
                          }
                          /// @inheritdoc IUniswapV3PoolActions
                          /// @dev noDelegateCall is applied indirectly via _modifyPosition
                          function burn(
                              int24 tickLower,
                              int24 tickUpper,
                              uint128 amount
                          ) external override lock returns (uint256 amount0, uint256 amount1) {
                              (Position.Info storage position, int256 amount0Int, int256 amount1Int) =
                                  _modifyPosition(
                                      ModifyPositionParams({
                                          owner: msg.sender,
                                          tickLower: tickLower,
                                          tickUpper: tickUpper,
                                          liquidityDelta: -int256(amount).toInt128()
                                      })
                                  );
                              amount0 = uint256(-amount0Int);
                              amount1 = uint256(-amount1Int);
                              if (amount0 > 0 || amount1 > 0) {
                                  (position.tokensOwed0, position.tokensOwed1) = (
                                      position.tokensOwed0 + uint128(amount0),
                                      position.tokensOwed1 + uint128(amount1)
                                  );
                              }
                              emit Burn(msg.sender, tickLower, tickUpper, amount, amount0, amount1);
                          }
                          struct SwapCache {
                              // the protocol fee for the input token
                              uint8 feeProtocol;
                              // liquidity at the beginning of the swap
                              uint128 liquidityStart;
                              // the timestamp of the current block
                              uint32 blockTimestamp;
                              // the current value of the tick accumulator, computed only if we cross an initialized tick
                              int56 tickCumulative;
                              // the current value of seconds per liquidity accumulator, computed only if we cross an initialized tick
                              uint160 secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128;
                              // whether we've computed and cached the above two accumulators
                              bool computedLatestObservation;
                          }
                          // the top level state of the swap, the results of which are recorded in storage at the end
                          struct SwapState {
                              // the amount remaining to be swapped in/out of the input/output asset
                              int256 amountSpecifiedRemaining;
                              // the amount already swapped out/in of the output/input asset
                              int256 amountCalculated;
                              // current sqrt(price)
                              uint160 sqrtPriceX96;
                              // the tick associated with the current price
                              int24 tick;
                              // the global fee growth of the input token
                              uint256 feeGrowthGlobalX128;
                              // amount of input token paid as protocol fee
                              uint128 protocolFee;
                              // the current liquidity in range
                              uint128 liquidity;
                          }
                          struct StepComputations {
                              // the price at the beginning of the step
                              uint160 sqrtPriceStartX96;
                              // the next tick to swap to from the current tick in the swap direction
                              int24 tickNext;
                              // whether tickNext is initialized or not
                              bool initialized;
                              // sqrt(price) for the next tick (1/0)
                              uint160 sqrtPriceNextX96;
                              // how much is being swapped in in this step
                              uint256 amountIn;
                              // how much is being swapped out
                              uint256 amountOut;
                              // how much fee is being paid in
                              uint256 feeAmount;
                          }
                          /// @inheritdoc IUniswapV3PoolActions
                          function swap(
                              address recipient,
                              bool zeroForOne,
                              int256 amountSpecified,
                              uint160 sqrtPriceLimitX96,
                              bytes calldata data
                          ) external override noDelegateCall returns (int256 amount0, int256 amount1) {
                              require(amountSpecified != 0, 'AS');
                              Slot0 memory slot0Start = slot0;
                              require(slot0Start.unlocked, 'LOK');
                              require(
                                  zeroForOne
                                      ? sqrtPriceLimitX96 < slot0Start.sqrtPriceX96 && sqrtPriceLimitX96 > TickMath.MIN_SQRT_RATIO
                                      : sqrtPriceLimitX96 > slot0Start.sqrtPriceX96 && sqrtPriceLimitX96 < TickMath.MAX_SQRT_RATIO,
                                  'SPL'
                              );
                              slot0.unlocked = false;
                              SwapCache memory cache =
                                  SwapCache({
                                      liquidityStart: liquidity,
                                      blockTimestamp: _blockTimestamp(),
                                      feeProtocol: zeroForOne ? (slot0Start.feeProtocol % 16) : (slot0Start.feeProtocol >> 4),
                                      secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128: 0,
                                      tickCumulative: 0,
                                      computedLatestObservation: false
                                  });
                              bool exactInput = amountSpecified > 0;
                              SwapState memory state =
                                  SwapState({
                                      amountSpecifiedRemaining: amountSpecified,
                                      amountCalculated: 0,
                                      sqrtPriceX96: slot0Start.sqrtPriceX96,
                                      tick: slot0Start.tick,
                                      feeGrowthGlobalX128: zeroForOne ? feeGrowthGlobal0X128 : feeGrowthGlobal1X128,
                                      protocolFee: 0,
                                      liquidity: cache.liquidityStart
                                  });
                              // continue swapping as long as we haven't used the entire input/output and haven't reached the price limit
                              while (state.amountSpecifiedRemaining != 0 && state.sqrtPriceX96 != sqrtPriceLimitX96) {
                                  StepComputations memory step;
                                  step.sqrtPriceStartX96 = state.sqrtPriceX96;
                                  (step.tickNext, step.initialized) = tickBitmap.nextInitializedTickWithinOneWord(
                                      state.tick,
                                      tickSpacing,
                                      zeroForOne
                                  );
                                  // ensure that we do not overshoot the min/max tick, as the tick bitmap is not aware of these bounds
                                  if (step.tickNext < TickMath.MIN_TICK) {
                                      step.tickNext = TickMath.MIN_TICK;
                                  } else if (step.tickNext > TickMath.MAX_TICK) {
                                      step.tickNext = TickMath.MAX_TICK;
                                  }
                                  // get the price for the next tick
                                  step.sqrtPriceNextX96 = TickMath.getSqrtRatioAtTick(step.tickNext);
                                  // compute values to swap to the target tick, price limit, or point where input/output amount is exhausted
                                  (state.sqrtPriceX96, step.amountIn, step.amountOut, step.feeAmount) = SwapMath.computeSwapStep(
                                      state.sqrtPriceX96,
                                      (zeroForOne ? step.sqrtPriceNextX96 < sqrtPriceLimitX96 : step.sqrtPriceNextX96 > sqrtPriceLimitX96)
                                          ? sqrtPriceLimitX96
                                          : step.sqrtPriceNextX96,
                                      state.liquidity,
                                      state.amountSpecifiedRemaining,
                                      fee
                                  );
                                  if (exactInput) {
                                      state.amountSpecifiedRemaining -= (step.amountIn + step.feeAmount).toInt256();
                                      state.amountCalculated = state.amountCalculated.sub(step.amountOut.toInt256());
                                  } else {
                                      state.amountSpecifiedRemaining += step.amountOut.toInt256();
                                      state.amountCalculated = state.amountCalculated.add((step.amountIn + step.feeAmount).toInt256());
                                  }
                                  // if the protocol fee is on, calculate how much is owed, decrement feeAmount, and increment protocolFee
                                  if (cache.feeProtocol > 0) {
                                      uint256 delta = step.feeAmount / cache.feeProtocol;
                                      step.feeAmount -= delta;
                                      state.protocolFee += uint128(delta);
                                  }
                                  // update global fee tracker
                                  if (state.liquidity > 0)
                                      state.feeGrowthGlobalX128 += FullMath.mulDiv(step.feeAmount, FixedPoint128.Q128, state.liquidity);
                                  // shift tick if we reached the next price
                                  if (state.sqrtPriceX96 == step.sqrtPriceNextX96) {
                                      // if the tick is initialized, run the tick transition
                                      if (step.initialized) {
                                          // check for the placeholder value, which we replace with the actual value the first time the swap
                                          // crosses an initialized tick
                                          if (!cache.computedLatestObservation) {
                                              (cache.tickCumulative, cache.secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128) = observations.observeSingle(
                                                  cache.blockTimestamp,
                                                  0,
                                                  slot0Start.tick,
                                                  slot0Start.observationIndex,
                                                  cache.liquidityStart,
                                                  slot0Start.observationCardinality
                                              );
                                              cache.computedLatestObservation = true;
                                          }
                                          int128 liquidityNet =
                                              ticks.cross(
                                                  step.tickNext,
                                                  (zeroForOne ? state.feeGrowthGlobalX128 : feeGrowthGlobal0X128),
                                                  (zeroForOne ? feeGrowthGlobal1X128 : state.feeGrowthGlobalX128),
                                                  cache.secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128,
                                                  cache.tickCumulative,
                                                  cache.blockTimestamp
                                              );
                                          // if we're moving leftward, we interpret liquidityNet as the opposite sign
                                          // safe because liquidityNet cannot be type(int128).min
                                          if (zeroForOne) liquidityNet = -liquidityNet;
                                          state.liquidity = LiquidityMath.addDelta(state.liquidity, liquidityNet);
                                      }
                                      state.tick = zeroForOne ? step.tickNext - 1 : step.tickNext;
                                  } else if (state.sqrtPriceX96 != step.sqrtPriceStartX96) {
                                      // recompute unless we're on a lower tick boundary (i.e. already transitioned ticks), and haven't moved
                                      state.tick = TickMath.getTickAtSqrtRatio(state.sqrtPriceX96);
                                  }
                              }
                              // update tick and write an oracle entry if the tick change
                              if (state.tick != slot0Start.tick) {
                                  (uint16 observationIndex, uint16 observationCardinality) =
                                      observations.write(
                                          slot0Start.observationIndex,
                                          cache.blockTimestamp,
                                          slot0Start.tick,
                                          cache.liquidityStart,
                                          slot0Start.observationCardinality,
                                          slot0Start.observationCardinalityNext
                                      );
                                  (slot0.sqrtPriceX96, slot0.tick, slot0.observationIndex, slot0.observationCardinality) = (
                                      state.sqrtPriceX96,
                                      state.tick,
                                      observationIndex,
                                      observationCardinality
                                  );
                              } else {
                                  // otherwise just update the price
                                  slot0.sqrtPriceX96 = state.sqrtPriceX96;
                              }
                              // update liquidity if it changed
                              if (cache.liquidityStart != state.liquidity) liquidity = state.liquidity;
                              // update fee growth global and, if necessary, protocol fees
                              // overflow is acceptable, protocol has to withdraw before it hits type(uint128).max fees
                              if (zeroForOne) {
                                  feeGrowthGlobal0X128 = state.feeGrowthGlobalX128;
                                  if (state.protocolFee > 0) protocolFees.token0 += state.protocolFee;
                              } else {
                                  feeGrowthGlobal1X128 = state.feeGrowthGlobalX128;
                                  if (state.protocolFee > 0) protocolFees.token1 += state.protocolFee;
                              }
                              (amount0, amount1) = zeroForOne == exactInput
                                  ? (amountSpecified - state.amountSpecifiedRemaining, state.amountCalculated)
                                  : (state.amountCalculated, amountSpecified - state.amountSpecifiedRemaining);
                              // do the transfers and collect payment
                              if (zeroForOne) {
                                  if (amount1 < 0) TransferHelper.safeTransfer(token1, recipient, uint256(-amount1));
                                  uint256 balance0Before = balance0();
                                  IUniswapV3SwapCallback(msg.sender).uniswapV3SwapCallback(amount0, amount1, data);
                                  require(balance0Before.add(uint256(amount0)) <= balance0(), 'IIA');
                              } else {
                                  if (amount0 < 0) TransferHelper.safeTransfer(token0, recipient, uint256(-amount0));
                                  uint256 balance1Before = balance1();
                                  IUniswapV3SwapCallback(msg.sender).uniswapV3SwapCallback(amount0, amount1, data);
                                  require(balance1Before.add(uint256(amount1)) <= balance1(), 'IIA');
                              }
                              emit Swap(msg.sender, recipient, amount0, amount1, state.sqrtPriceX96, state.liquidity, state.tick);
                              slot0.unlocked = true;
                          }
                          /// @inheritdoc IUniswapV3PoolActions
                          function flash(
                              address recipient,
                              uint256 amount0,
                              uint256 amount1,
                              bytes calldata data
                          ) external override lock noDelegateCall {
                              uint128 _liquidity = liquidity;
                              require(_liquidity > 0, 'L');
                              uint256 fee0 = FullMath.mulDivRoundingUp(amount0, fee, 1e6);
                              uint256 fee1 = FullMath.mulDivRoundingUp(amount1, fee, 1e6);
                              uint256 balance0Before = balance0();
                              uint256 balance1Before = balance1();
                              if (amount0 > 0) TransferHelper.safeTransfer(token0, recipient, amount0);
                              if (amount1 > 0) TransferHelper.safeTransfer(token1, recipient, amount1);
                              IUniswapV3FlashCallback(msg.sender).uniswapV3FlashCallback(fee0, fee1, data);
                              uint256 balance0After = balance0();
                              uint256 balance1After = balance1();
                              require(balance0Before.add(fee0) <= balance0After, 'F0');
                              require(balance1Before.add(fee1) <= balance1After, 'F1');
                              // sub is safe because we know balanceAfter is gt balanceBefore by at least fee
                              uint256 paid0 = balance0After - balance0Before;
                              uint256 paid1 = balance1After - balance1Before;
                              if (paid0 > 0) {
                                  uint8 feeProtocol0 = slot0.feeProtocol % 16;
                                  uint256 fees0 = feeProtocol0 == 0 ? 0 : paid0 / feeProtocol0;
                                  if (uint128(fees0) > 0) protocolFees.token0 += uint128(fees0);
                                  feeGrowthGlobal0X128 += FullMath.mulDiv(paid0 - fees0, FixedPoint128.Q128, _liquidity);
                              }
                              if (paid1 > 0) {
                                  uint8 feeProtocol1 = slot0.feeProtocol >> 4;
                                  uint256 fees1 = feeProtocol1 == 0 ? 0 : paid1 / feeProtocol1;
                                  if (uint128(fees1) > 0) protocolFees.token1 += uint128(fees1);
                                  feeGrowthGlobal1X128 += FullMath.mulDiv(paid1 - fees1, FixedPoint128.Q128, _liquidity);
                              }
                              emit Flash(msg.sender, recipient, amount0, amount1, paid0, paid1);
                          }
                          /// @inheritdoc IUniswapV3PoolOwnerActions
                          function setFeeProtocol(uint8 feeProtocol0, uint8 feeProtocol1) external override lock onlyFactoryOwner {
                              require(
                                  (feeProtocol0 == 0 || (feeProtocol0 >= 4 && feeProtocol0 <= 10)) &&
                                      (feeProtocol1 == 0 || (feeProtocol1 >= 4 && feeProtocol1 <= 10))
                              );
                              uint8 feeProtocolOld = slot0.feeProtocol;
                              slot0.feeProtocol = feeProtocol0 + (feeProtocol1 << 4);
                              emit SetFeeProtocol(feeProtocolOld % 16, feeProtocolOld >> 4, feeProtocol0, feeProtocol1);
                          }
                          /// @inheritdoc IUniswapV3PoolOwnerActions
                          function collectProtocol(
                              address recipient,
                              uint128 amount0Requested,
                              uint128 amount1Requested
                          ) external override lock onlyFactoryOwner returns (uint128 amount0, uint128 amount1) {
                              amount0 = amount0Requested > protocolFees.token0 ? protocolFees.token0 : amount0Requested;
                              amount1 = amount1Requested > protocolFees.token1 ? protocolFees.token1 : amount1Requested;
                              if (amount0 > 0) {
                                  if (amount0 == protocolFees.token0) amount0--; // ensure that the slot is not cleared, for gas savings
                                  protocolFees.token0 -= amount0;
                                  TransferHelper.safeTransfer(token0, recipient, amount0);
                              }
                              if (amount1 > 0) {
                                  if (amount1 == protocolFees.token1) amount1--; // ensure that the slot is not cleared, for gas savings
                                  protocolFees.token1 -= amount1;
                                  TransferHelper.safeTransfer(token1, recipient, amount1);
                              }
                              emit CollectProtocol(msg.sender, recipient, amount0, amount1);
                          }
                      }
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
                      pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
                      import './pool/IUniswapV3PoolImmutables.sol';
                      import './pool/IUniswapV3PoolState.sol';
                      import './pool/IUniswapV3PoolDerivedState.sol';
                      import './pool/IUniswapV3PoolActions.sol';
                      import './pool/IUniswapV3PoolOwnerActions.sol';
                      import './pool/IUniswapV3PoolEvents.sol';
                      /// @title The interface for a Uniswap V3 Pool
                      /// @notice A Uniswap pool facilitates swapping and automated market making between any two assets that strictly conform
                      /// to the ERC20 specification
                      /// @dev The pool interface is broken up into many smaller pieces
                      interface IUniswapV3Pool is
                          IUniswapV3PoolImmutables,
                          IUniswapV3PoolState,
                          IUniswapV3PoolDerivedState,
                          IUniswapV3PoolActions,
                          IUniswapV3PoolOwnerActions,
                          IUniswapV3PoolEvents
                      {
                      }
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: BUSL-1.1
                      pragma solidity =0.7.6;
                      /// @title Prevents delegatecall to a contract
                      /// @notice Base contract that provides a modifier for preventing delegatecall to methods in a child contract
                      abstract contract NoDelegateCall {
                          /// @dev The original address of this contract
                          address private immutable original;
                          constructor() {
                              // Immutables are computed in the init code of the contract, and then inlined into the deployed bytecode.
                              // In other words, this variable won't change when it's checked at runtime.
                              original = address(this);
                          }
                          /// @dev Private method is used instead of inlining into modifier because modifiers are copied into each method,
                          ///     and the use of immutable means the address bytes are copied in every place the modifier is used.
                          function checkNotDelegateCall() private view {
                              require(address(this) == original);
                          }
                          /// @notice Prevents delegatecall into the modified method
                          modifier noDelegateCall() {
                              checkNotDelegateCall();
                              _;
                          }
                      }
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
                      pragma solidity >=0.7.0;
                      /// @title Optimized overflow and underflow safe math operations
                      /// @notice Contains methods for doing math operations that revert on overflow or underflow for minimal gas cost
                      library LowGasSafeMath {
                          /// @notice Returns x + y, reverts if sum overflows uint256
                          /// @param x The augend
                          /// @param y The addend
                          /// @return z The sum of x and y
                          function add(uint256 x, uint256 y) internal pure returns (uint256 z) {
                              require((z = x + y) >= x);
                          }
                          /// @notice Returns x - y, reverts if underflows
                          /// @param x The minuend
                          /// @param y The subtrahend
                          /// @return z The difference of x and y
                          function sub(uint256 x, uint256 y) internal pure returns (uint256 z) {
                              require((z = x - y) <= x);
                          }
                          /// @notice Returns x * y, reverts if overflows
                          /// @param x The multiplicand
                          /// @param y The multiplier
                          /// @return z The product of x and y
                          function mul(uint256 x, uint256 y) internal pure returns (uint256 z) {
                              require(x == 0 || (z = x * y) / x == y);
                          }
                          /// @notice Returns x + y, reverts if overflows or underflows
                          /// @param x The augend
                          /// @param y The addend
                          /// @return z The sum of x and y
                          function add(int256 x, int256 y) internal pure returns (int256 z) {
                              require((z = x + y) >= x == (y >= 0));
                          }
                          /// @notice Returns x - y, reverts if overflows or underflows
                          /// @param x The minuend
                          /// @param y The subtrahend
                          /// @return z The difference of x and y
                          function sub(int256 x, int256 y) internal pure returns (int256 z) {
                              require((z = x - y) <= x == (y >= 0));
                          }
                      }
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
                      pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
                      /// @title Safe casting methods
                      /// @notice Contains methods for safely casting between types
                      library SafeCast {
                          /// @notice Cast a uint256 to a uint160, revert on overflow
                          /// @param y The uint256 to be downcasted
                          /// @return z The downcasted integer, now type uint160
                          function toUint160(uint256 y) internal pure returns (uint160 z) {
                              require((z = uint160(y)) == y);
                          }
                          /// @notice Cast a int256 to a int128, revert on overflow or underflow
                          /// @param y The int256 to be downcasted
                          /// @return z The downcasted integer, now type int128
                          function toInt128(int256 y) internal pure returns (int128 z) {
                              require((z = int128(y)) == y);
                          }
                          /// @notice Cast a uint256 to a int256, revert on overflow
                          /// @param y The uint256 to be casted
                          /// @return z The casted integer, now type int256
                          function toInt256(uint256 y) internal pure returns (int256 z) {
                              require(y < 2**255);
                              z = int256(y);
                          }
                      }
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: BUSL-1.1
                      pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
                      import './LowGasSafeMath.sol';
                      import './SafeCast.sol';
                      import './TickMath.sol';
                      import './LiquidityMath.sol';
                      /// @title Tick
                      /// @notice Contains functions for managing tick processes and relevant calculations
                      library Tick {
                          using LowGasSafeMath for int256;
                          using SafeCast for int256;
                          // info stored for each initialized individual tick
                          struct Info {
                              // the total position liquidity that references this tick
                              uint128 liquidityGross;
                              // amount of net liquidity added (subtracted) when tick is crossed from left to right (right to left),
                              int128 liquidityNet;
                              // fee growth per unit of liquidity on the _other_ side of this tick (relative to the current tick)
                              // only has relative meaning, not absolute — the value depends on when the tick is initialized
                              uint256 feeGrowthOutside0X128;
                              uint256 feeGrowthOutside1X128;
                              // the cumulative tick value on the other side of the tick
                              int56 tickCumulativeOutside;
                              // the seconds per unit of liquidity on the _other_ side of this tick (relative to the current tick)
                              // only has relative meaning, not absolute — the value depends on when the tick is initialized
                              uint160 secondsPerLiquidityOutsideX128;
                              // the seconds spent on the other side of the tick (relative to the current tick)
                              // only has relative meaning, not absolute — the value depends on when the tick is initialized
                              uint32 secondsOutside;
                              // true iff the tick is initialized, i.e. the value is exactly equivalent to the expression liquidityGross != 0
                              // these 8 bits are set to prevent fresh sstores when crossing newly initialized ticks
                              bool initialized;
                          }
                          /// @notice Derives max liquidity per tick from given tick spacing
                          /// @dev Executed within the pool constructor
                          /// @param tickSpacing The amount of required tick separation, realized in multiples of `tickSpacing`
                          ///     e.g., a tickSpacing of 3 requires ticks to be initialized every 3rd tick i.e., ..., -6, -3, 0, 3, 6, ...
                          /// @return The max liquidity per tick
                          function tickSpacingToMaxLiquidityPerTick(int24 tickSpacing) internal pure returns (uint128) {
                              int24 minTick = (TickMath.MIN_TICK / tickSpacing) * tickSpacing;
                              int24 maxTick = (TickMath.MAX_TICK / tickSpacing) * tickSpacing;
                              uint24 numTicks = uint24((maxTick - minTick) / tickSpacing) + 1;
                              return type(uint128).max / numTicks;
                          }
                          /// @notice Retrieves fee growth data
                          /// @param self The mapping containing all tick information for initialized ticks
                          /// @param tickLower The lower tick boundary of the position
                          /// @param tickUpper The upper tick boundary of the position
                          /// @param tickCurrent The current tick
                          /// @param feeGrowthGlobal0X128 The all-time global fee growth, per unit of liquidity, in token0
                          /// @param feeGrowthGlobal1X128 The all-time global fee growth, per unit of liquidity, in token1
                          /// @return feeGrowthInside0X128 The all-time fee growth in token0, per unit of liquidity, inside the position's tick boundaries
                          /// @return feeGrowthInside1X128 The all-time fee growth in token1, per unit of liquidity, inside the position's tick boundaries
                          function getFeeGrowthInside(
                              mapping(int24 => Tick.Info) storage self,
                              int24 tickLower,
                              int24 tickUpper,
                              int24 tickCurrent,
                              uint256 feeGrowthGlobal0X128,
                              uint256 feeGrowthGlobal1X128
                          ) internal view returns (uint256 feeGrowthInside0X128, uint256 feeGrowthInside1X128) {
                              Info storage lower = self[tickLower];
                              Info storage upper = self[tickUpper];
                              // calculate fee growth below
                              uint256 feeGrowthBelow0X128;
                              uint256 feeGrowthBelow1X128;
                              if (tickCurrent >= tickLower) {
                                  feeGrowthBelow0X128 = lower.feeGrowthOutside0X128;
                                  feeGrowthBelow1X128 = lower.feeGrowthOutside1X128;
                              } else {
                                  feeGrowthBelow0X128 = feeGrowthGlobal0X128 - lower.feeGrowthOutside0X128;
                                  feeGrowthBelow1X128 = feeGrowthGlobal1X128 - lower.feeGrowthOutside1X128;
                              }
                              // calculate fee growth above
                              uint256 feeGrowthAbove0X128;
                              uint256 feeGrowthAbove1X128;
                              if (tickCurrent < tickUpper) {
                                  feeGrowthAbove0X128 = upper.feeGrowthOutside0X128;
                                  feeGrowthAbove1X128 = upper.feeGrowthOutside1X128;
                              } else {
                                  feeGrowthAbove0X128 = feeGrowthGlobal0X128 - upper.feeGrowthOutside0X128;
                                  feeGrowthAbove1X128 = feeGrowthGlobal1X128 - upper.feeGrowthOutside1X128;
                              }
                              feeGrowthInside0X128 = feeGrowthGlobal0X128 - feeGrowthBelow0X128 - feeGrowthAbove0X128;
                              feeGrowthInside1X128 = feeGrowthGlobal1X128 - feeGrowthBelow1X128 - feeGrowthAbove1X128;
                          }
                          /// @notice Updates a tick and returns true if the tick was flipped from initialized to uninitialized, or vice versa
                          /// @param self The mapping containing all tick information for initialized ticks
                          /// @param tick The tick that will be updated
                          /// @param tickCurrent The current tick
                          /// @param liquidityDelta A new amount of liquidity to be added (subtracted) when tick is crossed from left to right (right to left)
                          /// @param feeGrowthGlobal0X128 The all-time global fee growth, per unit of liquidity, in token0
                          /// @param feeGrowthGlobal1X128 The all-time global fee growth, per unit of liquidity, in token1
                          /// @param secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128 The all-time seconds per max(1, liquidity) of the pool
                          /// @param time The current block timestamp cast to a uint32
                          /// @param upper true for updating a position's upper tick, or false for updating a position's lower tick
                          /// @param maxLiquidity The maximum liquidity allocation for a single tick
                          /// @return flipped Whether the tick was flipped from initialized to uninitialized, or vice versa
                          function update(
                              mapping(int24 => Tick.Info) storage self,
                              int24 tick,
                              int24 tickCurrent,
                              int128 liquidityDelta,
                              uint256 feeGrowthGlobal0X128,
                              uint256 feeGrowthGlobal1X128,
                              uint160 secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128,
                              int56 tickCumulative,
                              uint32 time,
                              bool upper,
                              uint128 maxLiquidity
                          ) internal returns (bool flipped) {
                              Tick.Info storage info = self[tick];
                              uint128 liquidityGrossBefore = info.liquidityGross;
                              uint128 liquidityGrossAfter = LiquidityMath.addDelta(liquidityGrossBefore, liquidityDelta);
                              require(liquidityGrossAfter <= maxLiquidity, 'LO');
                              flipped = (liquidityGrossAfter == 0) != (liquidityGrossBefore == 0);
                              if (liquidityGrossBefore == 0) {
                                  // by convention, we assume that all growth before a tick was initialized happened _below_ the tick
                                  if (tick <= tickCurrent) {
                                      info.feeGrowthOutside0X128 = feeGrowthGlobal0X128;
                                      info.feeGrowthOutside1X128 = feeGrowthGlobal1X128;
                                      info.secondsPerLiquidityOutsideX128 = secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128;
                                      info.tickCumulativeOutside = tickCumulative;
                                      info.secondsOutside = time;
                                  }
                                  info.initialized = true;
                              }
                              info.liquidityGross = liquidityGrossAfter;
                              // when the lower (upper) tick is crossed left to right (right to left), liquidity must be added (removed)
                              info.liquidityNet = upper
                                  ? int256(info.liquidityNet).sub(liquidityDelta).toInt128()
                                  : int256(info.liquidityNet).add(liquidityDelta).toInt128();
                          }
                          /// @notice Clears tick data
                          /// @param self The mapping containing all initialized tick information for initialized ticks
                          /// @param tick The tick that will be cleared
                          function clear(mapping(int24 => Tick.Info) storage self, int24 tick) internal {
                              delete self[tick];
                          }
                          /// @notice Transitions to next tick as needed by price movement
                          /// @param self The mapping containing all tick information for initialized ticks
                          /// @param tick The destination tick of the transition
                          /// @param feeGrowthGlobal0X128 The all-time global fee growth, per unit of liquidity, in token0
                          /// @param feeGrowthGlobal1X128 The all-time global fee growth, per unit of liquidity, in token1
                          /// @param secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128 The current seconds per liquidity
                          /// @param time The current block.timestamp
                          /// @return liquidityNet The amount of liquidity added (subtracted) when tick is crossed from left to right (right to left)
                          function cross(
                              mapping(int24 => Tick.Info) storage self,
                              int24 tick,
                              uint256 feeGrowthGlobal0X128,
                              uint256 feeGrowthGlobal1X128,
                              uint160 secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128,
                              int56 tickCumulative,
                              uint32 time
                          ) internal returns (int128 liquidityNet) {
                              Tick.Info storage info = self[tick];
                              info.feeGrowthOutside0X128 = feeGrowthGlobal0X128 - info.feeGrowthOutside0X128;
                              info.feeGrowthOutside1X128 = feeGrowthGlobal1X128 - info.feeGrowthOutside1X128;
                              info.secondsPerLiquidityOutsideX128 = secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128 - info.secondsPerLiquidityOutsideX128;
                              info.tickCumulativeOutside = tickCumulative - info.tickCumulativeOutside;
                              info.secondsOutside = time - info.secondsOutside;
                              liquidityNet = info.liquidityNet;
                          }
                      }
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: BUSL-1.1
                      pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
                      import './BitMath.sol';
                      /// @title Packed tick initialized state library
                      /// @notice Stores a packed mapping of tick index to its initialized state
                      /// @dev The mapping uses int16 for keys since ticks are represented as int24 and there are 256 (2^8) values per word.
                      library TickBitmap {
                          /// @notice Computes the position in the mapping where the initialized bit for a tick lives
                          /// @param tick The tick for which to compute the position
                          /// @return wordPos The key in the mapping containing the word in which the bit is stored
                          /// @return bitPos The bit position in the word where the flag is stored
                          function position(int24 tick) private pure returns (int16 wordPos, uint8 bitPos) {
                              wordPos = int16(tick >> 8);
                              bitPos = uint8(tick % 256);
                          }
                          /// @notice Flips the initialized state for a given tick from false to true, or vice versa
                          /// @param self The mapping in which to flip the tick
                          /// @param tick The tick to flip
                          /// @param tickSpacing The spacing between usable ticks
                          function flipTick(
                              mapping(int16 => uint256) storage self,
                              int24 tick,
                              int24 tickSpacing
                          ) internal {
                              require(tick % tickSpacing == 0); // ensure that the tick is spaced
                              (int16 wordPos, uint8 bitPos) = position(tick / tickSpacing);
                              uint256 mask = 1 << bitPos;
                              self[wordPos] ^= mask;
                          }
                          /// @notice Returns the next initialized tick contained in the same word (or adjacent word) as the tick that is either
                          /// to the left (less than or equal to) or right (greater than) of the given tick
                          /// @param self The mapping in which to compute the next initialized tick
                          /// @param tick The starting tick
                          /// @param tickSpacing The spacing between usable ticks
                          /// @param lte Whether to search for the next initialized tick to the left (less than or equal to the starting tick)
                          /// @return next The next initialized or uninitialized tick up to 256 ticks away from the current tick
                          /// @return initialized Whether the next tick is initialized, as the function only searches within up to 256 ticks
                          function nextInitializedTickWithinOneWord(
                              mapping(int16 => uint256) storage self,
                              int24 tick,
                              int24 tickSpacing,
                              bool lte
                          ) internal view returns (int24 next, bool initialized) {
                              int24 compressed = tick / tickSpacing;
                              if (tick < 0 && tick % tickSpacing != 0) compressed--; // round towards negative infinity
                              if (lte) {
                                  (int16 wordPos, uint8 bitPos) = position(compressed);
                                  // all the 1s at or to the right of the current bitPos
                                  uint256 mask = (1 << bitPos) - 1 + (1 << bitPos);
                                  uint256 masked = self[wordPos] & mask;
                                  // if there are no initialized ticks to the right of or at the current tick, return rightmost in the word
                                  initialized = masked != 0;
                                  // overflow/underflow is possible, but prevented externally by limiting both tickSpacing and tick
                                  next = initialized
                                      ? (compressed - int24(bitPos - BitMath.mostSignificantBit(masked))) * tickSpacing
                                      : (compressed - int24(bitPos)) * tickSpacing;
                              } else {
                                  // start from the word of the next tick, since the current tick state doesn't matter
                                  (int16 wordPos, uint8 bitPos) = position(compressed + 1);
                                  // all the 1s at or to the left of the bitPos
                                  uint256 mask = ~((1 << bitPos) - 1);
                                  uint256 masked = self[wordPos] & mask;
                                  // if there are no initialized ticks to the left of the current tick, return leftmost in the word
                                  initialized = masked != 0;
                                  // overflow/underflow is possible, but prevented externally by limiting both tickSpacing and tick
                                  next = initialized
                                      ? (compressed + 1 + int24(BitMath.leastSignificantBit(masked) - bitPos)) * tickSpacing
                                      : (compressed + 1 + int24(type(uint8).max - bitPos)) * tickSpacing;
                              }
                          }
                      }
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: BUSL-1.1
                      pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
                      import './FullMath.sol';
                      import './FixedPoint128.sol';
                      import './LiquidityMath.sol';
                      /// @title Position
                      /// @notice Positions represent an owner address' liquidity between a lower and upper tick boundary
                      /// @dev Positions store additional state for tracking fees owed to the position
                      library Position {
                          // info stored for each user's position
                          struct Info {
                              // the amount of liquidity owned by this position
                              uint128 liquidity;
                              // fee growth per unit of liquidity as of the last update to liquidity or fees owed
                              uint256 feeGrowthInside0LastX128;
                              uint256 feeGrowthInside1LastX128;
                              // the fees owed to the position owner in token0/token1
                              uint128 tokensOwed0;
                              uint128 tokensOwed1;
                          }
                          /// @notice Returns the Info struct of a position, given an owner and position boundaries
                          /// @param self The mapping containing all user positions
                          /// @param owner The address of the position owner
                          /// @param tickLower The lower tick boundary of the position
                          /// @param tickUpper The upper tick boundary of the position
                          /// @return position The position info struct of the given owners' position
                          function get(
                              mapping(bytes32 => Info) storage self,
                              address owner,
                              int24 tickLower,
                              int24 tickUpper
                          ) internal view returns (Position.Info storage position) {
                              position = self[keccak256(abi.encodePacked(owner, tickLower, tickUpper))];
                          }
                          /// @notice Credits accumulated fees to a user's position
                          /// @param self The individual position to update
                          /// @param liquidityDelta The change in pool liquidity as a result of the position update
                          /// @param feeGrowthInside0X128 The all-time fee growth in token0, per unit of liquidity, inside the position's tick boundaries
                          /// @param feeGrowthInside1X128 The all-time fee growth in token1, per unit of liquidity, inside the position's tick boundaries
                          function update(
                              Info storage self,
                              int128 liquidityDelta,
                              uint256 feeGrowthInside0X128,
                              uint256 feeGrowthInside1X128
                          ) internal {
                              Info memory _self = self;
                              uint128 liquidityNext;
                              if (liquidityDelta == 0) {
                                  require(_self.liquidity > 0, 'NP'); // disallow pokes for 0 liquidity positions
                                  liquidityNext = _self.liquidity;
                              } else {
                                  liquidityNext = LiquidityMath.addDelta(_self.liquidity, liquidityDelta);
                              }
                              // calculate accumulated fees
                              uint128 tokensOwed0 =
                                  uint128(
                                      FullMath.mulDiv(
                                          feeGrowthInside0X128 - _self.feeGrowthInside0LastX128,
                                          _self.liquidity,
                                          FixedPoint128.Q128
                                      )
                                  );
                              uint128 tokensOwed1 =
                                  uint128(
                                      FullMath.mulDiv(
                                          feeGrowthInside1X128 - _self.feeGrowthInside1LastX128,
                                          _self.liquidity,
                                          FixedPoint128.Q128
                                      )
                                  );
                              // update the position
                              if (liquidityDelta != 0) self.liquidity = liquidityNext;
                              self.feeGrowthInside0LastX128 = feeGrowthInside0X128;
                              self.feeGrowthInside1LastX128 = feeGrowthInside1X128;
                              if (tokensOwed0 > 0 || tokensOwed1 > 0) {
                                  // overflow is acceptable, have to withdraw before you hit type(uint128).max fees
                                  self.tokensOwed0 += tokensOwed0;
                                  self.tokensOwed1 += tokensOwed1;
                              }
                          }
                      }
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: BUSL-1.1
                      pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
                      /// @title Oracle
                      /// @notice Provides price and liquidity data useful for a wide variety of system designs
                      /// @dev Instances of stored oracle data, "observations", are collected in the oracle array
                      /// Every pool is initialized with an oracle array length of 1. Anyone can pay the SSTOREs to increase the
                      /// maximum length of the oracle array. New slots will be added when the array is fully populated.
                      /// Observations are overwritten when the full length of the oracle array is populated.
                      /// The most recent observation is available, independent of the length of the oracle array, by passing 0 to observe()
                      library Oracle {
                          struct Observation {
                              // the block timestamp of the observation
                              uint32 blockTimestamp;
                              // the tick accumulator, i.e. tick * time elapsed since the pool was first initialized
                              int56 tickCumulative;
                              // the seconds per liquidity, i.e. seconds elapsed / max(1, liquidity) since the pool was first initialized
                              uint160 secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128;
                              // whether or not the observation is initialized
                              bool initialized;
                          }
                          /// @notice Transforms a previous observation into a new observation, given the passage of time and the current tick and liquidity values
                          /// @dev blockTimestamp _must_ be chronologically equal to or greater than last.blockTimestamp, safe for 0 or 1 overflows
                          /// @param last The specified observation to be transformed
                          /// @param blockTimestamp The timestamp of the new observation
                          /// @param tick The active tick at the time of the new observation
                          /// @param liquidity The total in-range liquidity at the time of the new observation
                          /// @return Observation The newly populated observation
                          function transform(
                              Observation memory last,
                              uint32 blockTimestamp,
                              int24 tick,
                              uint128 liquidity
                          ) private pure returns (Observation memory) {
                              uint32 delta = blockTimestamp - last.blockTimestamp;
                              return
                                  Observation({
                                      blockTimestamp: blockTimestamp,
                                      tickCumulative: last.tickCumulative + int56(tick) * delta,
                                      secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128: last.secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128 +
                                          ((uint160(delta) << 128) / (liquidity > 0 ? liquidity : 1)),
                                      initialized: true
                                  });
                          }
                          /// @notice Initialize the oracle array by writing the first slot. Called once for the lifecycle of the observations array
                          /// @param self The stored oracle array
                          /// @param time The time of the oracle initialization, via block.timestamp truncated to uint32
                          /// @return cardinality The number of populated elements in the oracle array
                          /// @return cardinalityNext The new length of the oracle array, independent of population
                          function initialize(Observation[65535] storage self, uint32 time)
                              internal
                              returns (uint16 cardinality, uint16 cardinalityNext)
                          {
                              self[0] = Observation({
                                  blockTimestamp: time,
                                  tickCumulative: 0,
                                  secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128: 0,
                                  initialized: true
                              });
                              return (1, 1);
                          }
                          /// @notice Writes an oracle observation to the array
                          /// @dev Writable at most once per block. Index represents the most recently written element. cardinality and index must be tracked externally.
                          /// If the index is at the end of the allowable array length (according to cardinality), and the next cardinality
                          /// is greater than the current one, cardinality may be increased. This restriction is created to preserve ordering.
                          /// @param self The stored oracle array
                          /// @param index The index of the observation that was most recently written to the observations array
                          /// @param blockTimestamp The timestamp of the new observation
                          /// @param tick The active tick at the time of the new observation
                          /// @param liquidity The total in-range liquidity at the time of the new observation
                          /// @param cardinality The number of populated elements in the oracle array
                          /// @param cardinalityNext The new length of the oracle array, independent of population
                          /// @return indexUpdated The new index of the most recently written element in the oracle array
                          /// @return cardinalityUpdated The new cardinality of the oracle array
                          function write(
                              Observation[65535] storage self,
                              uint16 index,
                              uint32 blockTimestamp,
                              int24 tick,
                              uint128 liquidity,
                              uint16 cardinality,
                              uint16 cardinalityNext
                          ) internal returns (uint16 indexUpdated, uint16 cardinalityUpdated) {
                              Observation memory last = self[index];
                              // early return if we've already written an observation this block
                              if (last.blockTimestamp == blockTimestamp) return (index, cardinality);
                              // if the conditions are right, we can bump the cardinality
                              if (cardinalityNext > cardinality && index == (cardinality - 1)) {
                                  cardinalityUpdated = cardinalityNext;
                              } else {
                                  cardinalityUpdated = cardinality;
                              }
                              indexUpdated = (index + 1) % cardinalityUpdated;
                              self[indexUpdated] = transform(last, blockTimestamp, tick, liquidity);
                          }
                          /// @notice Prepares the oracle array to store up to `next` observations
                          /// @param self The stored oracle array
                          /// @param current The current next cardinality of the oracle array
                          /// @param next The proposed next cardinality which will be populated in the oracle array
                          /// @return next The next cardinality which will be populated in the oracle array
                          function grow(
                              Observation[65535] storage self,
                              uint16 current,
                              uint16 next
                          ) internal returns (uint16) {
                              require(current > 0, 'I');
                              // no-op if the passed next value isn't greater than the current next value
                              if (next <= current) return current;
                              // store in each slot to prevent fresh SSTOREs in swaps
                              // this data will not be used because the initialized boolean is still false
                              for (uint16 i = current; i < next; i++) self[i].blockTimestamp = 1;
                              return next;
                          }
                          /// @notice comparator for 32-bit timestamps
                          /// @dev safe for 0 or 1 overflows, a and b _must_ be chronologically before or equal to time
                          /// @param time A timestamp truncated to 32 bits
                          /// @param a A comparison timestamp from which to determine the relative position of `time`
                          /// @param b From which to determine the relative position of `time`
                          /// @return bool Whether `a` is chronologically <= `b`
                          function lte(
                              uint32 time,
                              uint32 a,
                              uint32 b
                          ) private pure returns (bool) {
                              // if there hasn't been overflow, no need to adjust
                              if (a <= time && b <= time) return a <= b;
                              uint256 aAdjusted = a > time ? a : a + 2**32;
                              uint256 bAdjusted = b > time ? b : b + 2**32;
                              return aAdjusted <= bAdjusted;
                          }
                          /// @notice Fetches the observations beforeOrAt and atOrAfter a target, i.e. where [beforeOrAt, atOrAfter] is satisfied.
                          /// The result may be the same observation, or adjacent observations.
                          /// @dev The answer must be contained in the array, used when the target is located within the stored observation
                          /// boundaries: older than the most recent observation and younger, or the same age as, the oldest observation
                          /// @param self The stored oracle array
                          /// @param time The current block.timestamp
                          /// @param target The timestamp at which the reserved observation should be for
                          /// @param index The index of the observation that was most recently written to the observations array
                          /// @param cardinality The number of populated elements in the oracle array
                          /// @return beforeOrAt The observation recorded before, or at, the target
                          /// @return atOrAfter The observation recorded at, or after, the target
                          function binarySearch(
                              Observation[65535] storage self,
                              uint32 time,
                              uint32 target,
                              uint16 index,
                              uint16 cardinality
                          ) private view returns (Observation memory beforeOrAt, Observation memory atOrAfter) {
                              uint256 l = (index + 1) % cardinality; // oldest observation
                              uint256 r = l + cardinality - 1; // newest observation
                              uint256 i;
                              while (true) {
                                  i = (l + r) / 2;
                                  beforeOrAt = self[i % cardinality];
                                  // we've landed on an uninitialized tick, keep searching higher (more recently)
                                  if (!beforeOrAt.initialized) {
                                      l = i + 1;
                                      continue;
                                  }
                                  atOrAfter = self[(i + 1) % cardinality];
                                  bool targetAtOrAfter = lte(time, beforeOrAt.blockTimestamp, target);
                                  // check if we've found the answer!
                                  if (targetAtOrAfter && lte(time, target, atOrAfter.blockTimestamp)) break;
                                  if (!targetAtOrAfter) r = i - 1;
                                  else l = i + 1;
                              }
                          }
                          /// @notice Fetches the observations beforeOrAt and atOrAfter a given target, i.e. where [beforeOrAt, atOrAfter] is satisfied
                          /// @dev Assumes there is at least 1 initialized observation.
                          /// Used by observeSingle() to compute the counterfactual accumulator values as of a given block timestamp.
                          /// @param self The stored oracle array
                          /// @param time The current block.timestamp
                          /// @param target The timestamp at which the reserved observation should be for
                          /// @param tick The active tick at the time of the returned or simulated observation
                          /// @param index The index of the observation that was most recently written to the observations array
                          /// @param liquidity The total pool liquidity at the time of the call
                          /// @param cardinality The number of populated elements in the oracle array
                          /// @return beforeOrAt The observation which occurred at, or before, the given timestamp
                          /// @return atOrAfter The observation which occurred at, or after, the given timestamp
                          function getSurroundingObservations(
                              Observation[65535] storage self,
                              uint32 time,
                              uint32 target,
                              int24 tick,
                              uint16 index,
                              uint128 liquidity,
                              uint16 cardinality
                          ) private view returns (Observation memory beforeOrAt, Observation memory atOrAfter) {
                              // optimistically set before to the newest observation
                              beforeOrAt = self[index];
                              // if the target is chronologically at or after the newest observation, we can early return
                              if (lte(time, beforeOrAt.blockTimestamp, target)) {
                                  if (beforeOrAt.blockTimestamp == target) {
                                      // if newest observation equals target, we're in the same block, so we can ignore atOrAfter
                                      return (beforeOrAt, atOrAfter);
                                  } else {
                                      // otherwise, we need to transform
                                      return (beforeOrAt, transform(beforeOrAt, target, tick, liquidity));
                                  }
                              }
                              // now, set before to the oldest observation
                              beforeOrAt = self[(index + 1) % cardinality];
                              if (!beforeOrAt.initialized) beforeOrAt = self[0];
                              // ensure that the target is chronologically at or after the oldest observation
                              require(lte(time, beforeOrAt.blockTimestamp, target), 'OLD');
                              // if we've reached this point, we have to binary search
                              return binarySearch(self, time, target, index, cardinality);
                          }
                          /// @dev Reverts if an observation at or before the desired observation timestamp does not exist.
                          /// 0 may be passed as `secondsAgo' to return the current cumulative values.
                          /// If called with a timestamp falling between two observations, returns the counterfactual accumulator values
                          /// at exactly the timestamp between the two observations.
                          /// @param self The stored oracle array
                          /// @param time The current block timestamp
                          /// @param secondsAgo The amount of time to look back, in seconds, at which point to return an observation
                          /// @param tick The current tick
                          /// @param index The index of the observation that was most recently written to the observations array
                          /// @param liquidity The current in-range pool liquidity
                          /// @param cardinality The number of populated elements in the oracle array
                          /// @return tickCumulative The tick * time elapsed since the pool was first initialized, as of `secondsAgo`
                          /// @return secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128 The time elapsed / max(1, liquidity) since the pool was first initialized, as of `secondsAgo`
                          function observeSingle(
                              Observation[65535] storage self,
                              uint32 time,
                              uint32 secondsAgo,
                              int24 tick,
                              uint16 index,
                              uint128 liquidity,
                              uint16 cardinality
                          ) internal view returns (int56 tickCumulative, uint160 secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128) {
                              if (secondsAgo == 0) {
                                  Observation memory last = self[index];
                                  if (last.blockTimestamp != time) last = transform(last, time, tick, liquidity);
                                  return (last.tickCumulative, last.secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128);
                              }
                              uint32 target = time - secondsAgo;
                              (Observation memory beforeOrAt, Observation memory atOrAfter) =
                                  getSurroundingObservations(self, time, target, tick, index, liquidity, cardinality);
                              if (target == beforeOrAt.blockTimestamp) {
                                  // we're at the left boundary
                                  return (beforeOrAt.tickCumulative, beforeOrAt.secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128);
                              } else if (target == atOrAfter.blockTimestamp) {
                                  // we're at the right boundary
                                  return (atOrAfter.tickCumulative, atOrAfter.secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128);
                              } else {
                                  // we're in the middle
                                  uint32 observationTimeDelta = atOrAfter.blockTimestamp - beforeOrAt.blockTimestamp;
                                  uint32 targetDelta = target - beforeOrAt.blockTimestamp;
                                  return (
                                      beforeOrAt.tickCumulative +
                                          ((atOrAfter.tickCumulative - beforeOrAt.tickCumulative) / observationTimeDelta) *
                                          targetDelta,
                                      beforeOrAt.secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128 +
                                          uint160(
                                              (uint256(
                                                  atOrAfter.secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128 - beforeOrAt.secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128
                                              ) * targetDelta) / observationTimeDelta
                                          )
                                  );
                              }
                          }
                          /// @notice Returns the accumulator values as of each time seconds ago from the given time in the array of `secondsAgos`
                          /// @dev Reverts if `secondsAgos` > oldest observation
                          /// @param self The stored oracle array
                          /// @param time The current block.timestamp
                          /// @param secondsAgos Each amount of time to look back, in seconds, at which point to return an observation
                          /// @param tick The current tick
                          /// @param index The index of the observation that was most recently written to the observations array
                          /// @param liquidity The current in-range pool liquidity
                          /// @param cardinality The number of populated elements in the oracle array
                          /// @return tickCumulatives The tick * time elapsed since the pool was first initialized, as of each `secondsAgo`
                          /// @return secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128s The cumulative seconds / max(1, liquidity) since the pool was first initialized, as of each `secondsAgo`
                          function observe(
                              Observation[65535] storage self,
                              uint32 time,
                              uint32[] memory secondsAgos,
                              int24 tick,
                              uint16 index,
                              uint128 liquidity,
                              uint16 cardinality
                          ) internal view returns (int56[] memory tickCumulatives, uint160[] memory secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128s) {
                              require(cardinality > 0, 'I');
                              tickCumulatives = new int56[](secondsAgos.length);
                              secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128s = new uint160[](secondsAgos.length);
                              for (uint256 i = 0; i < secondsAgos.length; i++) {
                                  (tickCumulatives[i], secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128s[i]) = observeSingle(
                                      self,
                                      time,
                                      secondsAgos[i],
                                      tick,
                                      index,
                                      liquidity,
                                      cardinality
                                  );
                              }
                          }
                      }
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                      pragma solidity >=0.4.0;
                      /// @title Contains 512-bit math functions
                      /// @notice Facilitates multiplication and division that can have overflow of an intermediate value without any loss of precision
                      /// @dev Handles "phantom overflow" i.e., allows multiplication and division where an intermediate value overflows 256 bits
                      library FullMath {
                          /// @notice Calculates floor(a×b÷denominator) with full precision. Throws if result overflows a uint256 or denominator == 0
                          /// @param a The multiplicand
                          /// @param b The multiplier
                          /// @param denominator The divisor
                          /// @return result The 256-bit result
                          /// @dev Credit to Remco Bloemen under MIT license https://xn--2-umb.com/21/muldiv
                          function mulDiv(
                              uint256 a,
                              uint256 b,
                              uint256 denominator
                          ) internal pure returns (uint256 result) {
                              // 512-bit multiply [prod1 prod0] = a * b
                              // Compute the product mod 2**256 and mod 2**256 - 1
                              // then use the Chinese Remainder Theorem to reconstruct
                              // the 512 bit result. The result is stored in two 256
                              // variables such that product = prod1 * 2**256 + prod0
                              uint256 prod0; // Least significant 256 bits of the product
                              uint256 prod1; // Most significant 256 bits of the product
                              assembly {
                                  let mm := mulmod(a, b, not(0))
                                  prod0 := mul(a, b)
                                  prod1 := sub(sub(mm, prod0), lt(mm, prod0))
                              }
                              // Handle non-overflow cases, 256 by 256 division
                              if (prod1 == 0) {
                                  require(denominator > 0);
                                  assembly {
                                      result := div(prod0, denominator)
                                  }
                                  return result;
                              }
                              // Make sure the result is less than 2**256.
                              // Also prevents denominator == 0
                              require(denominator > prod1);
                              ///////////////////////////////////////////////
                              // 512 by 256 division.
                              ///////////////////////////////////////////////
                              // Make division exact by subtracting the remainder from [prod1 prod0]
                              // Compute remainder using mulmod
                              uint256 remainder;
                              assembly {
                                  remainder := mulmod(a, b, denominator)
                              }
                              // Subtract 256 bit number from 512 bit number
                              assembly {
                                  prod1 := sub(prod1, gt(remainder, prod0))
                                  prod0 := sub(prod0, remainder)
                              }
                              // Factor powers of two out of denominator
                              // Compute largest power of two divisor of denominator.
                              // Always >= 1.
                              uint256 twos = -denominator & denominator;
                              // Divide denominator by power of two
                              assembly {
                                  denominator := div(denominator, twos)
                              }
                              // Divide [prod1 prod0] by the factors of two
                              assembly {
                                  prod0 := div(prod0, twos)
                              }
                              // Shift in bits from prod1 into prod0. For this we need
                              // to flip `twos` such that it is 2**256 / twos.
                              // If twos is zero, then it becomes one
                              assembly {
                                  twos := add(div(sub(0, twos), twos), 1)
                              }
                              prod0 |= prod1 * twos;
                              // Invert denominator mod 2**256
                              // Now that denominator is an odd number, it has an inverse
                              // modulo 2**256 such that denominator * inv = 1 mod 2**256.
                              // Compute the inverse by starting with a seed that is correct
                              // correct for four bits. That is, denominator * inv = 1 mod 2**4
                              uint256 inv = (3 * denominator) ^ 2;
                              // Now use Newton-Raphson iteration to improve the precision.
                              // Thanks to Hensel's lifting lemma, this also works in modular
                              // arithmetic, doubling the correct bits in each step.
                              inv *= 2 - denominator * inv; // inverse mod 2**8
                              inv *= 2 - denominator * inv; // inverse mod 2**16
                              inv *= 2 - denominator * inv; // inverse mod 2**32
                              inv *= 2 - denominator * inv; // inverse mod 2**64
                              inv *= 2 - denominator * inv; // inverse mod 2**128
                              inv *= 2 - denominator * inv; // inverse mod 2**256
                              // Because the division is now exact we can divide by multiplying
                              // with the modular inverse of denominator. This will give us the
                              // correct result modulo 2**256. Since the precoditions guarantee
                              // that the outcome is less than 2**256, this is the final result.
                              // We don't need to compute the high bits of the result and prod1
                              // is no longer required.
                              result = prod0 * inv;
                              return result;
                          }
                          /// @notice Calculates ceil(a×b÷denominator) with full precision. Throws if result overflows a uint256 or denominator == 0
                          /// @param a The multiplicand
                          /// @param b The multiplier
                          /// @param denominator The divisor
                          /// @return result The 256-bit result
                          function mulDivRoundingUp(
                              uint256 a,
                              uint256 b,
                              uint256 denominator
                          ) internal pure returns (uint256 result) {
                              result = mulDiv(a, b, denominator);
                              if (mulmod(a, b, denominator) > 0) {
                                  require(result < type(uint256).max);
                                  result++;
                              }
                          }
                      }
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
                      pragma solidity >=0.4.0;
                      /// @title FixedPoint128
                      /// @notice A library for handling binary fixed point numbers, see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Q_(number_format)
                      library FixedPoint128 {
                          uint256 internal constant Q128 = 0x100000000000000000000000000000000;
                      }
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
                      pragma solidity >=0.6.0;
                      import '../interfaces/IERC20Minimal.sol';
                      /// @title TransferHelper
                      /// @notice Contains helper methods for interacting with ERC20 tokens that do not consistently return true/false
                      library TransferHelper {
                          /// @notice Transfers tokens from msg.sender to a recipient
                          /// @dev Calls transfer on token contract, errors with TF if transfer fails
                          /// @param token The contract address of the token which will be transferred
                          /// @param to The recipient of the transfer
                          /// @param value The value of the transfer
                          function safeTransfer(
                              address token,
                              address to,
                              uint256 value
                          ) internal {
                              (bool success, bytes memory data) =
                                  token.call(abi.encodeWithSelector(IERC20Minimal.transfer.selector, to, value));
                              require(success && (data.length == 0 || abi.decode(data, (bool))), 'TF');
                          }
                      }
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
                      pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
                      /// @title Math library for computing sqrt prices from ticks and vice versa
                      /// @notice Computes sqrt price for ticks of size 1.0001, i.e. sqrt(1.0001^tick) as fixed point Q64.96 numbers. Supports
                      /// prices between 2**-128 and 2**128
                      library TickMath {
                          /// @dev The minimum tick that may be passed to #getSqrtRatioAtTick computed from log base 1.0001 of 2**-128
                          int24 internal constant MIN_TICK = -887272;
                          /// @dev The maximum tick that may be passed to #getSqrtRatioAtTick computed from log base 1.0001 of 2**128
                          int24 internal constant MAX_TICK = -MIN_TICK;
                          /// @dev The minimum value that can be returned from #getSqrtRatioAtTick. Equivalent to getSqrtRatioAtTick(MIN_TICK)
                          uint160 internal constant MIN_SQRT_RATIO = 4295128739;
                          /// @dev The maximum value that can be returned from #getSqrtRatioAtTick. Equivalent to getSqrtRatioAtTick(MAX_TICK)
                          uint160 internal constant MAX_SQRT_RATIO = 1461446703485210103287273052203988822378723970342;
                          /// @notice Calculates sqrt(1.0001^tick) * 2^96
                          /// @dev Throws if |tick| > max tick
                          /// @param tick The input tick for the above formula
                          /// @return sqrtPriceX96 A Fixed point Q64.96 number representing the sqrt of the ratio of the two assets (token1/token0)
                          /// at the given tick
                          function getSqrtRatioAtTick(int24 tick) internal pure returns (uint160 sqrtPriceX96) {
                              uint256 absTick = tick < 0 ? uint256(-int256(tick)) : uint256(int256(tick));
                              require(absTick <= uint256(MAX_TICK), 'T');
                              uint256 ratio = absTick & 0x1 != 0 ? 0xfffcb933bd6fad37aa2d162d1a594001 : 0x100000000000000000000000000000000;
                              if (absTick & 0x2 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xfff97272373d413259a46990580e213a) >> 128;
                              if (absTick & 0x4 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xfff2e50f5f656932ef12357cf3c7fdcc) >> 128;
                              if (absTick & 0x8 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xffe5caca7e10e4e61c3624eaa0941cd0) >> 128;
                              if (absTick & 0x10 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xffcb9843d60f6159c9db58835c926644) >> 128;
                              if (absTick & 0x20 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xff973b41fa98c081472e6896dfb254c0) >> 128;
                              if (absTick & 0x40 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xff2ea16466c96a3843ec78b326b52861) >> 128;
                              if (absTick & 0x80 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xfe5dee046a99a2a811c461f1969c3053) >> 128;
                              if (absTick & 0x100 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xfcbe86c7900a88aedcffc83b479aa3a4) >> 128;
                              if (absTick & 0x200 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xf987a7253ac413176f2b074cf7815e54) >> 128;
                              if (absTick & 0x400 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xf3392b0822b70005940c7a398e4b70f3) >> 128;
                              if (absTick & 0x800 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xe7159475a2c29b7443b29c7fa6e889d9) >> 128;
                              if (absTick & 0x1000 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xd097f3bdfd2022b8845ad8f792aa5825) >> 128;
                              if (absTick & 0x2000 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xa9f746462d870fdf8a65dc1f90e061e5) >> 128;
                              if (absTick & 0x4000 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0x70d869a156d2a1b890bb3df62baf32f7) >> 128;
                              if (absTick & 0x8000 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0x31be135f97d08fd981231505542fcfa6) >> 128;
                              if (absTick & 0x10000 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0x9aa508b5b7a84e1c677de54f3e99bc9) >> 128;
                              if (absTick & 0x20000 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0x5d6af8dedb81196699c329225ee604) >> 128;
                              if (absTick & 0x40000 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0x2216e584f5fa1ea926041bedfe98) >> 128;
                              if (absTick & 0x80000 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0x48a170391f7dc42444e8fa2) >> 128;
                              if (tick > 0) ratio = type(uint256).max / ratio;
                              // this divides by 1<<32 rounding up to go from a Q128.128 to a Q128.96.
                              // we then downcast because we know the result always fits within 160 bits due to our tick input constraint
                              // we round up in the division so getTickAtSqrtRatio of the output price is always consistent
                              sqrtPriceX96 = uint160((ratio >> 32) + (ratio % (1 << 32) == 0 ? 0 : 1));
                          }
                          /// @notice Calculates the greatest tick value such that getRatioAtTick(tick) <= ratio
                          /// @dev Throws in case sqrtPriceX96 < MIN_SQRT_RATIO, as MIN_SQRT_RATIO is the lowest value getRatioAtTick may
                          /// ever return.
                          /// @param sqrtPriceX96 The sqrt ratio for which to compute the tick as a Q64.96
                          /// @return tick The greatest tick for which the ratio is less than or equal to the input ratio
                          function getTickAtSqrtRatio(uint160 sqrtPriceX96) internal pure returns (int24 tick) {
                              // second inequality must be < because the price can never reach the price at the max tick
                              require(sqrtPriceX96 >= MIN_SQRT_RATIO && sqrtPriceX96 < MAX_SQRT_RATIO, 'R');
                              uint256 ratio = uint256(sqrtPriceX96) << 32;
                              uint256 r = ratio;
                              uint256 msb = 0;
                              assembly {
                                  let f := shl(7, gt(r, 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF))
                                  msb := or(msb, f)
                                  r := shr(f, r)
                              }
                              assembly {
                                  let f := shl(6, gt(r, 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF))
                                  msb := or(msb, f)
                                  r := shr(f, r)
                              }
                              assembly {
                                  let f := shl(5, gt(r, 0xFFFFFFFF))
                                  msb := or(msb, f)
                                  r := shr(f, r)
                              }
                              assembly {
                                  let f := shl(4, gt(r, 0xFFFF))
                                  msb := or(msb, f)
                                  r := shr(f, r)
                              }
                              assembly {
                                  let f := shl(3, gt(r, 0xFF))
                                  msb := or(msb, f)
                                  r := shr(f, r)
                              }
                              assembly {
                                  let f := shl(2, gt(r, 0xF))
                                  msb := or(msb, f)
                                  r := shr(f, r)
                              }
                              assembly {
                                  let f := shl(1, gt(r, 0x3))
                                  msb := or(msb, f)
                                  r := shr(f, r)
                              }
                              assembly {
                                  let f := gt(r, 0x1)
                                  msb := or(msb, f)
                              }
                              if (msb >= 128) r = ratio >> (msb - 127);
                              else r = ratio << (127 - msb);
                              int256 log_2 = (int256(msb) - 128) << 64;
                              assembly {
                                  r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
                                  let f := shr(128, r)
                                  log_2 := or(log_2, shl(63, f))
                                  r := shr(f, r)
                              }
                              assembly {
                                  r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
                                  let f := shr(128, r)
                                  log_2 := or(log_2, shl(62, f))
                                  r := shr(f, r)
                              }
                              assembly {
                                  r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
                                  let f := shr(128, r)
                                  log_2 := or(log_2, shl(61, f))
                                  r := shr(f, r)
                              }
                              assembly {
                                  r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
                                  let f := shr(128, r)
                                  log_2 := or(log_2, shl(60, f))
                                  r := shr(f, r)
                              }
                              assembly {
                                  r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
                                  let f := shr(128, r)
                                  log_2 := or(log_2, shl(59, f))
                                  r := shr(f, r)
                              }
                              assembly {
                                  r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
                                  let f := shr(128, r)
                                  log_2 := or(log_2, shl(58, f))
                                  r := shr(f, r)
                              }
                              assembly {
                                  r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
                                  let f := shr(128, r)
                                  log_2 := or(log_2, shl(57, f))
                                  r := shr(f, r)
                              }
                              assembly {
                                  r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
                                  let f := shr(128, r)
                                  log_2 := or(log_2, shl(56, f))
                                  r := shr(f, r)
                              }
                              assembly {
                                  r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
                                  let f := shr(128, r)
                                  log_2 := or(log_2, shl(55, f))
                                  r := shr(f, r)
                              }
                              assembly {
                                  r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
                                  let f := shr(128, r)
                                  log_2 := or(log_2, shl(54, f))
                                  r := shr(f, r)
                              }
                              assembly {
                                  r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
                                  let f := shr(128, r)
                                  log_2 := or(log_2, shl(53, f))
                                  r := shr(f, r)
                              }
                              assembly {
                                  r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
                                  let f := shr(128, r)
                                  log_2 := or(log_2, shl(52, f))
                                  r := shr(f, r)
                              }
                              assembly {
                                  r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
                                  let f := shr(128, r)
                                  log_2 := or(log_2, shl(51, f))
                                  r := shr(f, r)
                              }
                              assembly {
                                  r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
                                  let f := shr(128, r)
                                  log_2 := or(log_2, shl(50, f))
                              }
                              int256 log_sqrt10001 = log_2 * 255738958999603826347141; // 128.128 number
                              int24 tickLow = int24((log_sqrt10001 - 3402992956809132418596140100660247210) >> 128);
                              int24 tickHi = int24((log_sqrt10001 + 291339464771989622907027621153398088495) >> 128);
                              tick = tickLow == tickHi ? tickLow : getSqrtRatioAtTick(tickHi) <= sqrtPriceX96 ? tickHi : tickLow;
                          }
                      }
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
                      pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
                      /// @title Math library for liquidity
                      library LiquidityMath {
                          /// @notice Add a signed liquidity delta to liquidity and revert if it overflows or underflows
                          /// @param x The liquidity before change
                          /// @param y The delta by which liquidity should be changed
                          /// @return z The liquidity delta
                          function addDelta(uint128 x, int128 y) internal pure returns (uint128 z) {
                              if (y < 0) {
                                  require((z = x - uint128(-y)) < x, 'LS');
                              } else {
                                  require((z = x + uint128(y)) >= x, 'LA');
                              }
                          }
                      }
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: BUSL-1.1
                      pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
                      import './LowGasSafeMath.sol';
                      import './SafeCast.sol';
                      import './FullMath.sol';
                      import './UnsafeMath.sol';
                      import './FixedPoint96.sol';
                      /// @title Functions based on Q64.96 sqrt price and liquidity
                      /// @notice Contains the math that uses square root of price as a Q64.96 and liquidity to compute deltas
                      library SqrtPriceMath {
                          using LowGasSafeMath for uint256;
                          using SafeCast for uint256;
                          /// @notice Gets the next sqrt price given a delta of token0
                          /// @dev Always rounds up, because in the exact output case (increasing price) we need to move the price at least
                          /// far enough to get the desired output amount, and in the exact input case (decreasing price) we need to move the
                          /// price less in order to not send too much output.
                          /// The most precise formula for this is liquidity * sqrtPX96 / (liquidity +- amount * sqrtPX96),
                          /// if this is impossible because of overflow, we calculate liquidity / (liquidity / sqrtPX96 +- amount).
                          /// @param sqrtPX96 The starting price, i.e. before accounting for the token0 delta
                          /// @param liquidity The amount of usable liquidity
                          /// @param amount How much of token0 to add or remove from virtual reserves
                          /// @param add Whether to add or remove the amount of token0
                          /// @return The price after adding or removing amount, depending on add
                          function getNextSqrtPriceFromAmount0RoundingUp(
                              uint160 sqrtPX96,
                              uint128 liquidity,
                              uint256 amount,
                              bool add
                          ) internal pure returns (uint160) {
                              // we short circuit amount == 0 because the result is otherwise not guaranteed to equal the input price
                              if (amount == 0) return sqrtPX96;
                              uint256 numerator1 = uint256(liquidity) << FixedPoint96.RESOLUTION;
                              if (add) {
                                  uint256 product;
                                  if ((product = amount * sqrtPX96) / amount == sqrtPX96) {
                                      uint256 denominator = numerator1 + product;
                                      if (denominator >= numerator1)
                                          // always fits in 160 bits
                                          return uint160(FullMath.mulDivRoundingUp(numerator1, sqrtPX96, denominator));
                                  }
                                  return uint160(UnsafeMath.divRoundingUp(numerator1, (numerator1 / sqrtPX96).add(amount)));
                              } else {
                                  uint256 product;
                                  // if the product overflows, we know the denominator underflows
                                  // in addition, we must check that the denominator does not underflow
                                  require((product = amount * sqrtPX96) / amount == sqrtPX96 && numerator1 > product);
                                  uint256 denominator = numerator1 - product;
                                  return FullMath.mulDivRoundingUp(numerator1, sqrtPX96, denominator).toUint160();
                              }
                          }
                          /// @notice Gets the next sqrt price given a delta of token1
                          /// @dev Always rounds down, because in the exact output case (decreasing price) we need to move the price at least
                          /// far enough to get the desired output amount, and in the exact input case (increasing price) we need to move the
                          /// price less in order to not send too much output.
                          /// The formula we compute is within <1 wei of the lossless version: sqrtPX96 +- amount / liquidity
                          /// @param sqrtPX96 The starting price, i.e., before accounting for the token1 delta
                          /// @param liquidity The amount of usable liquidity
                          /// @param amount How much of token1 to add, or remove, from virtual reserves
                          /// @param add Whether to add, or remove, the amount of token1
                          /// @return The price after adding or removing `amount`
                          function getNextSqrtPriceFromAmount1RoundingDown(
                              uint160 sqrtPX96,
                              uint128 liquidity,
                              uint256 amount,
                              bool add
                          ) internal pure returns (uint160) {
                              // if we're adding (subtracting), rounding down requires rounding the quotient down (up)
                              // in both cases, avoid a mulDiv for most inputs
                              if (add) {
                                  uint256 quotient =
                                      (
                                          amount <= type(uint160).max
                                              ? (amount << FixedPoint96.RESOLUTION) / liquidity
                                              : FullMath.mulDiv(amount, FixedPoint96.Q96, liquidity)
                                      );
                                  return uint256(sqrtPX96).add(quotient).toUint160();
                              } else {
                                  uint256 quotient =
                                      (
                                          amount <= type(uint160).max
                                              ? UnsafeMath.divRoundingUp(amount << FixedPoint96.RESOLUTION, liquidity)
                                              : FullMath.mulDivRoundingUp(amount, FixedPoint96.Q96, liquidity)
                                      );
                                  require(sqrtPX96 > quotient);
                                  // always fits 160 bits
                                  return uint160(sqrtPX96 - quotient);
                              }
                          }
                          /// @notice Gets the next sqrt price given an input amount of token0 or token1
                          /// @dev Throws if price or liquidity are 0, or if the next price is out of bounds
                          /// @param sqrtPX96 The starting price, i.e., before accounting for the input amount
                          /// @param liquidity The amount of usable liquidity
                          /// @param amountIn How much of token0, or token1, is being swapped in
                          /// @param zeroForOne Whether the amount in is token0 or token1
                          /// @return sqrtQX96 The price after adding the input amount to token0 or token1
                          function getNextSqrtPriceFromInput(
                              uint160 sqrtPX96,
                              uint128 liquidity,
                              uint256 amountIn,
                              bool zeroForOne
                          ) internal pure returns (uint160 sqrtQX96) {
                              require(sqrtPX96 > 0);
                              require(liquidity > 0);
                              // round to make sure that we don't pass the target price
                              return
                                  zeroForOne
                                      ? getNextSqrtPriceFromAmount0RoundingUp(sqrtPX96, liquidity, amountIn, true)
                                      : getNextSqrtPriceFromAmount1RoundingDown(sqrtPX96, liquidity, amountIn, true);
                          }
                          /// @notice Gets the next sqrt price given an output amount of token0 or token1
                          /// @dev Throws if price or liquidity are 0 or the next price is out of bounds
                          /// @param sqrtPX96 The starting price before accounting for the output amount
                          /// @param liquidity The amount of usable liquidity
                          /// @param amountOut How much of token0, or token1, is being swapped out
                          /// @param zeroForOne Whether the amount out is token0 or token1
                          /// @return sqrtQX96 The price after removing the output amount of token0 or token1
                          function getNextSqrtPriceFromOutput(
                              uint160 sqrtPX96,
                              uint128 liquidity,
                              uint256 amountOut,
                              bool zeroForOne
                          ) internal pure returns (uint160 sqrtQX96) {
                              require(sqrtPX96 > 0);
                              require(liquidity > 0);
                              // round to make sure that we pass the target price
                              return
                                  zeroForOne
                                      ? getNextSqrtPriceFromAmount1RoundingDown(sqrtPX96, liquidity, amountOut, false)
                                      : getNextSqrtPriceFromAmount0RoundingUp(sqrtPX96, liquidity, amountOut, false);
                          }
                          /// @notice Gets the amount0 delta between two prices
                          /// @dev Calculates liquidity / sqrt(lower) - liquidity / sqrt(upper),
                          /// i.e. liquidity * (sqrt(upper) - sqrt(lower)) / (sqrt(upper) * sqrt(lower))
                          /// @param sqrtRatioAX96 A sqrt price
                          /// @param sqrtRatioBX96 Another sqrt price
                          /// @param liquidity The amount of usable liquidity
                          /// @param roundUp Whether to round the amount up or down
                          /// @return amount0 Amount of token0 required to cover a position of size liquidity between the two passed prices
                          function getAmount0Delta(
                              uint160 sqrtRatioAX96,
                              uint160 sqrtRatioBX96,
                              uint128 liquidity,
                              bool roundUp
                          ) internal pure returns (uint256 amount0) {
                              if (sqrtRatioAX96 > sqrtRatioBX96) (sqrtRatioAX96, sqrtRatioBX96) = (sqrtRatioBX96, sqrtRatioAX96);
                              uint256 numerator1 = uint256(liquidity) << FixedPoint96.RESOLUTION;
                              uint256 numerator2 = sqrtRatioBX96 - sqrtRatioAX96;
                              require(sqrtRatioAX96 > 0);
                              return
                                  roundUp
                                      ? UnsafeMath.divRoundingUp(
                                          FullMath.mulDivRoundingUp(numerator1, numerator2, sqrtRatioBX96),
                                          sqrtRatioAX96
                                      )
                                      : FullMath.mulDiv(numerator1, numerator2, sqrtRatioBX96) / sqrtRatioAX96;
                          }
                          /// @notice Gets the amount1 delta between two prices
                          /// @dev Calculates liquidity * (sqrt(upper) - sqrt(lower))
                          /// @param sqrtRatioAX96 A sqrt price
                          /// @param sqrtRatioBX96 Another sqrt price
                          /// @param liquidity The amount of usable liquidity
                          /// @param roundUp Whether to round the amount up, or down
                          /// @return amount1 Amount of token1 required to cover a position of size liquidity between the two passed prices
                          function getAmount1Delta(
                              uint160 sqrtRatioAX96,
                              uint160 sqrtRatioBX96,
                              uint128 liquidity,
                              bool roundUp
                          ) internal pure returns (uint256 amount1) {
                              if (sqrtRatioAX96 > sqrtRatioBX96) (sqrtRatioAX96, sqrtRatioBX96) = (sqrtRatioBX96, sqrtRatioAX96);
                              return
                                  roundUp
                                      ? FullMath.mulDivRoundingUp(liquidity, sqrtRatioBX96 - sqrtRatioAX96, FixedPoint96.Q96)
                                      : FullMath.mulDiv(liquidity, sqrtRatioBX96 - sqrtRatioAX96, FixedPoint96.Q96);
                          }
                          /// @notice Helper that gets signed token0 delta
                          /// @param sqrtRatioAX96 A sqrt price
                          /// @param sqrtRatioBX96 Another sqrt price
                          /// @param liquidity The change in liquidity for which to compute the amount0 delta
                          /// @return amount0 Amount of token0 corresponding to the passed liquidityDelta between the two prices
                          function getAmount0Delta(
                              uint160 sqrtRatioAX96,
                              uint160 sqrtRatioBX96,
                              int128 liquidity
                          ) internal pure returns (int256 amount0) {
                              return
                                  liquidity < 0
                                      ? -getAmount0Delta(sqrtRatioAX96, sqrtRatioBX96, uint128(-liquidity), false).toInt256()
                                      : getAmount0Delta(sqrtRatioAX96, sqrtRatioBX96, uint128(liquidity), true).toInt256();
                          }
                          /// @notice Helper that gets signed token1 delta
                          /// @param sqrtRatioAX96 A sqrt price
                          /// @param sqrtRatioBX96 Another sqrt price
                          /// @param liquidity The change in liquidity for which to compute the amount1 delta
                          /// @return amount1 Amount of token1 corresponding to the passed liquidityDelta between the two prices
                          function getAmount1Delta(
                              uint160 sqrtRatioAX96,
                              uint160 sqrtRatioBX96,
                              int128 liquidity
                          ) internal pure returns (int256 amount1) {
                              return
                                  liquidity < 0
                                      ? -getAmount1Delta(sqrtRatioAX96, sqrtRatioBX96, uint128(-liquidity), false).toInt256()
                                      : getAmount1Delta(sqrtRatioAX96, sqrtRatioBX96, uint128(liquidity), true).toInt256();
                          }
                      }
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: BUSL-1.1
                      pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
                      import './FullMath.sol';
                      import './SqrtPriceMath.sol';
                      /// @title Computes the result of a swap within ticks
                      /// @notice Contains methods for computing the result of a swap within a single tick price range, i.e., a single tick.
                      library SwapMath {
                          /// @notice Computes the result of swapping some amount in, or amount out, given the parameters of the swap
                          /// @dev The fee, plus the amount in, will never exceed the amount remaining if the swap's `amountSpecified` is positive
                          /// @param sqrtRatioCurrentX96 The current sqrt price of the pool
                          /// @param sqrtRatioTargetX96 The price that cannot be exceeded, from which the direction of the swap is inferred
                          /// @param liquidity The usable liquidity
                          /// @param amountRemaining How much input or output amount is remaining to be swapped in/out
                          /// @param feePips The fee taken from the input amount, expressed in hundredths of a bip
                          /// @return sqrtRatioNextX96 The price after swapping the amount in/out, not to exceed the price target
                          /// @return amountIn The amount to be swapped in, of either token0 or token1, based on the direction of the swap
                          /// @return amountOut The amount to be received, of either token0 or token1, based on the direction of the swap
                          /// @return feeAmount The amount of input that will be taken as a fee
                          function computeSwapStep(
                              uint160 sqrtRatioCurrentX96,
                              uint160 sqrtRatioTargetX96,
                              uint128 liquidity,
                              int256 amountRemaining,
                              uint24 feePips
                          )
                              internal
                              pure
                              returns (
                                  uint160 sqrtRatioNextX96,
                                  uint256 amountIn,
                                  uint256 amountOut,
                                  uint256 feeAmount
                              )
                          {
                              bool zeroForOne = sqrtRatioCurrentX96 >= sqrtRatioTargetX96;
                              bool exactIn = amountRemaining >= 0;
                              if (exactIn) {
                                  uint256 amountRemainingLessFee = FullMath.mulDiv(uint256(amountRemaining), 1e6 - feePips, 1e6);
                                  amountIn = zeroForOne
                                      ? SqrtPriceMath.getAmount0Delta(sqrtRatioTargetX96, sqrtRatioCurrentX96, liquidity, true)
                                      : SqrtPriceMath.getAmount1Delta(sqrtRatioCurrentX96, sqrtRatioTargetX96, liquidity, true);
                                  if (amountRemainingLessFee >= amountIn) sqrtRatioNextX96 = sqrtRatioTargetX96;
                                  else
                                      sqrtRatioNextX96 = SqrtPriceMath.getNextSqrtPriceFromInput(
                                          sqrtRatioCurrentX96,
                                          liquidity,
                                          amountRemainingLessFee,
                                          zeroForOne
                                      );
                              } else {
                                  amountOut = zeroForOne
                                      ? SqrtPriceMath.getAmount1Delta(sqrtRatioTargetX96, sqrtRatioCurrentX96, liquidity, false)
                                      : SqrtPriceMath.getAmount0Delta(sqrtRatioCurrentX96, sqrtRatioTargetX96, liquidity, false);
                                  if (uint256(-amountRemaining) >= amountOut) sqrtRatioNextX96 = sqrtRatioTargetX96;
                                  else
                                      sqrtRatioNextX96 = SqrtPriceMath.getNextSqrtPriceFromOutput(
                                          sqrtRatioCurrentX96,
                                          liquidity,
                                          uint256(-amountRemaining),
                                          zeroForOne
                                      );
                              }
                              bool max = sqrtRatioTargetX96 == sqrtRatioNextX96;
                              // get the input/output amounts
                              if (zeroForOne) {
                                  amountIn = max && exactIn
                                      ? amountIn
                                      : SqrtPriceMath.getAmount0Delta(sqrtRatioNextX96, sqrtRatioCurrentX96, liquidity, true);
                                  amountOut = max && !exactIn
                                      ? amountOut
                                      : SqrtPriceMath.getAmount1Delta(sqrtRatioNextX96, sqrtRatioCurrentX96, liquidity, false);
                              } else {
                                  amountIn = max && exactIn
                                      ? amountIn
                                      : SqrtPriceMath.getAmount1Delta(sqrtRatioCurrentX96, sqrtRatioNextX96, liquidity, true);
                                  amountOut = max && !exactIn
                                      ? amountOut
                                      : SqrtPriceMath.getAmount0Delta(sqrtRatioCurrentX96, sqrtRatioNextX96, liquidity, false);
                              }
                              // cap the output amount to not exceed the remaining output amount
                              if (!exactIn && amountOut > uint256(-amountRemaining)) {
                                  amountOut = uint256(-amountRemaining);
                              }
                              if (exactIn && sqrtRatioNextX96 != sqrtRatioTargetX96) {
                                  // we didn't reach the target, so take the remainder of the maximum input as fee
                                  feeAmount = uint256(amountRemaining) - amountIn;
                              } else {
                                  feeAmount = FullMath.mulDivRoundingUp(amountIn, feePips, 1e6 - feePips);
                              }
                          }
                      }
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
                      pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
                      /// @title An interface for a contract that is capable of deploying Uniswap V3 Pools
                      /// @notice A contract that constructs a pool must implement this to pass arguments to the pool
                      /// @dev This is used to avoid having constructor arguments in the pool contract, which results in the init code hash
                      /// of the pool being constant allowing the CREATE2 address of the pool to be cheaply computed on-chain
                      interface IUniswapV3PoolDeployer {
                          /// @notice Get the parameters to be used in constructing the pool, set transiently during pool creation.
                          /// @dev Called by the pool constructor to fetch the parameters of the pool
                          /// Returns factory The factory address
                          /// Returns token0 The first token of the pool by address sort order
                          /// Returns token1 The second token of the pool by address sort order
                          /// Returns fee The fee collected upon every swap in the pool, denominated in hundredths of a bip
                          /// Returns tickSpacing The minimum number of ticks between initialized ticks
                          function parameters()
                              external
                              view
                              returns (
                                  address factory,
                                  address token0,
                                  address token1,
                                  uint24 fee,
                                  int24 tickSpacing
                              );
                      }
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
                      pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
                      /// @title The interface for the Uniswap V3 Factory
                      /// @notice The Uniswap V3 Factory facilitates creation of Uniswap V3 pools and control over the protocol fees
                      interface IUniswapV3Factory {
                          /// @notice Emitted when the owner of the factory is changed
                          /// @param oldOwner The owner before the owner was changed
                          /// @param newOwner The owner after the owner was changed
                          event OwnerChanged(address indexed oldOwner, address indexed newOwner);
                          /// @notice Emitted when a pool is created
                          /// @param token0 The first token of the pool by address sort order
                          /// @param token1 The second token of the pool by address sort order
                          /// @param fee The fee collected upon every swap in the pool, denominated in hundredths of a bip
                          /// @param tickSpacing The minimum number of ticks between initialized ticks
                          /// @param pool The address of the created pool
                          event PoolCreated(
                              address indexed token0,
                              address indexed token1,
                              uint24 indexed fee,
                              int24 tickSpacing,
                              address pool
                          );
                          /// @notice Emitted when a new fee amount is enabled for pool creation via the factory
                          /// @param fee The enabled fee, denominated in hundredths of a bip
                          /// @param tickSpacing The minimum number of ticks between initialized ticks for pools created with the given fee
                          event FeeAmountEnabled(uint24 indexed fee, int24 indexed tickSpacing);
                          /// @notice Returns the current owner of the factory
                          /// @dev Can be changed by the current owner via setOwner
                          /// @return The address of the factory owner
                          function owner() external view returns (address);
                          /// @notice Returns the tick spacing for a given fee amount, if enabled, or 0 if not enabled
                          /// @dev A fee amount can never be removed, so this value should be hard coded or cached in the calling context
                          /// @param fee The enabled fee, denominated in hundredths of a bip. Returns 0 in case of unenabled fee
                          /// @return The tick spacing
                          function feeAmountTickSpacing(uint24 fee) external view returns (int24);
                          /// @notice Returns the pool address for a given pair of tokens and a fee, or address 0 if it does not exist
                          /// @dev tokenA and tokenB may be passed in either token0/token1 or token1/token0 order
                          /// @param tokenA The contract address of either token0 or token1
                          /// @param tokenB The contract address of the other token
                          /// @param fee The fee collected upon every swap in the pool, denominated in hundredths of a bip
                          /// @return pool The pool address
                          function getPool(
                              address tokenA,
                              address tokenB,
                              uint24 fee
                          ) external view returns (address pool);
                          /// @notice Creates a pool for the given two tokens and fee
                          /// @param tokenA One of the two tokens in the desired pool
                          /// @param tokenB The other of the two tokens in the desired pool
                          /// @param fee The desired fee for the pool
                          /// @dev tokenA and tokenB may be passed in either order: token0/token1 or token1/token0. tickSpacing is retrieved
                          /// from the fee. The call will revert if the pool already exists, the fee is invalid, or the token arguments
                          /// are invalid.
                          /// @return pool The address of the newly created pool
                          function createPool(
                              address tokenA,
                              address tokenB,
                              uint24 fee
                          ) external returns (address pool);
                          /// @notice Updates the owner of the factory
                          /// @dev Must be called by the current owner
                          /// @param _owner The new owner of the factory
                          function setOwner(address _owner) external;
                          /// @notice Enables a fee amount with the given tickSpacing
                          /// @dev Fee amounts may never be removed once enabled
                          /// @param fee The fee amount to enable, denominated in hundredths of a bip (i.e. 1e-6)
                          /// @param tickSpacing The spacing between ticks to be enforced for all pools created with the given fee amount
                          function enableFeeAmount(uint24 fee, int24 tickSpacing) external;
                      }
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
                      pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
                      /// @title Minimal ERC20 interface for Uniswap
                      /// @notice Contains a subset of the full ERC20 interface that is used in Uniswap V3
                      interface IERC20Minimal {
                          /// @notice Returns the balance of a token
                          /// @param account The account for which to look up the number of tokens it has, i.e. its balance
                          /// @return The number of tokens held by the account
                          function balanceOf(address account) external view returns (uint256);
                          /// @notice Transfers the amount of token from the `msg.sender` to the recipient
                          /// @param recipient The account that will receive the amount transferred
                          /// @param amount The number of tokens to send from the sender to the recipient
                          /// @return Returns true for a successful transfer, false for an unsuccessful transfer
                          function transfer(address recipient, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
                          /// @notice Returns the current allowance given to a spender by an owner
                          /// @param owner The account of the token owner
                          /// @param spender The account of the token spender
                          /// @return The current allowance granted by `owner` to `spender`
                          function allowance(address owner, address spender) external view returns (uint256);
                          /// @notice Sets the allowance of a spender from the `msg.sender` to the value `amount`
                          /// @param spender The account which will be allowed to spend a given amount of the owners tokens
                          /// @param amount The amount of tokens allowed to be used by `spender`
                          /// @return Returns true for a successful approval, false for unsuccessful
                          function approve(address spender, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
                          /// @notice Transfers `amount` tokens from `sender` to `recipient` up to the allowance given to the `msg.sender`
                          /// @param sender The account from which the transfer will be initiated
                          /// @param recipient The recipient of the transfer
                          /// @param amount The amount of the transfer
                          /// @return Returns true for a successful transfer, false for unsuccessful
                          function transferFrom(
                              address sender,
                              address recipient,
                              uint256 amount
                          ) external returns (bool);
                          /// @notice Event emitted when tokens are transferred from one address to another, either via `#transfer` or `#transferFrom`.
                          /// @param from The account from which the tokens were sent, i.e. the balance decreased
                          /// @param to The account to which the tokens were sent, i.e. the balance increased
                          /// @param value The amount of tokens that were transferred
                          event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 value);
                          /// @notice Event emitted when the approval amount for the spender of a given owner's tokens changes.
                          /// @param owner The account that approved spending of its tokens
                          /// @param spender The account for which the spending allowance was modified
                          /// @param value The new allowance from the owner to the spender
                          event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed spender, uint256 value);
                      }
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
                      pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
                      /// @title Callback for IUniswapV3PoolActions#mint
                      /// @notice Any contract that calls IUniswapV3PoolActions#mint must implement this interface
                      interface IUniswapV3MintCallback {
                          /// @notice Called to `msg.sender` after minting liquidity to a position from IUniswapV3Pool#mint.
                          /// @dev In the implementation you must pay the pool tokens owed for the minted liquidity.
                          /// The caller of this method must be checked to be a UniswapV3Pool deployed by the canonical UniswapV3Factory.
                          /// @param amount0Owed The amount of token0 due to the pool for the minted liquidity
                          /// @param amount1Owed The amount of token1 due to the pool for the minted liquidity
                          /// @param data Any data passed through by the caller via the IUniswapV3PoolActions#mint call
                          function uniswapV3MintCallback(
                              uint256 amount0Owed,
                              uint256 amount1Owed,
                              bytes calldata data
                          ) external;
                      }
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
                      pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
                      /// @title Callback for IUniswapV3PoolActions#swap
                      /// @notice Any contract that calls IUniswapV3PoolActions#swap must implement this interface
                      interface IUniswapV3SwapCallback {
                          /// @notice Called to `msg.sender` after executing a swap via IUniswapV3Pool#swap.
                          /// @dev In the implementation you must pay the pool tokens owed for the swap.
                          /// The caller of this method must be checked to be a UniswapV3Pool deployed by the canonical UniswapV3Factory.
                          /// amount0Delta and amount1Delta can both be 0 if no tokens were swapped.
                          /// @param amount0Delta The amount of token0 that was sent (negative) or must be received (positive) by the pool by
                          /// the end of the swap. If positive, the callback must send that amount of token0 to the pool.
                          /// @param amount1Delta The amount of token1 that was sent (negative) or must be received (positive) by the pool by
                          /// the end of the swap. If positive, the callback must send that amount of token1 to the pool.
                          /// @param data Any data passed through by the caller via the IUniswapV3PoolActions#swap call
                          function uniswapV3SwapCallback(
                              int256 amount0Delta,
                              int256 amount1Delta,
                              bytes calldata data
                          ) external;
                      }
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
                      pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
                      /// @title Callback for IUniswapV3PoolActions#flash
                      /// @notice Any contract that calls IUniswapV3PoolActions#flash must implement this interface
                      interface IUniswapV3FlashCallback {
                          /// @notice Called to `msg.sender` after transferring to the recipient from IUniswapV3Pool#flash.
                          /// @dev In the implementation you must repay the pool the tokens sent by flash plus the computed fee amounts.
                          /// The caller of this method must be checked to be a UniswapV3Pool deployed by the canonical UniswapV3Factory.
                          /// @param fee0 The fee amount in token0 due to the pool by the end of the flash
                          /// @param fee1 The fee amount in token1 due to the pool by the end of the flash
                          /// @param data Any data passed through by the caller via the IUniswapV3PoolActions#flash call
                          function uniswapV3FlashCallback(
                              uint256 fee0,
                              uint256 fee1,
                              bytes calldata data
                          ) external;
                      }
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
                      pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
                      /// @title Pool state that never changes
                      /// @notice These parameters are fixed for a pool forever, i.e., the methods will always return the same values
                      interface IUniswapV3PoolImmutables {
                          /// @notice The contract that deployed the pool, which must adhere to the IUniswapV3Factory interface
                          /// @return The contract address
                          function factory() external view returns (address);
                          /// @notice The first of the two tokens of the pool, sorted by address
                          /// @return The token contract address
                          function token0() external view returns (address);
                          /// @notice The second of the two tokens of the pool, sorted by address
                          /// @return The token contract address
                          function token1() external view returns (address);
                          /// @notice The pool's fee in hundredths of a bip, i.e. 1e-6
                          /// @return The fee
                          function fee() external view returns (uint24);
                          /// @notice The pool tick spacing
                          /// @dev Ticks can only be used at multiples of this value, minimum of 1 and always positive
                          /// e.g.: a tickSpacing of 3 means ticks can be initialized every 3rd tick, i.e., ..., -6, -3, 0, 3, 6, ...
                          /// This value is an int24 to avoid casting even though it is always positive.
                          /// @return The tick spacing
                          function tickSpacing() external view returns (int24);
                          /// @notice The maximum amount of position liquidity that can use any tick in the range
                          /// @dev This parameter is enforced per tick to prevent liquidity from overflowing a uint128 at any point, and
                          /// also prevents out-of-range liquidity from being used to prevent adding in-range liquidity to a pool
                          /// @return The max amount of liquidity per tick
                          function maxLiquidityPerTick() external view returns (uint128);
                      }
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
                      pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
                      /// @title Pool state that can change
                      /// @notice These methods compose the pool's state, and can change with any frequency including multiple times
                      /// per transaction
                      interface IUniswapV3PoolState {
                          /// @notice The 0th storage slot in the pool stores many values, and is exposed as a single method to save gas
                          /// when accessed externally.
                          /// @return sqrtPriceX96 The current price of the pool as a sqrt(token1/token0) Q64.96 value
                          /// tick The current tick of the pool, i.e. according to the last tick transition that was run.
                          /// This value may not always be equal to SqrtTickMath.getTickAtSqrtRatio(sqrtPriceX96) if the price is on a tick
                          /// boundary.
                          /// observationIndex The index of the last oracle observation that was written,
                          /// observationCardinality The current maximum number of observations stored in the pool,
                          /// observationCardinalityNext The next maximum number of observations, to be updated when the observation.
                          /// feeProtocol The protocol fee for both tokens of the pool.
                          /// Encoded as two 4 bit values, where the protocol fee of token1 is shifted 4 bits and the protocol fee of token0
                          /// is the lower 4 bits. Used as the denominator of a fraction of the swap fee, e.g. 4 means 1/4th of the swap fee.
                          /// unlocked Whether the pool is currently locked to reentrancy
                          function slot0()
                              external
                              view
                              returns (
                                  uint160 sqrtPriceX96,
                                  int24 tick,
                                  uint16 observationIndex,
                                  uint16 observationCardinality,
                                  uint16 observationCardinalityNext,
                                  uint8 feeProtocol,
                                  bool unlocked
                              );
                          /// @notice The fee growth as a Q128.128 fees of token0 collected per unit of liquidity for the entire life of the pool
                          /// @dev This value can overflow the uint256
                          function feeGrowthGlobal0X128() external view returns (uint256);
                          /// @notice The fee growth as a Q128.128 fees of token1 collected per unit of liquidity for the entire life of the pool
                          /// @dev This value can overflow the uint256
                          function feeGrowthGlobal1X128() external view returns (uint256);
                          /// @notice The amounts of token0 and token1 that are owed to the protocol
                          /// @dev Protocol fees will never exceed uint128 max in either token
                          function protocolFees() external view returns (uint128 token0, uint128 token1);
                          /// @notice The currently in range liquidity available to the pool
                          /// @dev This value has no relationship to the total liquidity across all ticks
                          function liquidity() external view returns (uint128);
                          /// @notice Look up information about a specific tick in the pool
                          /// @param tick The tick to look up
                          /// @return liquidityGross the total amount of position liquidity that uses the pool either as tick lower or
                          /// tick upper,
                          /// liquidityNet how much liquidity changes when the pool price crosses the tick,
                          /// feeGrowthOutside0X128 the fee growth on the other side of the tick from the current tick in token0,
                          /// feeGrowthOutside1X128 the fee growth on the other side of the tick from the current tick in token1,
                          /// tickCumulativeOutside the cumulative tick value on the other side of the tick from the current tick
                          /// secondsPerLiquidityOutsideX128 the seconds spent per liquidity on the other side of the tick from the current tick,
                          /// secondsOutside the seconds spent on the other side of the tick from the current tick,
                          /// initialized Set to true if the tick is initialized, i.e. liquidityGross is greater than 0, otherwise equal to false.
                          /// Outside values can only be used if the tick is initialized, i.e. if liquidityGross is greater than 0.
                          /// In addition, these values are only relative and must be used only in comparison to previous snapshots for
                          /// a specific position.
                          function ticks(int24 tick)
                              external
                              view
                              returns (
                                  uint128 liquidityGross,
                                  int128 liquidityNet,
                                  uint256 feeGrowthOutside0X128,
                                  uint256 feeGrowthOutside1X128,
                                  int56 tickCumulativeOutside,
                                  uint160 secondsPerLiquidityOutsideX128,
                                  uint32 secondsOutside,
                                  bool initialized
                              );
                          /// @notice Returns 256 packed tick initialized boolean values. See TickBitmap for more information
                          function tickBitmap(int16 wordPosition) external view returns (uint256);
                          /// @notice Returns the information about a position by the position's key
                          /// @param key The position's key is a hash of a preimage composed by the owner, tickLower and tickUpper
                          /// @return _liquidity The amount of liquidity in the position,
                          /// Returns feeGrowthInside0LastX128 fee growth of token0 inside the tick range as of the last mint/burn/poke,
                          /// Returns feeGrowthInside1LastX128 fee growth of token1 inside the tick range as of the last mint/burn/poke,
                          /// Returns tokensOwed0 the computed amount of token0 owed to the position as of the last mint/burn/poke,
                          /// Returns tokensOwed1 the computed amount of token1 owed to the position as of the last mint/burn/poke
                          function positions(bytes32 key)
                              external
                              view
                              returns (
                                  uint128 _liquidity,
                                  uint256 feeGrowthInside0LastX128,
                                  uint256 feeGrowthInside1LastX128,
                                  uint128 tokensOwed0,
                                  uint128 tokensOwed1
                              );
                          /// @notice Returns data about a specific observation index
                          /// @param index The element of the observations array to fetch
                          /// @dev You most likely want to use #observe() instead of this method to get an observation as of some amount of time
                          /// ago, rather than at a specific index in the array.
                          /// @return blockTimestamp The timestamp of the observation,
                          /// Returns tickCumulative the tick multiplied by seconds elapsed for the life of the pool as of the observation timestamp,
                          /// Returns secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128 the seconds per in range liquidity for the life of the pool as of the observation timestamp,
                          /// Returns initialized whether the observation has been initialized and the values are safe to use
                          function observations(uint256 index)
                              external
                              view
                              returns (
                                  uint32 blockTimestamp,
                                  int56 tickCumulative,
                                  uint160 secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128,
                                  bool initialized
                              );
                      }
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
                      pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
                      /// @title Pool state that is not stored
                      /// @notice Contains view functions to provide information about the pool that is computed rather than stored on the
                      /// blockchain. The functions here may have variable gas costs.
                      interface IUniswapV3PoolDerivedState {
                          /// @notice Returns the cumulative tick and liquidity as of each timestamp `secondsAgo` from the current block timestamp
                          /// @dev To get a time weighted average tick or liquidity-in-range, you must call this with two values, one representing
                          /// the beginning of the period and another for the end of the period. E.g., to get the last hour time-weighted average tick,
                          /// you must call it with secondsAgos = [3600, 0].
                          /// @dev The time weighted average tick represents the geometric time weighted average price of the pool, in
                          /// log base sqrt(1.0001) of token1 / token0. The TickMath library can be used to go from a tick value to a ratio.
                          /// @param secondsAgos From how long ago each cumulative tick and liquidity value should be returned
                          /// @return tickCumulatives Cumulative tick values as of each `secondsAgos` from the current block timestamp
                          /// @return secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128s Cumulative seconds per liquidity-in-range value as of each `secondsAgos` from the current block
                          /// timestamp
                          function observe(uint32[] calldata secondsAgos)
                              external
                              view
                              returns (int56[] memory tickCumulatives, uint160[] memory secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128s);
                          /// @notice Returns a snapshot of the tick cumulative, seconds per liquidity and seconds inside a tick range
                          /// @dev Snapshots must only be compared to other snapshots, taken over a period for which a position existed.
                          /// I.e., snapshots cannot be compared if a position is not held for the entire period between when the first
                          /// snapshot is taken and the second snapshot is taken.
                          /// @param tickLower The lower tick of the range
                          /// @param tickUpper The upper tick of the range
                          /// @return tickCumulativeInside The snapshot of the tick accumulator for the range
                          /// @return secondsPerLiquidityInsideX128 The snapshot of seconds per liquidity for the range
                          /// @return secondsInside The snapshot of seconds per liquidity for the range
                          function snapshotCumulativesInside(int24 tickLower, int24 tickUpper)
                              external
                              view
                              returns (
                                  int56 tickCumulativeInside,
                                  uint160 secondsPerLiquidityInsideX128,
                                  uint32 secondsInside
                              );
                      }
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
                      pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
                      /// @title Permissionless pool actions
                      /// @notice Contains pool methods that can be called by anyone
                      interface IUniswapV3PoolActions {
                          /// @notice Sets the initial price for the pool
                          /// @dev Price is represented as a sqrt(amountToken1/amountToken0) Q64.96 value
                          /// @param sqrtPriceX96 the initial sqrt price of the pool as a Q64.96
                          function initialize(uint160 sqrtPriceX96) external;
                          /// @notice Adds liquidity for the given recipient/tickLower/tickUpper position
                          /// @dev The caller of this method receives a callback in the form of IUniswapV3MintCallback#uniswapV3MintCallback
                          /// in which they must pay any token0 or token1 owed for the liquidity. The amount of token0/token1 due depends
                          /// on tickLower, tickUpper, the amount of liquidity, and the current price.
                          /// @param recipient The address for which the liquidity will be created
                          /// @param tickLower The lower tick of the position in which to add liquidity
                          /// @param tickUpper The upper tick of the position in which to add liquidity
                          /// @param amount The amount of liquidity to mint
                          /// @param data Any data that should be passed through to the callback
                          /// @return amount0 The amount of token0 that was paid to mint the given amount of liquidity. Matches the value in the callback
                          /// @return amount1 The amount of token1 that was paid to mint the given amount of liquidity. Matches the value in the callback
                          function mint(
                              address recipient,
                              int24 tickLower,
                              int24 tickUpper,
                              uint128 amount,
                              bytes calldata data
                          ) external returns (uint256 amount0, uint256 amount1);
                          /// @notice Collects tokens owed to a position
                          /// @dev Does not recompute fees earned, which must be done either via mint or burn of any amount of liquidity.
                          /// Collect must be called by the position owner. To withdraw only token0 or only token1, amount0Requested or
                          /// amount1Requested may be set to zero. To withdraw all tokens owed, caller may pass any value greater than the
                          /// actual tokens owed, e.g. type(uint128).max. Tokens owed may be from accumulated swap fees or burned liquidity.
                          /// @param recipient The address which should receive the fees collected
                          /// @param tickLower The lower tick of the position for which to collect fees
                          /// @param tickUpper The upper tick of the position for which to collect fees
                          /// @param amount0Requested How much token0 should be withdrawn from the fees owed
                          /// @param amount1Requested How much token1 should be withdrawn from the fees owed
                          /// @return amount0 The amount of fees collected in token0
                          /// @return amount1 The amount of fees collected in token1
                          function collect(
                              address recipient,
                              int24 tickLower,
                              int24 tickUpper,
                              uint128 amount0Requested,
                              uint128 amount1Requested
                          ) external returns (uint128 amount0, uint128 amount1);
                          /// @notice Burn liquidity from the sender and account tokens owed for the liquidity to the position
                          /// @dev Can be used to trigger a recalculation of fees owed to a position by calling with an amount of 0
                          /// @dev Fees must be collected separately via a call to #collect
                          /// @param tickLower The lower tick of the position for which to burn liquidity
                          /// @param tickUpper The upper tick of the position for which to burn liquidity
                          /// @param amount How much liquidity to burn
                          /// @return amount0 The amount of token0 sent to the recipient
                          /// @return amount1 The amount of token1 sent to the recipient
                          function burn(
                              int24 tickLower,
                              int24 tickUpper,
                              uint128 amount
                          ) external returns (uint256 amount0, uint256 amount1);
                          /// @notice Swap token0 for token1, or token1 for token0
                          /// @dev The caller of this method receives a callback in the form of IUniswapV3SwapCallback#uniswapV3SwapCallback
                          /// @param recipient The address to receive the output of the swap
                          /// @param zeroForOne The direction of the swap, true for token0 to token1, false for token1 to token0
                          /// @param amountSpecified The amount of the swap, which implicitly configures the swap as exact input (positive), or exact output (negative)
                          /// @param sqrtPriceLimitX96 The Q64.96 sqrt price limit. If zero for one, the price cannot be less than this
                          /// value after the swap. If one for zero, the price cannot be greater than this value after the swap
                          /// @param data Any data to be passed through to the callback
                          /// @return amount0 The delta of the balance of token0 of the pool, exact when negative, minimum when positive
                          /// @return amount1 The delta of the balance of token1 of the pool, exact when negative, minimum when positive
                          function swap(
                              address recipient,
                              bool zeroForOne,
                              int256 amountSpecified,
                              uint160 sqrtPriceLimitX96,
                              bytes calldata data
                          ) external returns (int256 amount0, int256 amount1);
                          /// @notice Receive token0 and/or token1 and pay it back, plus a fee, in the callback
                          /// @dev The caller of this method receives a callback in the form of IUniswapV3FlashCallback#uniswapV3FlashCallback
                          /// @dev Can be used to donate underlying tokens pro-rata to currently in-range liquidity providers by calling
                          /// with 0 amount{0,1} and sending the donation amount(s) from the callback
                          /// @param recipient The address which will receive the token0 and token1 amounts
                          /// @param amount0 The amount of token0 to send
                          /// @param amount1 The amount of token1 to send
                          /// @param data Any data to be passed through to the callback
                          function flash(
                              address recipient,
                              uint256 amount0,
                              uint256 amount1,
                              bytes calldata data
                          ) external;
                          /// @notice Increase the maximum number of price and liquidity observations that this pool will store
                          /// @dev This method is no-op if the pool already has an observationCardinalityNext greater than or equal to
                          /// the input observationCardinalityNext.
                          /// @param observationCardinalityNext The desired minimum number of observations for the pool to store
                          function increaseObservationCardinalityNext(uint16 observationCardinalityNext) external;
                      }
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
                      pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
                      /// @title Permissioned pool actions
                      /// @notice Contains pool methods that may only be called by the factory owner
                      interface IUniswapV3PoolOwnerActions {
                          /// @notice Set the denominator of the protocol's % share of the fees
                          /// @param feeProtocol0 new protocol fee for token0 of the pool
                          /// @param feeProtocol1 new protocol fee for token1 of the pool
                          function setFeeProtocol(uint8 feeProtocol0, uint8 feeProtocol1) external;
                          /// @notice Collect the protocol fee accrued to the pool
                          /// @param recipient The address to which collected protocol fees should be sent
                          /// @param amount0Requested The maximum amount of token0 to send, can be 0 to collect fees in only token1
                          /// @param amount1Requested The maximum amount of token1 to send, can be 0 to collect fees in only token0
                          /// @return amount0 The protocol fee collected in token0
                          /// @return amount1 The protocol fee collected in token1
                          function collectProtocol(
                              address recipient,
                              uint128 amount0Requested,
                              uint128 amount1Requested
                          ) external returns (uint128 amount0, uint128 amount1);
                      }
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
                      pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
                      /// @title Events emitted by a pool
                      /// @notice Contains all events emitted by the pool
                      interface IUniswapV3PoolEvents {
                          /// @notice Emitted exactly once by a pool when #initialize is first called on the pool
                          /// @dev Mint/Burn/Swap cannot be emitted by the pool before Initialize
                          /// @param sqrtPriceX96 The initial sqrt price of the pool, as a Q64.96
                          /// @param tick The initial tick of the pool, i.e. log base 1.0001 of the starting price of the pool
                          event Initialize(uint160 sqrtPriceX96, int24 tick);
                          /// @notice Emitted when liquidity is minted for a given position
                          /// @param sender The address that minted the liquidity
                          /// @param owner The owner of the position and recipient of any minted liquidity
                          /// @param tickLower The lower tick of the position
                          /// @param tickUpper The upper tick of the position
                          /// @param amount The amount of liquidity minted to the position range
                          /// @param amount0 How much token0 was required for the minted liquidity
                          /// @param amount1 How much token1 was required for the minted liquidity
                          event Mint(
                              address sender,
                              address indexed owner,
                              int24 indexed tickLower,
                              int24 indexed tickUpper,
                              uint128 amount,
                              uint256 amount0,
                              uint256 amount1
                          );
                          /// @notice Emitted when fees are collected by the owner of a position
                          /// @dev Collect events may be emitted with zero amount0 and amount1 when the caller chooses not to collect fees
                          /// @param owner The owner of the position for which fees are collected
                          /// @param tickLower The lower tick of the position
                          /// @param tickUpper The upper tick of the position
                          /// @param amount0 The amount of token0 fees collected
                          /// @param amount1 The amount of token1 fees collected
                          event Collect(
                              address indexed owner,
                              address recipient,
                              int24 indexed tickLower,
                              int24 indexed tickUpper,
                              uint128 amount0,
                              uint128 amount1
                          );
                          /// @notice Emitted when a position's liquidity is removed
                          /// @dev Does not withdraw any fees earned by the liquidity position, which must be withdrawn via #collect
                          /// @param owner The owner of the position for which liquidity is removed
                          /// @param tickLower The lower tick of the position
                          /// @param tickUpper The upper tick of the position
                          /// @param amount The amount of liquidity to remove
                          /// @param amount0 The amount of token0 withdrawn
                          /// @param amount1 The amount of token1 withdrawn
                          event Burn(
                              address indexed owner,
                              int24 indexed tickLower,
                              int24 indexed tickUpper,
                              uint128 amount,
                              uint256 amount0,
                              uint256 amount1
                          );
                          /// @notice Emitted by the pool for any swaps between token0 and token1
                          /// @param sender The address that initiated the swap call, and that received the callback
                          /// @param recipient The address that received the output of the swap
                          /// @param amount0 The delta of the token0 balance of the pool
                          /// @param amount1 The delta of the token1 balance of the pool
                          /// @param sqrtPriceX96 The sqrt(price) of the pool after the swap, as a Q64.96
                          /// @param liquidity The liquidity of the pool after the swap
                          /// @param tick The log base 1.0001 of price of the pool after the swap
                          event Swap(
                              address indexed sender,
                              address indexed recipient,
                              int256 amount0,
                              int256 amount1,
                              uint160 sqrtPriceX96,
                              uint128 liquidity,
                              int24 tick
                          );
                          /// @notice Emitted by the pool for any flashes of token0/token1
                          /// @param sender The address that initiated the swap call, and that received the callback
                          /// @param recipient The address that received the tokens from flash
                          /// @param amount0 The amount of token0 that was flashed
                          /// @param amount1 The amount of token1 that was flashed
                          /// @param paid0 The amount of token0 paid for the flash, which can exceed the amount0 plus the fee
                          /// @param paid1 The amount of token1 paid for the flash, which can exceed the amount1 plus the fee
                          event Flash(
                              address indexed sender,
                              address indexed recipient,
                              uint256 amount0,
                              uint256 amount1,
                              uint256 paid0,
                              uint256 paid1
                          );
                          /// @notice Emitted by the pool for increases to the number of observations that can be stored
                          /// @dev observationCardinalityNext is not the observation cardinality until an observation is written at the index
                          /// just before a mint/swap/burn.
                          /// @param observationCardinalityNextOld The previous value of the next observation cardinality
                          /// @param observationCardinalityNextNew The updated value of the next observation cardinality
                          event IncreaseObservationCardinalityNext(
                              uint16 observationCardinalityNextOld,
                              uint16 observationCardinalityNextNew
                          );
                          /// @notice Emitted when the protocol fee is changed by the pool
                          /// @param feeProtocol0Old The previous value of the token0 protocol fee
                          /// @param feeProtocol1Old The previous value of the token1 protocol fee
                          /// @param feeProtocol0New The updated value of the token0 protocol fee
                          /// @param feeProtocol1New The updated value of the token1 protocol fee
                          event SetFeeProtocol(uint8 feeProtocol0Old, uint8 feeProtocol1Old, uint8 feeProtocol0New, uint8 feeProtocol1New);
                          /// @notice Emitted when the collected protocol fees are withdrawn by the factory owner
                          /// @param sender The address that collects the protocol fees
                          /// @param recipient The address that receives the collected protocol fees
                          /// @param amount0 The amount of token0 protocol fees that is withdrawn
                          /// @param amount0 The amount of token1 protocol fees that is withdrawn
                          event CollectProtocol(address indexed sender, address indexed recipient, uint128 amount0, uint128 amount1);
                      }
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
                      pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
                      /// @title BitMath
                      /// @dev This library provides functionality for computing bit properties of an unsigned integer
                      library BitMath {
                          /// @notice Returns the index of the most significant bit of the number,
                          ///     where the least significant bit is at index 0 and the most significant bit is at index 255
                          /// @dev The function satisfies the property:
                          ///     x >= 2**mostSignificantBit(x) and x < 2**(mostSignificantBit(x)+1)
                          /// @param x the value for which to compute the most significant bit, must be greater than 0
                          /// @return r the index of the most significant bit
                          function mostSignificantBit(uint256 x) internal pure returns (uint8 r) {
                              require(x > 0);
                              if (x >= 0x100000000000000000000000000000000) {
                                  x >>= 128;
                                  r += 128;
                              }
                              if (x >= 0x10000000000000000) {
                                  x >>= 64;
                                  r += 64;
                              }
                              if (x >= 0x100000000) {
                                  x >>= 32;
                                  r += 32;
                              }
                              if (x >= 0x10000) {
                                  x >>= 16;
                                  r += 16;
                              }
                              if (x >= 0x100) {
                                  x >>= 8;
                                  r += 8;
                              }
                              if (x >= 0x10) {
                                  x >>= 4;
                                  r += 4;
                              }
                              if (x >= 0x4) {
                                  x >>= 2;
                                  r += 2;
                              }
                              if (x >= 0x2) r += 1;
                          }
                          /// @notice Returns the index of the least significant bit of the number,
                          ///     where the least significant bit is at index 0 and the most significant bit is at index 255
                          /// @dev The function satisfies the property:
                          ///     (x & 2**leastSignificantBit(x)) != 0 and (x & (2**(leastSignificantBit(x)) - 1)) == 0)
                          /// @param x the value for which to compute the least significant bit, must be greater than 0
                          /// @return r the index of the least significant bit
                          function leastSignificantBit(uint256 x) internal pure returns (uint8 r) {
                              require(x > 0);
                              r = 255;
                              if (x & type(uint128).max > 0) {
                                  r -= 128;
                              } else {
                                  x >>= 128;
                              }
                              if (x & type(uint64).max > 0) {
                                  r -= 64;
                              } else {
                                  x >>= 64;
                              }
                              if (x & type(uint32).max > 0) {
                                  r -= 32;
                              } else {
                                  x >>= 32;
                              }
                              if (x & type(uint16).max > 0) {
                                  r -= 16;
                              } else {
                                  x >>= 16;
                              }
                              if (x & type(uint8).max > 0) {
                                  r -= 8;
                              } else {
                                  x >>= 8;
                              }
                              if (x & 0xf > 0) {
                                  r -= 4;
                              } else {
                                  x >>= 4;
                              }
                              if (x & 0x3 > 0) {
                                  r -= 2;
                              } else {
                                  x >>= 2;
                              }
                              if (x & 0x1 > 0) r -= 1;
                          }
                      }
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
                      pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
                      /// @title Math functions that do not check inputs or outputs
                      /// @notice Contains methods that perform common math functions but do not do any overflow or underflow checks
                      library UnsafeMath {
                          /// @notice Returns ceil(x / y)
                          /// @dev division by 0 has unspecified behavior, and must be checked externally
                          /// @param x The dividend
                          /// @param y The divisor
                          /// @return z The quotient, ceil(x / y)
                          function divRoundingUp(uint256 x, uint256 y) internal pure returns (uint256 z) {
                              assembly {
                                  z := add(div(x, y), gt(mod(x, y), 0))
                              }
                          }
                      }
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
                      pragma solidity >=0.4.0;
                      /// @title FixedPoint96
                      /// @notice A library for handling binary fixed point numbers, see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Q_(number_format)
                      /// @dev Used in SqrtPriceMath.sol
                      library FixedPoint96 {
                          uint8 internal constant RESOLUTION = 96;
                          uint256 internal constant Q96 = 0x1000000000000000000000000;
                      }
                      

                      File 5 of 6: FiatTokenV2_2
                      /**
                       * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
                       *
                       * Copyright (c) 2023, Circle Internet Financial, LLC.
                       *
                       * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
                       * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
                       * You may obtain a copy of the License at
                       *
                       * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
                       *
                       * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
                       * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
                       * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
                       * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
                       * limitations under the License.
                       */
                      pragma solidity 0.6.12;
                      import { EIP712Domain } from "./EIP712Domain.sol"; // solhint-disable-line no-unused-import
                      import { Blacklistable } from "../v1/Blacklistable.sol"; // solhint-disable-line no-unused-import
                      import { FiatTokenV1 } from "../v1/FiatTokenV1.sol"; // solhint-disable-line no-unused-import
                      import { FiatTokenV2 } from "./FiatTokenV2.sol"; // solhint-disable-line no-unused-import
                      import { FiatTokenV2_1 } from "./FiatTokenV2_1.sol";
                      import { EIP712 } from "../util/EIP712.sol";
                      // solhint-disable func-name-mixedcase
                      /**
                       * @title FiatToken V2.2
                       * @notice ERC20 Token backed by fiat reserves, version 2.2
                       */
                      contract FiatTokenV2_2 is FiatTokenV2_1 {
                          /**
                           * @notice Initialize v2.2
                           * @param accountsToBlacklist   A list of accounts to migrate from the old blacklist
                           * @param newSymbol             New token symbol
                           * data structure to the new blacklist data structure.
                           */
                          function initializeV2_2(
                              address[] calldata accountsToBlacklist,
                              string calldata newSymbol
                          ) external {
                              // solhint-disable-next-line reason-string
                              require(_initializedVersion == 2);
                              // Update fiat token symbol
                              symbol = newSymbol;
                              // Add previously blacklisted accounts to the new blacklist data structure
                              // and remove them from the old blacklist data structure.
                              for (uint256 i = 0; i < accountsToBlacklist.length; i++) {
                                  require(
                                      _deprecatedBlacklisted[accountsToBlacklist[i]],
                                      "FiatTokenV2_2: Blacklisting previously unblacklisted account!"
                                  );
                                  _blacklist(accountsToBlacklist[i]);
                                  delete _deprecatedBlacklisted[accountsToBlacklist[i]];
                              }
                              _blacklist(address(this));
                              delete _deprecatedBlacklisted[address(this)];
                              _initializedVersion = 3;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Internal function to get the current chain id.
                           * @return The current chain id.
                           */
                          function _chainId() internal virtual view returns (uint256) {
                              uint256 chainId;
                              assembly {
                                  chainId := chainid()
                              }
                              return chainId;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @inheritdoc EIP712Domain
                           */
                          function _domainSeparator() internal override view returns (bytes32) {
                              return EIP712.makeDomainSeparator(name, "2", _chainId());
                          }
                          /**
                           * @notice Update allowance with a signed permit
                           * @dev EOA wallet signatures should be packed in the order of r, s, v.
                           * @param owner       Token owner's address (Authorizer)
                           * @param spender     Spender's address
                           * @param value       Amount of allowance
                           * @param deadline    The time at which the signature expires (unix time), or max uint256 value to signal no expiration
                           * @param signature   Signature bytes signed by an EOA wallet or a contract wallet
                           */
                          function permit(
                              address owner,
                              address spender,
                              uint256 value,
                              uint256 deadline,
                              bytes memory signature
                          ) external whenNotPaused {
                              _permit(owner, spender, value, deadline, signature);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @notice Execute a transfer with a signed authorization
                           * @dev EOA wallet signatures should be packed in the order of r, s, v.
                           * @param from          Payer's address (Authorizer)
                           * @param to            Payee's address
                           * @param value         Amount to be transferred
                           * @param validAfter    The time after which this is valid (unix time)
                           * @param validBefore   The time before which this is valid (unix time)
                           * @param nonce         Unique nonce
                           * @param signature     Signature bytes signed by an EOA wallet or a contract wallet
                           */
                          function transferWithAuthorization(
                              address from,
                              address to,
                              uint256 value,
                              uint256 validAfter,
                              uint256 validBefore,
                              bytes32 nonce,
                              bytes memory signature
                          ) external whenNotPaused notBlacklisted(from) notBlacklisted(to) {
                              _transferWithAuthorization(
                                  from,
                                  to,
                                  value,
                                  validAfter,
                                  validBefore,
                                  nonce,
                                  signature
                              );
                          }
                          /**
                           * @notice Receive a transfer with a signed authorization from the payer
                           * @dev This has an additional check to ensure that the payee's address
                           * matches the caller of this function to prevent front-running attacks.
                           * EOA wallet signatures should be packed in the order of r, s, v.
                           * @param from          Payer's address (Authorizer)
                           * @param to            Payee's address
                           * @param value         Amount to be transferred
                           * @param validAfter    The time after which this is valid (unix time)
                           * @param validBefore   The time before which this is valid (unix time)
                           * @param nonce         Unique nonce
                           * @param signature     Signature bytes signed by an EOA wallet or a contract wallet
                           */
                          function receiveWithAuthorization(
                              address from,
                              address to,
                              uint256 value,
                              uint256 validAfter,
                              uint256 validBefore,
                              bytes32 nonce,
                              bytes memory signature
                          ) external whenNotPaused notBlacklisted(from) notBlacklisted(to) {
                              _receiveWithAuthorization(
                                  from,
                                  to,
                                  value,
                                  validAfter,
                                  validBefore,
                                  nonce,
                                  signature
                              );
                          }
                          /**
                           * @notice Attempt to cancel an authorization
                           * @dev Works only if the authorization is not yet used.
                           * EOA wallet signatures should be packed in the order of r, s, v.
                           * @param authorizer    Authorizer's address
                           * @param nonce         Nonce of the authorization
                           * @param signature     Signature bytes signed by an EOA wallet or a contract wallet
                           */
                          function cancelAuthorization(
                              address authorizer,
                              bytes32 nonce,
                              bytes memory signature
                          ) external whenNotPaused {
                              _cancelAuthorization(authorizer, nonce, signature);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Helper method that sets the blacklist state of an account on balanceAndBlacklistStates.
                           * If _shouldBlacklist is true, we apply a (1 << 255) bitmask with an OR operation on the
                           * account's balanceAndBlacklistState. This flips the high bit for the account to 1,
                           * indicating that the account is blacklisted.
                           *
                           * If _shouldBlacklist if false, we reset the account's balanceAndBlacklistStates to their
                           * balances. This clears the high bit for the account, indicating that the account is unblacklisted.
                           * @param _account         The address of the account.
                           * @param _shouldBlacklist True if the account should be blacklisted, false if the account should be unblacklisted.
                           */
                          function _setBlacklistState(address _account, bool _shouldBlacklist)
                              internal
                              override
                          {
                              balanceAndBlacklistStates[_account] = _shouldBlacklist
                                  ? balanceAndBlacklistStates[_account] | (1 << 255)
                                  : _balanceOf(_account);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Helper method that sets the balance of an account on balanceAndBlacklistStates.
                           * Since balances are stored in the last 255 bits of the balanceAndBlacklistStates value,
                           * we need to ensure that the updated balance does not exceed (2^255 - 1).
                           * Since blacklisted accounts' balances cannot be updated, the method will also
                           * revert if the account is blacklisted
                           * @param _account The address of the account.
                           * @param _balance The new fiat token balance of the account (max: (2^255 - 1)).
                           */
                          function _setBalance(address _account, uint256 _balance) internal override {
                              require(
                                  _balance <= ((1 << 255) - 1),
                                  "FiatTokenV2_2: Balance exceeds (2^255 - 1)"
                              );
                              require(
                                  !_isBlacklisted(_account),
                                  "FiatTokenV2_2: Account is blacklisted"
                              );
                              balanceAndBlacklistStates[_account] = _balance;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @inheritdoc Blacklistable
                           */
                          function _isBlacklisted(address _account)
                              internal
                              override
                              view
                              returns (bool)
                          {
                              return balanceAndBlacklistStates[_account] >> 255 == 1;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Helper method to obtain the balance of an account. Since balances
                           * are stored in the last 255 bits of the balanceAndBlacklistStates value,
                           * we apply a ((1 << 255) - 1) bit bitmask with an AND operation on the
                           * balanceAndBlacklistState to obtain the balance.
                           * @param _account  The address of the account.
                           * @return          The fiat token balance of the account.
                           */
                          function _balanceOf(address _account)
                              internal
                              override
                              view
                              returns (uint256)
                          {
                              return balanceAndBlacklistStates[_account] & ((1 << 255) - 1);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @inheritdoc FiatTokenV1
                           */
                          function approve(address spender, uint256 value)
                              external
                              override
                              whenNotPaused
                              returns (bool)
                          {
                              _approve(msg.sender, spender, value);
                              return true;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @inheritdoc FiatTokenV2
                           */
                          function permit(
                              address owner,
                              address spender,
                              uint256 value,
                              uint256 deadline,
                              uint8 v,
                              bytes32 r,
                              bytes32 s
                          ) external override whenNotPaused {
                              _permit(owner, spender, value, deadline, v, r, s);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @inheritdoc FiatTokenV2
                           */
                          function increaseAllowance(address spender, uint256 increment)
                              external
                              override
                              whenNotPaused
                              returns (bool)
                          {
                              _increaseAllowance(msg.sender, spender, increment);
                              return true;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @inheritdoc FiatTokenV2
                           */
                          function decreaseAllowance(address spender, uint256 decrement)
                              external
                              override
                              whenNotPaused
                              returns (bool)
                          {
                              _decreaseAllowance(msg.sender, spender, decrement);
                              return true;
                          }
                      }
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                      pragma solidity >=0.6.2 <0.8.0;
                      /**
                       * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
                       */
                      library Address {
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
                           *
                           * [IMPORTANT]
                           * ====
                           * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
                           * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
                           *
                           * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
                           * types of addresses:
                           *
                           *  - an externally-owned account
                           *  - a contract in construction
                           *  - an address where a contract will be created
                           *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
                           * ====
                           */
                          function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
                              // This method relies on extcodesize, which returns 0 for contracts in
                              // construction, since the code is only stored at the end of the
                              // constructor execution.
                              uint256 size;
                              // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                              assembly { size := extcodesize(account) }
                              return size > 0;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
                           * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
                           *
                           * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
                           * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
                           * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
                           * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
                           *
                           * https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
                           *
                           * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
                           * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
                           * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
                           * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
                           */
                          function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
                              require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");
                              // solhint-disable-next-line avoid-low-level-calls, avoid-call-value
                              (bool success, ) = recipient.call{ value: amount }("");
                              require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
                           * plain`call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
                           * function instead.
                           *
                           * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
                           * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
                           *
                           * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
                           * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - `target` must be a contract.
                           * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
                           *
                           * _Available since v3.1._
                           */
                          function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                            return functionCall(target, data, "Address: low-level call failed");
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
                           * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
                           *
                           * _Available since v3.1._
                           */
                          function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data, string memory errorMessage) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                              return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
                           * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
                           * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
                           *
                           * _Available since v3.1._
                           */
                          function functionCallWithValue(address target, bytes memory data, uint256 value) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                              return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
                           * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
                           *
                           * _Available since v3.1._
                           */
                          function functionCallWithValue(address target, bytes memory data, uint256 value, string memory errorMessage) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                              require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
                              require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
                              // solhint-disable-next-line avoid-low-level-calls
                              (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{ value: value }(data);
                              return _verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
                           * but performing a static call.
                           *
                           * _Available since v3.3._
                           */
                          function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
                              return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
                           * but performing a static call.
                           *
                           * _Available since v3.3._
                           */
                          function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data, string memory errorMessage) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
                              require(isContract(target), "Address: static call to non-contract");
                              // solhint-disable-next-line avoid-low-level-calls
                              (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
                              return _verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
                           * but performing a delegate call.
                           *
                           * _Available since v3.4._
                           */
                          function functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                              return functionDelegateCall(target, data, "Address: low-level delegate call failed");
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
                           * but performing a delegate call.
                           *
                           * _Available since v3.4._
                           */
                          function functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data, string memory errorMessage) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                              require(isContract(target), "Address: delegate call to non-contract");
                              // solhint-disable-next-line avoid-low-level-calls
                              (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.delegatecall(data);
                              return _verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
                          }
                          function _verifyCallResult(bool success, bytes memory returndata, string memory errorMessage) private pure returns(bytes memory) {
                              if (success) {
                                  return returndata;
                              } else {
                                  // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
                                  if (returndata.length > 0) {
                                      // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
                                      // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                                      assembly {
                                          let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                                          revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
                                      }
                                  } else {
                                      revert(errorMessage);
                                  }
                              }
                          }
                      }
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                      pragma solidity >=0.6.0 <0.8.0;
                      import "./IERC20.sol";
                      import "../../math/SafeMath.sol";
                      import "../../utils/Address.sol";
                      /**
                       * @title SafeERC20
                       * @dev Wrappers around ERC20 operations that throw on failure (when the token
                       * contract returns false). Tokens that return no value (and instead revert or
                       * throw on failure) are also supported, non-reverting calls are assumed to be
                       * successful.
                       * To use this library you can add a `using SafeERC20 for IERC20;` statement to your contract,
                       * which allows you to call the safe operations as `token.safeTransfer(...)`, etc.
                       */
                      library SafeERC20 {
                          using SafeMath for uint256;
                          using Address for address;
                          function safeTransfer(IERC20 token, address to, uint256 value) internal {
                              _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.transfer.selector, to, value));
                          }
                          function safeTransferFrom(IERC20 token, address from, address to, uint256 value) internal {
                              _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.transferFrom.selector, from, to, value));
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Deprecated. This function has issues similar to the ones found in
                           * {IERC20-approve}, and its usage is discouraged.
                           *
                           * Whenever possible, use {safeIncreaseAllowance} and
                           * {safeDecreaseAllowance} instead.
                           */
                          function safeApprove(IERC20 token, address spender, uint256 value) internal {
                              // safeApprove should only be called when setting an initial allowance,
                              // or when resetting it to zero. To increase and decrease it, use
                              // 'safeIncreaseAllowance' and 'safeDecreaseAllowance'
                              // solhint-disable-next-line max-line-length
                              require((value == 0) || (token.allowance(address(this), spender) == 0),
                                  "SafeERC20: approve from non-zero to non-zero allowance"
                              );
                              _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.approve.selector, spender, value));
                          }
                          function safeIncreaseAllowance(IERC20 token, address spender, uint256 value) internal {
                              uint256 newAllowance = token.allowance(address(this), spender).add(value);
                              _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.approve.selector, spender, newAllowance));
                          }
                          function safeDecreaseAllowance(IERC20 token, address spender, uint256 value) internal {
                              uint256 newAllowance = token.allowance(address(this), spender).sub(value, "SafeERC20: decreased allowance below zero");
                              _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.approve.selector, spender, newAllowance));
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Imitates a Solidity high-level call (i.e. a regular function call to a contract), relaxing the requirement
                           * on the return value: the return value is optional (but if data is returned, it must not be false).
                           * @param token The token targeted by the call.
                           * @param data The call data (encoded using abi.encode or one of its variants).
                           */
                          function _callOptionalReturn(IERC20 token, bytes memory data) private {
                              // We need to perform a low level call here, to bypass Solidity's return data size checking mechanism, since
                              // we're implementing it ourselves. We use {Address.functionCall} to perform this call, which verifies that
                              // the target address contains contract code and also asserts for success in the low-level call.
                              bytes memory returndata = address(token).functionCall(data, "SafeERC20: low-level call failed");
                              if (returndata.length > 0) { // Return data is optional
                                  // solhint-disable-next-line max-line-length
                                  require(abi.decode(returndata, (bool)), "SafeERC20: ERC20 operation did not succeed");
                              }
                          }
                      }
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                      pragma solidity >=0.6.0 <0.8.0;
                      /**
                       * @dev Interface of the ERC20 standard as defined in the EIP.
                       */
                      interface IERC20 {
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the amount of tokens in existence.
                           */
                          function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the amount of tokens owned by `account`.
                           */
                          function balanceOf(address account) external view returns (uint256);
                          /**
                           * @dev Moves `amount` tokens from the caller's account to `recipient`.
                           *
                           * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
                           *
                           * Emits a {Transfer} event.
                           */
                          function transfer(address recipient, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the remaining number of tokens that `spender` will be
                           * allowed to spend on behalf of `owner` through {transferFrom}. This is
                           * zero by default.
                           *
                           * This value changes when {approve} or {transferFrom} are called.
                           */
                          function allowance(address owner, address spender) external view returns (uint256);
                          /**
                           * @dev Sets `amount` as the allowance of `spender` over the caller's tokens.
                           *
                           * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
                           *
                           * IMPORTANT: Beware that changing an allowance with this method brings the risk
                           * that someone may use both the old and the new allowance by unfortunate
                           * transaction ordering. One possible solution to mitigate this race
                           * condition is to first reduce the spender's allowance to 0 and set the
                           * desired value afterwards:
                           * https://github.com/ethereum/EIPs/issues/20#issuecomment-263524729
                           *
                           * Emits an {Approval} event.
                           */
                          function approve(address spender, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
                          /**
                           * @dev Moves `amount` tokens from `sender` to `recipient` using the
                           * allowance mechanism. `amount` is then deducted from the caller's
                           * allowance.
                           *
                           * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
                           *
                           * Emits a {Transfer} event.
                           */
                          function transferFrom(address sender, address recipient, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
                          /**
                           * @dev Emitted when `value` tokens are moved from one account (`from`) to
                           * another (`to`).
                           *
                           * Note that `value` may be zero.
                           */
                          event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 value);
                          /**
                           * @dev Emitted when the allowance of a `spender` for an `owner` is set by
                           * a call to {approve}. `value` is the new allowance.
                           */
                          event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed spender, uint256 value);
                      }
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                      pragma solidity >=0.6.0 <0.8.0;
                      /**
                       * @dev Wrappers over Solidity's arithmetic operations with added overflow
                       * checks.
                       *
                       * Arithmetic operations in Solidity wrap on overflow. This can easily result
                       * in bugs, because programmers usually assume that an overflow raises an
                       * error, which is the standard behavior in high level programming languages.
                       * `SafeMath` restores this intuition by reverting the transaction when an
                       * operation overflows.
                       *
                       * Using this library instead of the unchecked operations eliminates an entire
                       * class of bugs, so it's recommended to use it always.
                       */
                      library SafeMath {
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the addition of two unsigned integers, with an overflow flag.
                           *
                           * _Available since v3.4._
                           */
                          function tryAdd(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (bool, uint256) {
                              uint256 c = a + b;
                              if (c < a) return (false, 0);
                              return (true, c);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the substraction of two unsigned integers, with an overflow flag.
                           *
                           * _Available since v3.4._
                           */
                          function trySub(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (bool, uint256) {
                              if (b > a) return (false, 0);
                              return (true, a - b);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the multiplication of two unsigned integers, with an overflow flag.
                           *
                           * _Available since v3.4._
                           */
                          function tryMul(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (bool, uint256) {
                              // Gas optimization: this is cheaper than requiring 'a' not being zero, but the
                              // benefit is lost if 'b' is also tested.
                              // See: https://github.com/OpenZeppelin/openzeppelin-contracts/pull/522
                              if (a == 0) return (true, 0);
                              uint256 c = a * b;
                              if (c / a != b) return (false, 0);
                              return (true, c);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the division of two unsigned integers, with a division by zero flag.
                           *
                           * _Available since v3.4._
                           */
                          function tryDiv(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (bool, uint256) {
                              if (b == 0) return (false, 0);
                              return (true, a / b);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the remainder of dividing two unsigned integers, with a division by zero flag.
                           *
                           * _Available since v3.4._
                           */
                          function tryMod(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (bool, uint256) {
                              if (b == 0) return (false, 0);
                              return (true, a % b);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the addition of two unsigned integers, reverting on
                           * overflow.
                           *
                           * Counterpart to Solidity's `+` operator.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - Addition cannot overflow.
                           */
                          function add(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                              uint256 c = a + b;
                              require(c >= a, "SafeMath: addition overflow");
                              return c;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the subtraction of two unsigned integers, reverting on
                           * overflow (when the result is negative).
                           *
                           * Counterpart to Solidity's `-` operator.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - Subtraction cannot overflow.
                           */
                          function sub(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                              require(b <= a, "SafeMath: subtraction overflow");
                              return a - b;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the multiplication of two unsigned integers, reverting on
                           * overflow.
                           *
                           * Counterpart to Solidity's `*` operator.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - Multiplication cannot overflow.
                           */
                          function mul(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                              if (a == 0) return 0;
                              uint256 c = a * b;
                              require(c / a == b, "SafeMath: multiplication overflow");
                              return c;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the integer division of two unsigned integers, reverting on
                           * division by zero. The result is rounded towards zero.
                           *
                           * Counterpart to Solidity's `/` operator. Note: this function uses a
                           * `revert` opcode (which leaves remaining gas untouched) while Solidity
                           * uses an invalid opcode to revert (consuming all remaining gas).
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - The divisor cannot be zero.
                           */
                          function div(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                              require(b > 0, "SafeMath: division by zero");
                              return a / b;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the remainder of dividing two unsigned integers. (unsigned integer modulo),
                           * reverting when dividing by zero.
                           *
                           * Counterpart to Solidity's `%` operator. This function uses a `revert`
                           * opcode (which leaves remaining gas untouched) while Solidity uses an
                           * invalid opcode to revert (consuming all remaining gas).
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - The divisor cannot be zero.
                           */
                          function mod(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                              require(b > 0, "SafeMath: modulo by zero");
                              return a % b;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the subtraction of two unsigned integers, reverting with custom message on
                           * overflow (when the result is negative).
                           *
                           * CAUTION: This function is deprecated because it requires allocating memory for the error
                           * message unnecessarily. For custom revert reasons use {trySub}.
                           *
                           * Counterpart to Solidity's `-` operator.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - Subtraction cannot overflow.
                           */
                          function sub(uint256 a, uint256 b, string memory errorMessage) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                              require(b <= a, errorMessage);
                              return a - b;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the integer division of two unsigned integers, reverting with custom message on
                           * division by zero. The result is rounded towards zero.
                           *
                           * CAUTION: This function is deprecated because it requires allocating memory for the error
                           * message unnecessarily. For custom revert reasons use {tryDiv}.
                           *
                           * Counterpart to Solidity's `/` operator. Note: this function uses a
                           * `revert` opcode (which leaves remaining gas untouched) while Solidity
                           * uses an invalid opcode to revert (consuming all remaining gas).
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - The divisor cannot be zero.
                           */
                          function div(uint256 a, uint256 b, string memory errorMessage) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                              require(b > 0, errorMessage);
                              return a / b;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the remainder of dividing two unsigned integers. (unsigned integer modulo),
                           * reverting with custom message when dividing by zero.
                           *
                           * CAUTION: This function is deprecated because it requires allocating memory for the error
                           * message unnecessarily. For custom revert reasons use {tryMod}.
                           *
                           * Counterpart to Solidity's `%` operator. This function uses a `revert`
                           * opcode (which leaves remaining gas untouched) while Solidity uses an
                           * invalid opcode to revert (consuming all remaining gas).
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - The divisor cannot be zero.
                           */
                          function mod(uint256 a, uint256 b, string memory errorMessage) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                              require(b > 0, errorMessage);
                              return a % b;
                          }
                      }
                      /**
                       * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
                       *
                       * Copyright (c) 2023, Circle Internet Financial, LLC.
                       *
                       * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
                       * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
                       * You may obtain a copy of the License at
                       *
                       * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
                       *
                       * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
                       * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
                       * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
                       * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
                       * limitations under the License.
                       */
                      pragma solidity 0.6.12;
                      import { FiatTokenV2 } from "./FiatTokenV2.sol";
                      // solhint-disable func-name-mixedcase
                      /**
                       * @title FiatToken V2.1
                       * @notice ERC20 Token backed by fiat reserves, version 2.1
                       */
                      contract FiatTokenV2_1 is FiatTokenV2 {
                          /**
                           * @notice Initialize v2.1
                           * @param lostAndFound  The address to which the locked funds are sent
                           */
                          function initializeV2_1(address lostAndFound) external {
                              // solhint-disable-next-line reason-string
                              require(_initializedVersion == 1);
                              uint256 lockedAmount = _balanceOf(address(this));
                              if (lockedAmount > 0) {
                                  _transfer(address(this), lostAndFound, lockedAmount);
                              }
                              _blacklist(address(this));
                              _initializedVersion = 2;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @notice Version string for the EIP712 domain separator
                           * @return Version string
                           */
                          function version() external pure returns (string memory) {
                              return "2";
                          }
                      }
                      /**
                       * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
                       *
                       * Copyright (c) 2023, Circle Internet Financial, LLC.
                       *
                       * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
                       * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
                       * You may obtain a copy of the License at
                       *
                       * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
                       *
                       * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
                       * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
                       * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
                       * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
                       * limitations under the License.
                       */
                      pragma solidity 0.6.12;
                      import { FiatTokenV1_1 } from "../v1.1/FiatTokenV1_1.sol";
                      import { EIP712 } from "../util/EIP712.sol";
                      import { EIP3009 } from "./EIP3009.sol";
                      import { EIP2612 } from "./EIP2612.sol";
                      /**
                       * @title FiatToken V2
                       * @notice ERC20 Token backed by fiat reserves, version 2
                       */
                      contract FiatTokenV2 is FiatTokenV1_1, EIP3009, EIP2612 {
                          uint8 internal _initializedVersion;
                          /**
                           * @notice Initialize v2
                           * @param newName   New token name
                           */
                          function initializeV2(string calldata newName) external {
                              // solhint-disable-next-line reason-string
                              require(initialized && _initializedVersion == 0);
                              name = newName;
                              _DEPRECATED_CACHED_DOMAIN_SEPARATOR = EIP712.makeDomainSeparator(
                                  newName,
                                  "2"
                              );
                              _initializedVersion = 1;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @notice Increase the allowance by a given increment
                           * @param spender   Spender's address
                           * @param increment Amount of increase in allowance
                           * @return True if successful
                           */
                          function increaseAllowance(address spender, uint256 increment)
                              external
                              virtual
                              whenNotPaused
                              notBlacklisted(msg.sender)
                              notBlacklisted(spender)
                              returns (bool)
                          {
                              _increaseAllowance(msg.sender, spender, increment);
                              return true;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @notice Decrease the allowance by a given decrement
                           * @param spender   Spender's address
                           * @param decrement Amount of decrease in allowance
                           * @return True if successful
                           */
                          function decreaseAllowance(address spender, uint256 decrement)
                              external
                              virtual
                              whenNotPaused
                              notBlacklisted(msg.sender)
                              notBlacklisted(spender)
                              returns (bool)
                          {
                              _decreaseAllowance(msg.sender, spender, decrement);
                              return true;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @notice Execute a transfer with a signed authorization
                           * @param from          Payer's address (Authorizer)
                           * @param to            Payee's address
                           * @param value         Amount to be transferred
                           * @param validAfter    The time after which this is valid (unix time)
                           * @param validBefore   The time before which this is valid (unix time)
                           * @param nonce         Unique nonce
                           * @param v             v of the signature
                           * @param r             r of the signature
                           * @param s             s of the signature
                           */
                          function transferWithAuthorization(
                              address from,
                              address to,
                              uint256 value,
                              uint256 validAfter,
                              uint256 validBefore,
                              bytes32 nonce,
                              uint8 v,
                              bytes32 r,
                              bytes32 s
                          ) external whenNotPaused notBlacklisted(from) notBlacklisted(to) {
                              _transferWithAuthorization(
                                  from,
                                  to,
                                  value,
                                  validAfter,
                                  validBefore,
                                  nonce,
                                  v,
                                  r,
                                  s
                              );
                          }
                          /**
                           * @notice Receive a transfer with a signed authorization from the payer
                           * @dev This has an additional check to ensure that the payee's address
                           * matches the caller of this function to prevent front-running attacks.
                           * @param from          Payer's address (Authorizer)
                           * @param to            Payee's address
                           * @param value         Amount to be transferred
                           * @param validAfter    The time after which this is valid (unix time)
                           * @param validBefore   The time before which this is valid (unix time)
                           * @param nonce         Unique nonce
                           * @param v             v of the signature
                           * @param r             r of the signature
                           * @param s             s of the signature
                           */
                          function receiveWithAuthorization(
                              address from,
                              address to,
                              uint256 value,
                              uint256 validAfter,
                              uint256 validBefore,
                              bytes32 nonce,
                              uint8 v,
                              bytes32 r,
                              bytes32 s
                          ) external whenNotPaused notBlacklisted(from) notBlacklisted(to) {
                              _receiveWithAuthorization(
                                  from,
                                  to,
                                  value,
                                  validAfter,
                                  validBefore,
                                  nonce,
                                  v,
                                  r,
                                  s
                              );
                          }
                          /**
                           * @notice Attempt to cancel an authorization
                           * @dev Works only if the authorization is not yet used.
                           * @param authorizer    Authorizer's address
                           * @param nonce         Nonce of the authorization
                           * @param v             v of the signature
                           * @param r             r of the signature
                           * @param s             s of the signature
                           */
                          function cancelAuthorization(
                              address authorizer,
                              bytes32 nonce,
                              uint8 v,
                              bytes32 r,
                              bytes32 s
                          ) external whenNotPaused {
                              _cancelAuthorization(authorizer, nonce, v, r, s);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @notice Update allowance with a signed permit
                           * @param owner       Token owner's address (Authorizer)
                           * @param spender     Spender's address
                           * @param value       Amount of allowance
                           * @param deadline    The time at which the signature expires (unix time), or max uint256 value to signal no expiration
                           * @param v           v of the signature
                           * @param r           r of the signature
                           * @param s           s of the signature
                           */
                          function permit(
                              address owner,
                              address spender,
                              uint256 value,
                              uint256 deadline,
                              uint8 v,
                              bytes32 r,
                              bytes32 s
                          )
                              external
                              virtual
                              whenNotPaused
                              notBlacklisted(owner)
                              notBlacklisted(spender)
                          {
                              _permit(owner, spender, value, deadline, v, r, s);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Internal function to increase the allowance by a given increment
                           * @param owner     Token owner's address
                           * @param spender   Spender's address
                           * @param increment Amount of increase
                           */
                          function _increaseAllowance(
                              address owner,
                              address spender,
                              uint256 increment
                          ) internal override {
                              _approve(owner, spender, allowed[owner][spender].add(increment));
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Internal function to decrease the allowance by a given decrement
                           * @param owner     Token owner's address
                           * @param spender   Spender's address
                           * @param decrement Amount of decrease
                           */
                          function _decreaseAllowance(
                              address owner,
                              address spender,
                              uint256 decrement
                          ) internal override {
                              _approve(
                                  owner,
                                  spender,
                                  allowed[owner][spender].sub(
                                      decrement,
                                      "ERC20: decreased allowance below zero"
                                  )
                              );
                          }
                      }
                      /**
                       * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
                       *
                       * Copyright (c) 2023, Circle Internet Financial, LLC.
                       *
                       * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
                       * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
                       * You may obtain a copy of the License at
                       *
                       * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
                       *
                       * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
                       * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
                       * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
                       * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
                       * limitations under the License.
                       */
                      pragma solidity 0.6.12;
                      // solhint-disable func-name-mixedcase
                      /**
                       * @title EIP712 Domain
                       */
                      contract EIP712Domain {
                          // was originally DOMAIN_SEPARATOR
                          // but that has been moved to a method so we can override it in V2_2+
                          bytes32 internal _DEPRECATED_CACHED_DOMAIN_SEPARATOR;
                          /**
                           * @notice Get the EIP712 Domain Separator.
                           * @return The bytes32 EIP712 domain separator.
                           */
                          function DOMAIN_SEPARATOR() external view returns (bytes32) {
                              return _domainSeparator();
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Internal method to get the EIP712 Domain Separator.
                           * @return The bytes32 EIP712 domain separator.
                           */
                          function _domainSeparator() internal virtual view returns (bytes32) {
                              return _DEPRECATED_CACHED_DOMAIN_SEPARATOR;
                          }
                      }
                      /**
                       * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
                       *
                       * Copyright (c) 2023, Circle Internet Financial, LLC.
                       *
                       * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
                       * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
                       * You may obtain a copy of the License at
                       *
                       * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
                       *
                       * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
                       * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
                       * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
                       * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
                       * limitations under the License.
                       */
                      pragma solidity 0.6.12;
                      import { AbstractFiatTokenV2 } from "./AbstractFiatTokenV2.sol";
                      import { EIP712Domain } from "./EIP712Domain.sol";
                      import { SignatureChecker } from "../util/SignatureChecker.sol";
                      import { MessageHashUtils } from "../util/MessageHashUtils.sol";
                      /**
                       * @title EIP-3009
                       * @notice Provide internal implementation for gas-abstracted transfers
                       * @dev Contracts that inherit from this must wrap these with publicly
                       * accessible functions, optionally adding modifiers where necessary
                       */
                      abstract contract EIP3009 is AbstractFiatTokenV2, EIP712Domain {
                          // keccak256("TransferWithAuthorization(address from,address to,uint256 value,uint256 validAfter,uint256 validBefore,bytes32 nonce)")
                          bytes32
                              public constant TRANSFER_WITH_AUTHORIZATION_TYPEHASH = 0x7c7c6cdb67a18743f49ec6fa9b35f50d52ed05cbed4cc592e13b44501c1a2267;
                          // keccak256("ReceiveWithAuthorization(address from,address to,uint256 value,uint256 validAfter,uint256 validBefore,bytes32 nonce)")
                          bytes32
                              public constant RECEIVE_WITH_AUTHORIZATION_TYPEHASH = 0xd099cc98ef71107a616c4f0f941f04c322d8e254fe26b3c6668db87aae413de8;
                          // keccak256("CancelAuthorization(address authorizer,bytes32 nonce)")
                          bytes32
                              public constant CANCEL_AUTHORIZATION_TYPEHASH = 0x158b0a9edf7a828aad02f63cd515c68ef2f50ba807396f6d12842833a1597429;
                          /**
                           * @dev authorizer address => nonce => bool (true if nonce is used)
                           */
                          mapping(address => mapping(bytes32 => bool)) private _authorizationStates;
                          event AuthorizationUsed(address indexed authorizer, bytes32 indexed nonce);
                          event AuthorizationCanceled(
                              address indexed authorizer,
                              bytes32 indexed nonce
                          );
                          /**
                           * @notice Returns the state of an authorization
                           * @dev Nonces are randomly generated 32-byte data unique to the
                           * authorizer's address
                           * @param authorizer    Authorizer's address
                           * @param nonce         Nonce of the authorization
                           * @return True if the nonce is used
                           */
                          function authorizationState(address authorizer, bytes32 nonce)
                              external
                              view
                              returns (bool)
                          {
                              return _authorizationStates[authorizer][nonce];
                          }
                          /**
                           * @notice Execute a transfer with a signed authorization
                           * @param from          Payer's address (Authorizer)
                           * @param to            Payee's address
                           * @param value         Amount to be transferred
                           * @param validAfter    The time after which this is valid (unix time)
                           * @param validBefore   The time before which this is valid (unix time)
                           * @param nonce         Unique nonce
                           * @param v             v of the signature
                           * @param r             r of the signature
                           * @param s             s of the signature
                           */
                          function _transferWithAuthorization(
                              address from,
                              address to,
                              uint256 value,
                              uint256 validAfter,
                              uint256 validBefore,
                              bytes32 nonce,
                              uint8 v,
                              bytes32 r,
                              bytes32 s
                          ) internal {
                              _transferWithAuthorization(
                                  from,
                                  to,
                                  value,
                                  validAfter,
                                  validBefore,
                                  nonce,
                                  abi.encodePacked(r, s, v)
                              );
                          }
                          /**
                           * @notice Execute a transfer with a signed authorization
                           * @dev EOA wallet signatures should be packed in the order of r, s, v.
                           * @param from          Payer's address (Authorizer)
                           * @param to            Payee's address
                           * @param value         Amount to be transferred
                           * @param validAfter    The time after which this is valid (unix time)
                           * @param validBefore   The time before which this is valid (unix time)
                           * @param nonce         Unique nonce
                           * @param signature     Signature byte array produced by an EOA wallet or a contract wallet
                           */
                          function _transferWithAuthorization(
                              address from,
                              address to,
                              uint256 value,
                              uint256 validAfter,
                              uint256 validBefore,
                              bytes32 nonce,
                              bytes memory signature
                          ) internal {
                              _requireValidAuthorization(from, nonce, validAfter, validBefore);
                              _requireValidSignature(
                                  from,
                                  keccak256(
                                      abi.encode(
                                          TRANSFER_WITH_AUTHORIZATION_TYPEHASH,
                                          from,
                                          to,
                                          value,
                                          validAfter,
                                          validBefore,
                                          nonce
                                      )
                                  ),
                                  signature
                              );
                              _markAuthorizationAsUsed(from, nonce);
                              _transfer(from, to, value);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @notice Receive a transfer with a signed authorization from the payer
                           * @dev This has an additional check to ensure that the payee's address
                           * matches the caller of this function to prevent front-running attacks.
                           * @param from          Payer's address (Authorizer)
                           * @param to            Payee's address
                           * @param value         Amount to be transferred
                           * @param validAfter    The time after which this is valid (unix time)
                           * @param validBefore   The time before which this is valid (unix time)
                           * @param nonce         Unique nonce
                           * @param v             v of the signature
                           * @param r             r of the signature
                           * @param s             s of the signature
                           */
                          function _receiveWithAuthorization(
                              address from,
                              address to,
                              uint256 value,
                              uint256 validAfter,
                              uint256 validBefore,
                              bytes32 nonce,
                              uint8 v,
                              bytes32 r,
                              bytes32 s
                          ) internal {
                              _receiveWithAuthorization(
                                  from,
                                  to,
                                  value,
                                  validAfter,
                                  validBefore,
                                  nonce,
                                  abi.encodePacked(r, s, v)
                              );
                          }
                          /**
                           * @notice Receive a transfer with a signed authorization from the payer
                           * @dev This has an additional check to ensure that the payee's address
                           * matches the caller of this function to prevent front-running attacks.
                           * EOA wallet signatures should be packed in the order of r, s, v.
                           * @param from          Payer's address (Authorizer)
                           * @param to            Payee's address
                           * @param value         Amount to be transferred
                           * @param validAfter    The time after which this is valid (unix time)
                           * @param validBefore   The time before which this is valid (unix time)
                           * @param nonce         Unique nonce
                           * @param signature     Signature byte array produced by an EOA wallet or a contract wallet
                           */
                          function _receiveWithAuthorization(
                              address from,
                              address to,
                              uint256 value,
                              uint256 validAfter,
                              uint256 validBefore,
                              bytes32 nonce,
                              bytes memory signature
                          ) internal {
                              require(to == msg.sender, "FiatTokenV2: caller must be the payee");
                              _requireValidAuthorization(from, nonce, validAfter, validBefore);
                              _requireValidSignature(
                                  from,
                                  keccak256(
                                      abi.encode(
                                          RECEIVE_WITH_AUTHORIZATION_TYPEHASH,
                                          from,
                                          to,
                                          value,
                                          validAfter,
                                          validBefore,
                                          nonce
                                      )
                                  ),
                                  signature
                              );
                              _markAuthorizationAsUsed(from, nonce);
                              _transfer(from, to, value);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @notice Attempt to cancel an authorization
                           * @param authorizer    Authorizer's address
                           * @param nonce         Nonce of the authorization
                           * @param v             v of the signature
                           * @param r             r of the signature
                           * @param s             s of the signature
                           */
                          function _cancelAuthorization(
                              address authorizer,
                              bytes32 nonce,
                              uint8 v,
                              bytes32 r,
                              bytes32 s
                          ) internal {
                              _cancelAuthorization(authorizer, nonce, abi.encodePacked(r, s, v));
                          }
                          /**
                           * @notice Attempt to cancel an authorization
                           * @dev EOA wallet signatures should be packed in the order of r, s, v.
                           * @param authorizer    Authorizer's address
                           * @param nonce         Nonce of the authorization
                           * @param signature     Signature byte array produced by an EOA wallet or a contract wallet
                           */
                          function _cancelAuthorization(
                              address authorizer,
                              bytes32 nonce,
                              bytes memory signature
                          ) internal {
                              _requireUnusedAuthorization(authorizer, nonce);
                              _requireValidSignature(
                                  authorizer,
                                  keccak256(
                                      abi.encode(CANCEL_AUTHORIZATION_TYPEHASH, authorizer, nonce)
                                  ),
                                  signature
                              );
                              _authorizationStates[authorizer][nonce] = true;
                              emit AuthorizationCanceled(authorizer, nonce);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @notice Validates that signature against input data struct
                           * @param signer        Signer's address
                           * @param dataHash      Hash of encoded data struct
                           * @param signature     Signature byte array produced by an EOA wallet or a contract wallet
                           */
                          function _requireValidSignature(
                              address signer,
                              bytes32 dataHash,
                              bytes memory signature
                          ) private view {
                              require(
                                  SignatureChecker.isValidSignatureNow(
                                      signer,
                                      MessageHashUtils.toTypedDataHash(_domainSeparator(), dataHash),
                                      signature
                                  ),
                                  "FiatTokenV2: invalid signature"
                              );
                          }
                          /**
                           * @notice Check that an authorization is unused
                           * @param authorizer    Authorizer's address
                           * @param nonce         Nonce of the authorization
                           */
                          function _requireUnusedAuthorization(address authorizer, bytes32 nonce)
                              private
                              view
                          {
                              require(
                                  !_authorizationStates[authorizer][nonce],
                                  "FiatTokenV2: authorization is used or canceled"
                              );
                          }
                          /**
                           * @notice Check that authorization is valid
                           * @param authorizer    Authorizer's address
                           * @param nonce         Nonce of the authorization
                           * @param validAfter    The time after which this is valid (unix time)
                           * @param validBefore   The time before which this is valid (unix time)
                           */
                          function _requireValidAuthorization(
                              address authorizer,
                              bytes32 nonce,
                              uint256 validAfter,
                              uint256 validBefore
                          ) private view {
                              require(
                                  now > validAfter,
                                  "FiatTokenV2: authorization is not yet valid"
                              );
                              require(now < validBefore, "FiatTokenV2: authorization is expired");
                              _requireUnusedAuthorization(authorizer, nonce);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @notice Mark an authorization as used
                           * @param authorizer    Authorizer's address
                           * @param nonce         Nonce of the authorization
                           */
                          function _markAuthorizationAsUsed(address authorizer, bytes32 nonce)
                              private
                          {
                              _authorizationStates[authorizer][nonce] = true;
                              emit AuthorizationUsed(authorizer, nonce);
                          }
                      }
                      /**
                       * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
                       *
                       * Copyright (c) 2023, Circle Internet Financial, LLC.
                       *
                       * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
                       * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
                       * You may obtain a copy of the License at
                       *
                       * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
                       *
                       * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
                       * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
                       * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
                       * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
                       * limitations under the License.
                       */
                      pragma solidity 0.6.12;
                      import { AbstractFiatTokenV2 } from "./AbstractFiatTokenV2.sol";
                      import { EIP712Domain } from "./EIP712Domain.sol";
                      import { MessageHashUtils } from "../util/MessageHashUtils.sol";
                      import { SignatureChecker } from "../util/SignatureChecker.sol";
                      /**
                       * @title EIP-2612
                       * @notice Provide internal implementation for gas-abstracted approvals
                       */
                      abstract contract EIP2612 is AbstractFiatTokenV2, EIP712Domain {
                          // keccak256("Permit(address owner,address spender,uint256 value,uint256 nonce,uint256 deadline)")
                          bytes32
                              public constant PERMIT_TYPEHASH = 0x6e71edae12b1b97f4d1f60370fef10105fa2faae0126114a169c64845d6126c9;
                          mapping(address => uint256) private _permitNonces;
                          /**
                           * @notice Nonces for permit
                           * @param owner Token owner's address (Authorizer)
                           * @return Next nonce
                           */
                          function nonces(address owner) external view returns (uint256) {
                              return _permitNonces[owner];
                          }
                          /**
                           * @notice Verify a signed approval permit and execute if valid
                           * @param owner     Token owner's address (Authorizer)
                           * @param spender   Spender's address
                           * @param value     Amount of allowance
                           * @param deadline  The time at which the signature expires (unix time), or max uint256 value to signal no expiration
                           * @param v         v of the signature
                           * @param r         r of the signature
                           * @param s         s of the signature
                           */
                          function _permit(
                              address owner,
                              address spender,
                              uint256 value,
                              uint256 deadline,
                              uint8 v,
                              bytes32 r,
                              bytes32 s
                          ) internal {
                              _permit(owner, spender, value, deadline, abi.encodePacked(r, s, v));
                          }
                          /**
                           * @notice Verify a signed approval permit and execute if valid
                           * @dev EOA wallet signatures should be packed in the order of r, s, v.
                           * @param owner      Token owner's address (Authorizer)
                           * @param spender    Spender's address
                           * @param value      Amount of allowance
                           * @param deadline   The time at which the signature expires (unix time), or max uint256 value to signal no expiration
                           * @param signature  Signature byte array signed by an EOA wallet or a contract wallet
                           */
                          function _permit(
                              address owner,
                              address spender,
                              uint256 value,
                              uint256 deadline,
                              bytes memory signature
                          ) internal {
                              require(
                                  deadline == type(uint256).max || deadline >= now,
                                  "FiatTokenV2: permit is expired"
                              );
                              bytes32 typedDataHash = MessageHashUtils.toTypedDataHash(
                                  _domainSeparator(),
                                  keccak256(
                                      abi.encode(
                                          PERMIT_TYPEHASH,
                                          owner,
                                          spender,
                                          value,
                                          _permitNonces[owner]++,
                                          deadline
                                      )
                                  )
                              );
                              require(
                                  SignatureChecker.isValidSignatureNow(
                                      owner,
                                      typedDataHash,
                                      signature
                                  ),
                                  "EIP2612: invalid signature"
                              );
                              _approve(owner, spender, value);
                          }
                      }
                      /**
                       * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
                       *
                       * Copyright (c) 2023, Circle Internet Financial, LLC.
                       *
                       * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
                       * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
                       * You may obtain a copy of the License at
                       *
                       * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
                       *
                       * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
                       * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
                       * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
                       * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
                       * limitations under the License.
                       */
                      pragma solidity 0.6.12;
                      import { AbstractFiatTokenV1 } from "../v1/AbstractFiatTokenV1.sol";
                      abstract contract AbstractFiatTokenV2 is AbstractFiatTokenV1 {
                          function _increaseAllowance(
                              address owner,
                              address spender,
                              uint256 increment
                          ) internal virtual;
                          function _decreaseAllowance(
                              address owner,
                              address spender,
                              uint256 decrement
                          ) internal virtual;
                      }
                      /**
                       * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                       *
                       * Copyright (c) 2016 Smart Contract Solutions, Inc.
                       * Copyright (c) 2018-2020 CENTRE SECZ
                       *
                       * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
                       * of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
                       * in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
                       * to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
                       * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
                       * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
                       *
                       * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
                       * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
                       *
                       * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
                       * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
                       * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
                       * AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
                       * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
                       * OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
                       * SOFTWARE.
                       */
                      pragma solidity 0.6.12;
                      import { Ownable } from "./Ownable.sol";
                      /**
                       * @notice Base contract which allows children to implement an emergency stop
                       * mechanism
                       * @dev Forked from https://github.com/OpenZeppelin/openzeppelin-contracts/blob/feb665136c0dae9912e08397c1a21c4af3651ef3/contracts/lifecycle/Pausable.sol
                       * Modifications:
                       * 1. Added pauser role, switched pause/unpause to be onlyPauser (6/14/2018)
                       * 2. Removed whenNotPause/whenPaused from pause/unpause (6/14/2018)
                       * 3. Removed whenPaused (6/14/2018)
                       * 4. Switches ownable library to use ZeppelinOS (7/12/18)
                       * 5. Remove constructor (7/13/18)
                       * 6. Reformat, conform to Solidity 0.6 syntax and add error messages (5/13/20)
                       * 7. Make public functions external (5/27/20)
                       */
                      contract Pausable is Ownable {
                          event Pause();
                          event Unpause();
                          event PauserChanged(address indexed newAddress);
                          address public pauser;
                          bool public paused = false;
                          /**
                           * @dev Modifier to make a function callable only when the contract is not paused.
                           */
                          modifier whenNotPaused() {
                              require(!paused, "Pausable: paused");
                              _;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev throws if called by any account other than the pauser
                           */
                          modifier onlyPauser() {
                              require(msg.sender == pauser, "Pausable: caller is not the pauser");
                              _;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev called by the owner to pause, triggers stopped state
                           */
                          function pause() external onlyPauser {
                              paused = true;
                              emit Pause();
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev called by the owner to unpause, returns to normal state
                           */
                          function unpause() external onlyPauser {
                              paused = false;
                              emit Unpause();
                          }
                          /**
                           * @notice Updates the pauser address.
                           * @param _newPauser The address of the new pauser.
                           */
                          function updatePauser(address _newPauser) external onlyOwner {
                              require(
                                  _newPauser != address(0),
                                  "Pausable: new pauser is the zero address"
                              );
                              pauser = _newPauser;
                              emit PauserChanged(pauser);
                          }
                      }
                      /**
                       * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                       *
                       * Copyright (c) 2018 zOS Global Limited.
                       * Copyright (c) 2018-2020 CENTRE SECZ
                       *
                       * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
                       * of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
                       * in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
                       * to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
                       * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
                       * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
                       *
                       * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
                       * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
                       *
                       * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
                       * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
                       * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
                       * AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
                       * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
                       * OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
                       * SOFTWARE.
                       */
                      pragma solidity 0.6.12;
                      /**
                       * @notice The Ownable contract has an owner address, and provides basic
                       * authorization control functions
                       * @dev Forked from https://github.com/OpenZeppelin/openzeppelin-labs/blob/3887ab77b8adafba4a26ace002f3a684c1a3388b/upgradeability_ownership/contracts/ownership/Ownable.sol
                       * Modifications:
                       * 1. Consolidate OwnableStorage into this contract (7/13/18)
                       * 2. Reformat, conform to Solidity 0.6 syntax, and add error messages (5/13/20)
                       * 3. Make public functions external (5/27/20)
                       */
                      contract Ownable {
                          // Owner of the contract
                          address private _owner;
                          /**
                           * @dev Event to show ownership has been transferred
                           * @param previousOwner representing the address of the previous owner
                           * @param newOwner representing the address of the new owner
                           */
                          event OwnershipTransferred(address previousOwner, address newOwner);
                          /**
                           * @dev The constructor sets the original owner of the contract to the sender account.
                           */
                          constructor() public {
                              setOwner(msg.sender);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Tells the address of the owner
                           * @return the address of the owner
                           */
                          function owner() external view returns (address) {
                              return _owner;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Sets a new owner address
                           */
                          function setOwner(address newOwner) internal {
                              _owner = newOwner;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
                           */
                          modifier onlyOwner() {
                              require(msg.sender == _owner, "Ownable: caller is not the owner");
                              _;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Allows the current owner to transfer control of the contract to a newOwner.
                           * @param newOwner The address to transfer ownership to.
                           */
                          function transferOwnership(address newOwner) external onlyOwner {
                              require(
                                  newOwner != address(0),
                                  "Ownable: new owner is the zero address"
                              );
                              emit OwnershipTransferred(_owner, newOwner);
                              setOwner(newOwner);
                          }
                      }
                      /**
                       * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
                       *
                       * Copyright (c) 2023, Circle Internet Financial, LLC.
                       *
                       * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
                       * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
                       * You may obtain a copy of the License at
                       *
                       * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
                       *
                       * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
                       * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
                       * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
                       * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
                       * limitations under the License.
                       */
                      pragma solidity 0.6.12;
                      import { SafeMath } from "@openzeppelin/contracts/math/SafeMath.sol";
                      import { AbstractFiatTokenV1 } from "./AbstractFiatTokenV1.sol";
                      import { Ownable } from "./Ownable.sol";
                      import { Pausable } from "./Pausable.sol";
                      import { Blacklistable } from "./Blacklistable.sol";
                      /**
                       * @title FiatToken
                       * @dev ERC20 Token backed by fiat reserves
                       */
                      contract FiatTokenV1 is AbstractFiatTokenV1, Ownable, Pausable, Blacklistable {
                          using SafeMath for uint256;
                          string public name;
                          string public symbol;
                          uint8 public decimals;
                          string public currency;
                          address public masterMinter;
                          bool internal initialized;
                          /// @dev A mapping that stores the balance and blacklist states for a given address.
                          /// The first bit defines whether the address is blacklisted (1 if blacklisted, 0 otherwise).
                          /// The last 255 bits define the balance for the address.
                          mapping(address => uint256) internal balanceAndBlacklistStates;
                          mapping(address => mapping(address => uint256)) internal allowed;
                          uint256 internal totalSupply_ = 0;
                          mapping(address => bool) internal minters;
                          mapping(address => uint256) internal minterAllowed;
                          event Mint(address indexed minter, address indexed to, uint256 amount);
                          event Burn(address indexed burner, uint256 amount);
                          event MinterConfigured(address indexed minter, uint256 minterAllowedAmount);
                          event MinterRemoved(address indexed oldMinter);
                          event MasterMinterChanged(address indexed newMasterMinter);
                          /**
                           * @notice Initializes the fiat token contract.
                           * @param tokenName       The name of the fiat token.
                           * @param tokenSymbol     The symbol of the fiat token.
                           * @param tokenCurrency   The fiat currency that the token represents.
                           * @param tokenDecimals   The number of decimals that the token uses.
                           * @param newMasterMinter The masterMinter address for the fiat token.
                           * @param newPauser       The pauser address for the fiat token.
                           * @param newBlacklister  The blacklister address for the fiat token.
                           * @param newOwner        The owner of the fiat token.
                           */
                          function initialize(
                              string memory tokenName,
                              string memory tokenSymbol,
                              string memory tokenCurrency,
                              uint8 tokenDecimals,
                              address newMasterMinter,
                              address newPauser,
                              address newBlacklister,
                              address newOwner
                          ) public {
                              require(!initialized, "FiatToken: contract is already initialized");
                              require(
                                  newMasterMinter != address(0),
                                  "FiatToken: new masterMinter is the zero address"
                              );
                              require(
                                  newPauser != address(0),
                                  "FiatToken: new pauser is the zero address"
                              );
                              require(
                                  newBlacklister != address(0),
                                  "FiatToken: new blacklister is the zero address"
                              );
                              require(
                                  newOwner != address(0),
                                  "FiatToken: new owner is the zero address"
                              );
                              name = tokenName;
                              symbol = tokenSymbol;
                              currency = tokenCurrency;
                              decimals = tokenDecimals;
                              masterMinter = newMasterMinter;
                              pauser = newPauser;
                              blacklister = newBlacklister;
                              setOwner(newOwner);
                              initialized = true;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Throws if called by any account other than a minter.
                           */
                          modifier onlyMinters() {
                              require(minters[msg.sender], "FiatToken: caller is not a minter");
                              _;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @notice Mints fiat tokens to an address.
                           * @param _to The address that will receive the minted tokens.
                           * @param _amount The amount of tokens to mint. Must be less than or equal
                           * to the minterAllowance of the caller.
                           * @return True if the operation was successful.
                           */
                          function mint(address _to, uint256 _amount)
                              external
                              whenNotPaused
                              onlyMinters
                              notBlacklisted(msg.sender)
                              notBlacklisted(_to)
                              returns (bool)
                          {
                              require(_to != address(0), "FiatToken: mint to the zero address");
                              require(_amount > 0, "FiatToken: mint amount not greater than 0");
                              uint256 mintingAllowedAmount = minterAllowed[msg.sender];
                              require(
                                  _amount <= mintingAllowedAmount,
                                  "FiatToken: mint amount exceeds minterAllowance"
                              );
                              totalSupply_ = totalSupply_.add(_amount);
                              _setBalance(_to, _balanceOf(_to).add(_amount));
                              minterAllowed[msg.sender] = mintingAllowedAmount.sub(_amount);
                              emit Mint(msg.sender, _to, _amount);
                              emit Transfer(address(0), _to, _amount);
                              return true;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the masterMinter
                           */
                          modifier onlyMasterMinter() {
                              require(
                                  msg.sender == masterMinter,
                                  "FiatToken: caller is not the masterMinter"
                              );
                              _;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @notice Gets the minter allowance for an account.
                           * @param minter The address to check.
                           * @return The remaining minter allowance for the account.
                           */
                          function minterAllowance(address minter) external view returns (uint256) {
                              return minterAllowed[minter];
                          }
                          /**
                           * @notice Checks if an account is a minter.
                           * @param account The address to check.
                           * @return True if the account is a minter, false if the account is not a minter.
                           */
                          function isMinter(address account) external view returns (bool) {
                              return minters[account];
                          }
                          /**
                           * @notice Gets the remaining amount of fiat tokens a spender is allowed to transfer on
                           * behalf of the token owner.
                           * @param owner   The token owner's address.
                           * @param spender The spender's address.
                           * @return The remaining allowance.
                           */
                          function allowance(address owner, address spender)
                              external
                              override
                              view
                              returns (uint256)
                          {
                              return allowed[owner][spender];
                          }
                          /**
                           * @notice Gets the totalSupply of the fiat token.
                           * @return The totalSupply of the fiat token.
                           */
                          function totalSupply() external override view returns (uint256) {
                              return totalSupply_;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @notice Gets the fiat token balance of an account.
                           * @param account  The address to check.
                           * @return balance The fiat token balance of the account.
                           */
                          function balanceOf(address account)
                              external
                              override
                              view
                              returns (uint256)
                          {
                              return _balanceOf(account);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @notice Sets a fiat token allowance for a spender to spend on behalf of the caller.
                           * @param spender The spender's address.
                           * @param value   The allowance amount.
                           * @return True if the operation was successful.
                           */
                          function approve(address spender, uint256 value)
                              external
                              virtual
                              override
                              whenNotPaused
                              notBlacklisted(msg.sender)
                              notBlacklisted(spender)
                              returns (bool)
                          {
                              _approve(msg.sender, spender, value);
                              return true;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Internal function to set allowance.
                           * @param owner     Token owner's address.
                           * @param spender   Spender's address.
                           * @param value     Allowance amount.
                           */
                          function _approve(
                              address owner,
                              address spender,
                              uint256 value
                          ) internal override {
                              require(owner != address(0), "ERC20: approve from the zero address");
                              require(spender != address(0), "ERC20: approve to the zero address");
                              allowed[owner][spender] = value;
                              emit Approval(owner, spender, value);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @notice Transfers tokens from an address to another by spending the caller's allowance.
                           * @dev The caller must have some fiat token allowance on the payer's tokens.
                           * @param from  Payer's address.
                           * @param to    Payee's address.
                           * @param value Transfer amount.
                           * @return True if the operation was successful.
                           */
                          function transferFrom(
                              address from,
                              address to,
                              uint256 value
                          )
                              external
                              override
                              whenNotPaused
                              notBlacklisted(msg.sender)
                              notBlacklisted(from)
                              notBlacklisted(to)
                              returns (bool)
                          {
                              require(
                                  value <= allowed[from][msg.sender],
                                  "ERC20: transfer amount exceeds allowance"
                              );
                              _transfer(from, to, value);
                              allowed[from][msg.sender] = allowed[from][msg.sender].sub(value);
                              return true;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @notice Transfers tokens from the caller.
                           * @param to    Payee's address.
                           * @param value Transfer amount.
                           * @return True if the operation was successful.
                           */
                          function transfer(address to, uint256 value)
                              external
                              override
                              whenNotPaused
                              notBlacklisted(msg.sender)
                              notBlacklisted(to)
                              returns (bool)
                          {
                              _transfer(msg.sender, to, value);
                              return true;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Internal function to process transfers.
                           * @param from  Payer's address.
                           * @param to    Payee's address.
                           * @param value Transfer amount.
                           */
                          function _transfer(
                              address from,
                              address to,
                              uint256 value
                          ) internal override {
                              require(from != address(0), "ERC20: transfer from the zero address");
                              require(to != address(0), "ERC20: transfer to the zero address");
                              require(
                                  value <= _balanceOf(from),
                                  "ERC20: transfer amount exceeds balance"
                              );
                              _setBalance(from, _balanceOf(from).sub(value));
                              _setBalance(to, _balanceOf(to).add(value));
                              emit Transfer(from, to, value);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @notice Adds or updates a new minter with a mint allowance.
                           * @param minter The address of the minter.
                           * @param minterAllowedAmount The minting amount allowed for the minter.
                           * @return True if the operation was successful.
                           */
                          function configureMinter(address minter, uint256 minterAllowedAmount)
                              external
                              whenNotPaused
                              onlyMasterMinter
                              returns (bool)
                          {
                              minters[minter] = true;
                              minterAllowed[minter] = minterAllowedAmount;
                              emit MinterConfigured(minter, minterAllowedAmount);
                              return true;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @notice Removes a minter.
                           * @param minter The address of the minter to remove.
                           * @return True if the operation was successful.
                           */
                          function removeMinter(address minter)
                              external
                              onlyMasterMinter
                              returns (bool)
                          {
                              minters[minter] = false;
                              minterAllowed[minter] = 0;
                              emit MinterRemoved(minter);
                              return true;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @notice Allows a minter to burn some of its own tokens.
                           * @dev The caller must be a minter, must not be blacklisted, and the amount to burn
                           * should be less than or equal to the account's balance.
                           * @param _amount the amount of tokens to be burned.
                           */
                          function burn(uint256 _amount)
                              external
                              whenNotPaused
                              onlyMinters
                              notBlacklisted(msg.sender)
                          {
                              uint256 balance = _balanceOf(msg.sender);
                              require(_amount > 0, "FiatToken: burn amount not greater than 0");
                              require(balance >= _amount, "FiatToken: burn amount exceeds balance");
                              totalSupply_ = totalSupply_.sub(_amount);
                              _setBalance(msg.sender, balance.sub(_amount));
                              emit Burn(msg.sender, _amount);
                              emit Transfer(msg.sender, address(0), _amount);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @notice Updates the master minter address.
                           * @param _newMasterMinter The address of the new master minter.
                           */
                          function updateMasterMinter(address _newMasterMinter) external onlyOwner {
                              require(
                                  _newMasterMinter != address(0),
                                  "FiatToken: new masterMinter is the zero address"
                              );
                              masterMinter = _newMasterMinter;
                              emit MasterMinterChanged(masterMinter);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @inheritdoc Blacklistable
                           */
                          function _blacklist(address _account) internal override {
                              _setBlacklistState(_account, true);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @inheritdoc Blacklistable
                           */
                          function _unBlacklist(address _account) internal override {
                              _setBlacklistState(_account, false);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Helper method that sets the blacklist state of an account.
                           * @param _account         The address of the account.
                           * @param _shouldBlacklist True if the account should be blacklisted, false if the account should be unblacklisted.
                           */
                          function _setBlacklistState(address _account, bool _shouldBlacklist)
                              internal
                              virtual
                          {
                              _deprecatedBlacklisted[_account] = _shouldBlacklist;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Helper method that sets the balance of an account.
                           * @param _account The address of the account.
                           * @param _balance The new fiat token balance of the account.
                           */
                          function _setBalance(address _account, uint256 _balance) internal virtual {
                              balanceAndBlacklistStates[_account] = _balance;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @inheritdoc Blacklistable
                           */
                          function _isBlacklisted(address _account)
                              internal
                              virtual
                              override
                              view
                              returns (bool)
                          {
                              return _deprecatedBlacklisted[_account];
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Helper method to obtain the balance of an account.
                           * @param _account  The address of the account.
                           * @return          The fiat token balance of the account.
                           */
                          function _balanceOf(address _account)
                              internal
                              virtual
                              view
                              returns (uint256)
                          {
                              return balanceAndBlacklistStates[_account];
                          }
                      }
                      /**
                       * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
                       *
                       * Copyright (c) 2023, Circle Internet Financial, LLC.
                       *
                       * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
                       * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
                       * You may obtain a copy of the License at
                       *
                       * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
                       *
                       * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
                       * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
                       * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
                       * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
                       * limitations under the License.
                       */
                      pragma solidity 0.6.12;
                      import { Ownable } from "./Ownable.sol";
                      /**
                       * @title Blacklistable Token
                       * @dev Allows accounts to be blacklisted by a "blacklister" role
                       */
                      abstract contract Blacklistable is Ownable {
                          address public blacklister;
                          mapping(address => bool) internal _deprecatedBlacklisted;
                          event Blacklisted(address indexed _account);
                          event UnBlacklisted(address indexed _account);
                          event BlacklisterChanged(address indexed newBlacklister);
                          /**
                           * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the blacklister.
                           */
                          modifier onlyBlacklister() {
                              require(
                                  msg.sender == blacklister,
                                  "Blacklistable: caller is not the blacklister"
                              );
                              _;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Throws if argument account is blacklisted.
                           * @param _account The address to check.
                           */
                          modifier notBlacklisted(address _account) {
                              require(
                                  !_isBlacklisted(_account),
                                  "Blacklistable: account is blacklisted"
                              );
                              _;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @notice Checks if account is blacklisted.
                           * @param _account The address to check.
                           * @return True if the account is blacklisted, false if the account is not blacklisted.
                           */
                          function isBlacklisted(address _account) external view returns (bool) {
                              return _isBlacklisted(_account);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @notice Adds account to blacklist.
                           * @param _account The address to blacklist.
                           */
                          function blacklist(address _account) external onlyBlacklister {
                              _blacklist(_account);
                              emit Blacklisted(_account);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @notice Removes account from blacklist.
                           * @param _account The address to remove from the blacklist.
                           */
                          function unBlacklist(address _account) external onlyBlacklister {
                              _unBlacklist(_account);
                              emit UnBlacklisted(_account);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @notice Updates the blacklister address.
                           * @param _newBlacklister The address of the new blacklister.
                           */
                          function updateBlacklister(address _newBlacklister) external onlyOwner {
                              require(
                                  _newBlacklister != address(0),
                                  "Blacklistable: new blacklister is the zero address"
                              );
                              blacklister = _newBlacklister;
                              emit BlacklisterChanged(blacklister);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Checks if account is blacklisted.
                           * @param _account The address to check.
                           * @return true if the account is blacklisted, false otherwise.
                           */
                          function _isBlacklisted(address _account)
                              internal
                              virtual
                              view
                              returns (bool);
                          /**
                           * @dev Helper method that blacklists an account.
                           * @param _account The address to blacklist.
                           */
                          function _blacklist(address _account) internal virtual;
                          /**
                           * @dev Helper method that unblacklists an account.
                           * @param _account The address to unblacklist.
                           */
                          function _unBlacklist(address _account) internal virtual;
                      }
                      /**
                       * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
                       *
                       * Copyright (c) 2023, Circle Internet Financial, LLC.
                       *
                       * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
                       * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
                       * You may obtain a copy of the License at
                       *
                       * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
                       *
                       * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
                       * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
                       * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
                       * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
                       * limitations under the License.
                       */
                      pragma solidity 0.6.12;
                      import { IERC20 } from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/IERC20.sol";
                      abstract contract AbstractFiatTokenV1 is IERC20 {
                          function _approve(
                              address owner,
                              address spender,
                              uint256 value
                          ) internal virtual;
                          function _transfer(
                              address from,
                              address to,
                              uint256 value
                          ) internal virtual;
                      }
                      /**
                       * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
                       *
                       * Copyright (c) 2023, Circle Internet Financial, LLC.
                       *
                       * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
                       * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
                       * You may obtain a copy of the License at
                       *
                       * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
                       *
                       * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
                       * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
                       * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
                       * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
                       * limitations under the License.
                       */
                      pragma solidity 0.6.12;
                      import { Ownable } from "../v1/Ownable.sol";
                      import { IERC20 } from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/IERC20.sol";
                      import { SafeERC20 } from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/SafeERC20.sol";
                      contract Rescuable is Ownable {
                          using SafeERC20 for IERC20;
                          address private _rescuer;
                          event RescuerChanged(address indexed newRescuer);
                          /**
                           * @notice Returns current rescuer
                           * @return Rescuer's address
                           */
                          function rescuer() external view returns (address) {
                              return _rescuer;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @notice Revert if called by any account other than the rescuer.
                           */
                          modifier onlyRescuer() {
                              require(msg.sender == _rescuer, "Rescuable: caller is not the rescuer");
                              _;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @notice Rescue ERC20 tokens locked up in this contract.
                           * @param tokenContract ERC20 token contract address
                           * @param to        Recipient address
                           * @param amount    Amount to withdraw
                           */
                          function rescueERC20(
                              IERC20 tokenContract,
                              address to,
                              uint256 amount
                          ) external onlyRescuer {
                              tokenContract.safeTransfer(to, amount);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @notice Updates the rescuer address.
                           * @param newRescuer The address of the new rescuer.
                           */
                          function updateRescuer(address newRescuer) external onlyOwner {
                              require(
                                  newRescuer != address(0),
                                  "Rescuable: new rescuer is the zero address"
                              );
                              _rescuer = newRescuer;
                              emit RescuerChanged(newRescuer);
                          }
                      }
                      /**
                       * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
                       *
                       * Copyright (c) 2023, Circle Internet Financial, LLC.
                       *
                       * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
                       * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
                       * You may obtain a copy of the License at
                       *
                       * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
                       *
                       * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
                       * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
                       * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
                       * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
                       * limitations under the License.
                       */
                      pragma solidity 0.6.12;
                      import { FiatTokenV1 } from "../v1/FiatTokenV1.sol";
                      import { Rescuable } from "./Rescuable.sol";
                      /**
                       * @title FiatTokenV1_1
                       * @dev ERC20 Token backed by fiat reserves
                       */
                      contract FiatTokenV1_1 is FiatTokenV1, Rescuable {
                      }
                      /**
                       * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
                       *
                       * Copyright (c) 2023, Circle Internet Financial, LLC.
                       *
                       * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
                       * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
                       * You may obtain a copy of the License at
                       *
                       * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
                       *
                       * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
                       * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
                       * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
                       * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
                       * limitations under the License.
                       */
                      pragma solidity 0.6.12;
                      import { ECRecover } from "./ECRecover.sol";
                      import { IERC1271 } from "../interface/IERC1271.sol";
                      /**
                       * @dev Signature verification helper that can be used instead of `ECRecover.recover` to seamlessly support both ECDSA
                       * signatures from externally owned accounts (EOAs) as well as ERC1271 signatures from smart contract wallets.
                       *
                       * Adapted from https://github.com/OpenZeppelin/openzeppelin-contracts/blob/21bb89ef5bfc789b9333eb05e3ba2b7b284ac77c/contracts/utils/cryptography/SignatureChecker.sol
                       */
                      library SignatureChecker {
                          /**
                           * @dev Checks if a signature is valid for a given signer and data hash. If the signer is a smart contract, the
                           * signature is validated against that smart contract using ERC1271, otherwise it's validated using `ECRecover.recover`.
                           * @param signer        Address of the claimed signer
                           * @param digest        Keccak-256 hash digest of the signed message
                           * @param signature     Signature byte array associated with hash
                           */
                          function isValidSignatureNow(
                              address signer,
                              bytes32 digest,
                              bytes memory signature
                          ) external view returns (bool) {
                              if (!isContract(signer)) {
                                  return ECRecover.recover(digest, signature) == signer;
                              }
                              return isValidERC1271SignatureNow(signer, digest, signature);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Checks if a signature is valid for a given signer and data hash. The signature is validated
                           * against the signer smart contract using ERC1271.
                           * @param signer        Address of the claimed signer
                           * @param digest        Keccak-256 hash digest of the signed message
                           * @param signature     Signature byte array associated with hash
                           *
                           * NOTE: Unlike ECDSA signatures, contract signatures are revocable, and the outcome of this function can thus
                           * change through time. It could return true at block N and false at block N+1 (or the opposite).
                           */
                          function isValidERC1271SignatureNow(
                              address signer,
                              bytes32 digest,
                              bytes memory signature
                          ) internal view returns (bool) {
                              (bool success, bytes memory result) = signer.staticcall(
                                  abi.encodeWithSelector(
                                      IERC1271.isValidSignature.selector,
                                      digest,
                                      signature
                                  )
                              );
                              return (success &&
                                  result.length >= 32 &&
                                  abi.decode(result, (bytes32)) ==
                                  bytes32(IERC1271.isValidSignature.selector));
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Checks if the input address is a smart contract.
                           */
                          function isContract(address addr) internal view returns (bool) {
                              uint256 size;
                              assembly {
                                  size := extcodesize(addr)
                              }
                              return size > 0;
                          }
                      }
                      /**
                       * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
                       *
                       * Copyright (c) 2023, Circle Internet Financial, LLC.
                       *
                       * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
                       * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
                       * You may obtain a copy of the License at
                       *
                       * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
                       *
                       * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
                       * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
                       * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
                       * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
                       * limitations under the License.
                       */
                      pragma solidity 0.6.12;
                      /**
                       * @dev Signature message hash utilities for producing digests to be consumed by {ECDSA} recovery or signing.
                       *
                       * The library provides methods for generating a hash of a message that conforms to the
                       * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-191[EIP 191] and https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-712[EIP 712]
                       * specifications.
                       */
                      library MessageHashUtils {
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the keccak256 digest of an EIP-712 typed data (EIP-191 version `0x01`).
                           * Adapted from https://github.com/OpenZeppelin/openzeppelin-contracts/blob/21bb89ef5bfc789b9333eb05e3ba2b7b284ac77c/contracts/utils/cryptography/MessageHashUtils.sol
                           *
                           * The digest is calculated from a `domainSeparator` and a `structHash`, by prefixing them with
                           * `\\x19\\x01` and hashing the result. It corresponds to the hash signed by the
                           * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-712[`eth_signTypedData`] JSON-RPC method as part of EIP-712.
                           *
                           * @param domainSeparator    Domain separator
                           * @param structHash         Hashed EIP-712 data struct
                           * @return digest            The keccak256 digest of an EIP-712 typed data
                           */
                          function toTypedDataHash(bytes32 domainSeparator, bytes32 structHash)
                              internal
                              pure
                              returns (bytes32 digest)
                          {
                              assembly {
                                  let ptr := mload(0x40)
                                  mstore(ptr, "\\x19\\x01")
                                  mstore(add(ptr, 0x02), domainSeparator)
                                  mstore(add(ptr, 0x22), structHash)
                                  digest := keccak256(ptr, 0x42)
                              }
                          }
                      }
                      /**
                       * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
                       *
                       * Copyright (c) 2023, Circle Internet Financial, LLC.
                       *
                       * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
                       * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
                       * You may obtain a copy of the License at
                       *
                       * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
                       *
                       * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
                       * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
                       * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
                       * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
                       * limitations under the License.
                       */
                      pragma solidity 0.6.12;
                      /**
                       * @title EIP712
                       * @notice A library that provides EIP712 helper functions
                       */
                      library EIP712 {
                          /**
                           * @notice Make EIP712 domain separator
                           * @param name      Contract name
                           * @param version   Contract version
                           * @param chainId   Blockchain ID
                           * @return Domain separator
                           */
                          function makeDomainSeparator(
                              string memory name,
                              string memory version,
                              uint256 chainId
                          ) internal view returns (bytes32) {
                              return
                                  keccak256(
                                      abi.encode(
                                          // keccak256("EIP712Domain(string name,string version,uint256 chainId,address verifyingContract)")
                                          0x8b73c3c69bb8fe3d512ecc4cf759cc79239f7b179b0ffacaa9a75d522b39400f,
                                          keccak256(bytes(name)),
                                          keccak256(bytes(version)),
                                          chainId,
                                          address(this)
                                      )
                                  );
                          }
                          /**
                           * @notice Make EIP712 domain separator
                           * @param name      Contract name
                           * @param version   Contract version
                           * @return Domain separator
                           */
                          function makeDomainSeparator(string memory name, string memory version)
                              internal
                              view
                              returns (bytes32)
                          {
                              uint256 chainId;
                              assembly {
                                  chainId := chainid()
                              }
                              return makeDomainSeparator(name, version, chainId);
                          }
                      }
                      /**
                       * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
                       *
                       * Copyright (c) 2023, Circle Internet Financial, LLC.
                       *
                       * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
                       * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
                       * You may obtain a copy of the License at
                       *
                       * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
                       *
                       * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
                       * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
                       * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
                       * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
                       * limitations under the License.
                       */
                      pragma solidity 0.6.12;
                      /**
                       * @title ECRecover
                       * @notice A library that provides a safe ECDSA recovery function
                       */
                      library ECRecover {
                          /**
                           * @notice Recover signer's address from a signed message
                           * @dev Adapted from: https://github.com/OpenZeppelin/openzeppelin-contracts/blob/65e4ffde586ec89af3b7e9140bdc9235d1254853/contracts/cryptography/ECDSA.sol
                           * Modifications: Accept v, r, and s as separate arguments
                           * @param digest    Keccak-256 hash digest of the signed message
                           * @param v         v of the signature
                           * @param r         r of the signature
                           * @param s         s of the signature
                           * @return Signer address
                           */
                          function recover(
                              bytes32 digest,
                              uint8 v,
                              bytes32 r,
                              bytes32 s
                          ) internal pure returns (address) {
                              // EIP-2 still allows signature malleability for ecrecover(). Remove this possibility and make the signature
                              // unique. Appendix F in the Ethereum Yellow paper (https://ethereum.github.io/yellowpaper/paper.pdf), defines
                              // the valid range for s in (281): 0 < s < secp256k1n ÷ 2 + 1, and for v in (282): v ∈ {27, 28}. Most
                              // signatures from current libraries generate a unique signature with an s-value in the lower half order.
                              //
                              // If your library generates malleable signatures, such as s-values in the upper range, calculate a new s-value
                              // with 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEBAAEDCE6AF48A03BBFD25E8CD0364141 - s1 and flip v from 27 to 28 or
                              // vice versa. If your library also generates signatures with 0/1 for v instead 27/28, add 27 to v to accept
                              // these malleable signatures as well.
                              if (
                                  uint256(s) >
                                  0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF5D576E7357A4501DDFE92F46681B20A0
                              ) {
                                  revert("ECRecover: invalid signature 's' value");
                              }
                              if (v != 27 && v != 28) {
                                  revert("ECRecover: invalid signature 'v' value");
                              }
                              // If the signature is valid (and not malleable), return the signer address
                              address signer = ecrecover(digest, v, r, s);
                              require(signer != address(0), "ECRecover: invalid signature");
                              return signer;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @notice Recover signer's address from a signed message
                           * @dev Adapted from: https://github.com/OpenZeppelin/openzeppelin-contracts/blob/0053ee040a7ff1dbc39691c9e67a69f564930a88/contracts/utils/cryptography/ECDSA.sol
                           * @param digest    Keccak-256 hash digest of the signed message
                           * @param signature Signature byte array associated with hash
                           * @return Signer address
                           */
                          function recover(bytes32 digest, bytes memory signature)
                              internal
                              pure
                              returns (address)
                          {
                              require(signature.length == 65, "ECRecover: invalid signature length");
                              bytes32 r;
                              bytes32 s;
                              uint8 v;
                              // ecrecover takes the signature parameters, and the only way to get them
                              // currently is to use assembly.
                              /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
                              assembly {
                                  r := mload(add(signature, 0x20))
                                  s := mload(add(signature, 0x40))
                                  v := byte(0, mload(add(signature, 0x60)))
                              }
                              return recover(digest, v, r, s);
                          }
                      }
                      /**
                       * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
                       *
                       * Copyright (c) 2023, Circle Internet Financial, LLC.
                       *
                       * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
                       * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
                       * You may obtain a copy of the License at
                       *
                       * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
                       *
                       * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
                       * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
                       * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
                       * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
                       * limitations under the License.
                       */
                      pragma solidity 0.6.12;
                      /**
                       * @dev Interface of the ERC1271 standard signature validation method for
                       * contracts as defined in https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1271[ERC-1271].
                       */
                      interface IERC1271 {
                          /**
                           * @dev Should return whether the signature provided is valid for the provided data
                           * @param hash          Hash of the data to be signed
                           * @param signature     Signature byte array associated with the provided data hash
                           * @return magicValue   bytes4 magic value 0x1626ba7e when function passes
                           */
                          function isValidSignature(bytes32 hash, bytes memory signature)
                              external
                              view
                              returns (bytes4 magicValue);
                      }
                      

                      File 6 of 6: SimpleToken
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                      // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (access/AccessControl.sol)
                      pragma solidity ^0.8.20;
                      import {IAccessControl} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/access/IAccessControl.sol";
                      import {ContextUpgradeable} from "../utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol";
                      import {ERC165Upgradeable} from "../utils/introspection/ERC165Upgradeable.sol";
                      import {Initializable} from "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
                      /**
                       * @dev Contract module that allows children to implement role-based access
                       * control mechanisms. This is a lightweight version that doesn't allow enumerating role
                       * members except through off-chain means by accessing the contract event logs. Some
                       * applications may benefit from on-chain enumerability, for those cases see
                       * {AccessControlEnumerable}.
                       *
                       * Roles are referred to by their `bytes32` identifier. These should be exposed
                       * in the external API and be unique. The best way to achieve this is by
                       * using `public constant` hash digests:
                       *
                       * ```solidity
                       * bytes32 public constant MY_ROLE = keccak256("MY_ROLE");
                       * ```
                       *
                       * Roles can be used to represent a set of permissions. To restrict access to a
                       * function call, use {hasRole}:
                       *
                       * ```solidity
                       * function foo() public {
                       *     require(hasRole(MY_ROLE, msg.sender));
                       *     ...
                       * }
                       * ```
                       *
                       * Roles can be granted and revoked dynamically via the {grantRole} and
                       * {revokeRole} functions. Each role has an associated admin role, and only
                       * accounts that have a role's admin role can call {grantRole} and {revokeRole}.
                       *
                       * By default, the admin role for all roles is `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE`, which means
                       * that only accounts with this role will be able to grant or revoke other
                       * roles. More complex role relationships can be created by using
                       * {_setRoleAdmin}.
                       *
                       * WARNING: The `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` is also its own admin: it has permission to
                       * grant and revoke this role. Extra precautions should be taken to secure
                       * accounts that have been granted it. We recommend using {AccessControlDefaultAdminRules}
                       * to enforce additional security measures for this role.
                       */
                      abstract contract AccessControlUpgradeable is Initializable, ContextUpgradeable, IAccessControl, ERC165Upgradeable {
                          struct RoleData {
                              mapping(address account => bool) hasRole;
                              bytes32 adminRole;
                          }
                          bytes32 public constant DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE = 0x00;
                          /// @custom:storage-location erc7201:openzeppelin.storage.AccessControl
                          struct AccessControlStorage {
                              mapping(bytes32 role => RoleData) _roles;
                          }
                          // keccak256(abi.encode(uint256(keccak256("openzeppelin.storage.AccessControl")) - 1)) & ~bytes32(uint256(0xff))
                          bytes32 private constant AccessControlStorageLocation = 0x02dd7bc7dec4dceedda775e58dd541e08a116c6c53815c0bd028192f7b626800;
                          function _getAccessControlStorage() private pure returns (AccessControlStorage storage $) {
                              assembly {
                                  $.slot := AccessControlStorageLocation
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Modifier that checks that an account has a specific role. Reverts
                           * with an {AccessControlUnauthorizedAccount} error including the required role.
                           */
                          modifier onlyRole(bytes32 role) {
                              _checkRole(role);
                              _;
                          }
                          function __AccessControl_init() internal onlyInitializing {
                          }
                          function __AccessControl_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
                           */
                          function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
                              return interfaceId == type(IAccessControl).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns `true` if `account` has been granted `role`.
                           */
                          function hasRole(bytes32 role, address account) public view virtual returns (bool) {
                              AccessControlStorage storage $ = _getAccessControlStorage();
                              return $._roles[role].hasRole[account];
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Reverts with an {AccessControlUnauthorizedAccount} error if `_msgSender()`
                           * is missing `role`. Overriding this function changes the behavior of the {onlyRole} modifier.
                           */
                          function _checkRole(bytes32 role) internal view virtual {
                              _checkRole(role, _msgSender());
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Reverts with an {AccessControlUnauthorizedAccount} error if `account`
                           * is missing `role`.
                           */
                          function _checkRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal view virtual {
                              if (!hasRole(role, account)) {
                                  revert AccessControlUnauthorizedAccount(account, role);
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the admin role that controls `role`. See {grantRole} and
                           * {revokeRole}.
                           *
                           * To change a role's admin, use {_setRoleAdmin}.
                           */
                          function getRoleAdmin(bytes32 role) public view virtual returns (bytes32) {
                              AccessControlStorage storage $ = _getAccessControlStorage();
                              return $._roles[role].adminRole;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
                           *
                           * If `account` had not been already granted `role`, emits a {RoleGranted}
                           * event.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
                           *
                           * May emit a {RoleGranted} event.
                           */
                          function grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual onlyRole(getRoleAdmin(role)) {
                              _grantRole(role, account);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Revokes `role` from `account`.
                           *
                           * If `account` had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked} event.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
                           *
                           * May emit a {RoleRevoked} event.
                           */
                          function revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual onlyRole(getRoleAdmin(role)) {
                              _revokeRole(role, account);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Revokes `role` from the calling account.
                           *
                           * Roles are often managed via {grantRole} and {revokeRole}: this function's
                           * purpose is to provide a mechanism for accounts to lose their privileges
                           * if they are compromised (such as when a trusted device is misplaced).
                           *
                           * If the calling account had been revoked `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked}
                           * event.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - the caller must be `callerConfirmation`.
                           *
                           * May emit a {RoleRevoked} event.
                           */
                          function renounceRole(bytes32 role, address callerConfirmation) public virtual {
                              if (callerConfirmation != _msgSender()) {
                                  revert AccessControlBadConfirmation();
                              }
                              _revokeRole(role, callerConfirmation);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Sets `adminRole` as ``role``'s admin role.
                           *
                           * Emits a {RoleAdminChanged} event.
                           */
                          function _setRoleAdmin(bytes32 role, bytes32 adminRole) internal virtual {
                              AccessControlStorage storage $ = _getAccessControlStorage();
                              bytes32 previousAdminRole = getRoleAdmin(role);
                              $._roles[role].adminRole = adminRole;
                              emit RoleAdminChanged(role, previousAdminRole, adminRole);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Attempts to grant `role` to `account` and returns a boolean indicating if `role` was granted.
                           *
                           * Internal function without access restriction.
                           *
                           * May emit a {RoleGranted} event.
                           */
                          function _grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual returns (bool) {
                              AccessControlStorage storage $ = _getAccessControlStorage();
                              if (!hasRole(role, account)) {
                                  $._roles[role].hasRole[account] = true;
                                  emit RoleGranted(role, account, _msgSender());
                                  return true;
                              } else {
                                  return false;
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Attempts to revoke `role` to `account` and returns a boolean indicating if `role` was revoked.
                           *
                           * Internal function without access restriction.
                           *
                           * May emit a {RoleRevoked} event.
                           */
                          function _revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual returns (bool) {
                              AccessControlStorage storage $ = _getAccessControlStorage();
                              if (hasRole(role, account)) {
                                  $._roles[role].hasRole[account] = false;
                                  emit RoleRevoked(role, account, _msgSender());
                                  return true;
                              } else {
                                  return false;
                              }
                          }
                      }
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                      // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (access/extensions/AccessControlDefaultAdminRules.sol)
                      pragma solidity ^0.8.20;
                      import {IAccessControlDefaultAdminRules} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/access/extensions/IAccessControlDefaultAdminRules.sol";
                      import {AccessControlUpgradeable} from "../AccessControlUpgradeable.sol";
                      import {IAccessControl} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/access/IAccessControl.sol";
                      import {SafeCast} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/math/SafeCast.sol";
                      import {Math} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/math/Math.sol";
                      import {IERC5313} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/interfaces/IERC5313.sol";
                      import {Initializable} from "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
                      /**
                       * @dev Extension of {AccessControl} that allows specifying special rules to manage
                       * the `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` holder, which is a sensitive role with special permissions
                       * over other roles that may potentially have privileged rights in the system.
                       *
                       * If a specific role doesn't have an admin role assigned, the holder of the
                       * `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` will have the ability to grant it and revoke it.
                       *
                       * This contract implements the following risk mitigations on top of {AccessControl}:
                       *
                       * * Only one account holds the `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` since deployment until it's potentially renounced.
                       * * Enforces a 2-step process to transfer the `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` to another account.
                       * * Enforces a configurable delay between the two steps, with the ability to cancel before the transfer is accepted.
                       * * The delay can be changed by scheduling, see {changeDefaultAdminDelay}.
                       * * It is not possible to use another role to manage the `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE`.
                       *
                       * Example usage:
                       *
                       * ```solidity
                       * contract MyToken is AccessControlDefaultAdminRules {
                       *   constructor() AccessControlDefaultAdminRules(
                       *     3 days,
                       *     msg.sender // Explicit initial `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` holder
                       *    ) {}
                       * }
                       * ```
                       */
                      abstract contract AccessControlDefaultAdminRulesUpgradeable is Initializable, IAccessControlDefaultAdminRules, IERC5313, AccessControlUpgradeable {
                          /// @custom:storage-location erc7201:openzeppelin.storage.AccessControlDefaultAdminRules
                          struct AccessControlDefaultAdminRulesStorage {
                              // pending admin pair read/written together frequently
                              address _pendingDefaultAdmin;
                              uint48 _pendingDefaultAdminSchedule; // 0 == unset
                              uint48 _currentDelay;
                              address _currentDefaultAdmin;
                              // pending delay pair read/written together frequently
                              uint48 _pendingDelay;
                              uint48 _pendingDelaySchedule; // 0 == unset
                          }
                          // keccak256(abi.encode(uint256(keccak256("openzeppelin.storage.AccessControlDefaultAdminRules")) - 1)) & ~bytes32(uint256(0xff))
                          bytes32 private constant AccessControlDefaultAdminRulesStorageLocation = 0xeef3dac4538c82c8ace4063ab0acd2d15cdb5883aa1dff7c2673abb3d8698400;
                          function _getAccessControlDefaultAdminRulesStorage() private pure returns (AccessControlDefaultAdminRulesStorage storage $) {
                              assembly {
                                  $.slot := AccessControlDefaultAdminRulesStorageLocation
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Sets the initial values for {defaultAdminDelay} and {defaultAdmin} address.
                           */
                          function __AccessControlDefaultAdminRules_init(uint48 initialDelay, address initialDefaultAdmin) internal onlyInitializing {
                              __AccessControlDefaultAdminRules_init_unchained(initialDelay, initialDefaultAdmin);
                          }
                          function __AccessControlDefaultAdminRules_init_unchained(uint48 initialDelay, address initialDefaultAdmin) internal onlyInitializing {
                              AccessControlDefaultAdminRulesStorage storage $ = _getAccessControlDefaultAdminRulesStorage();
                              if (initialDefaultAdmin == address(0)) {
                                  revert AccessControlInvalidDefaultAdmin(address(0));
                              }
                              $._currentDelay = initialDelay;
                              _grantRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, initialDefaultAdmin);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
                           */
                          function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
                              return interfaceId == type(IAccessControlDefaultAdminRules).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev See {IERC5313-owner}.
                           */
                          function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
                              return defaultAdmin();
                          }
                          ///
                          /// Override AccessControl role management
                          ///
                          /**
                           * @dev See {AccessControl-grantRole}. Reverts for `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE`.
                           */
                          function grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override(AccessControlUpgradeable, IAccessControl) {
                              if (role == DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE) {
                                  revert AccessControlEnforcedDefaultAdminRules();
                              }
                              super.grantRole(role, account);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev See {AccessControl-revokeRole}. Reverts for `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE`.
                           */
                          function revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override(AccessControlUpgradeable, IAccessControl) {
                              if (role == DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE) {
                                  revert AccessControlEnforcedDefaultAdminRules();
                              }
                              super.revokeRole(role, account);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev See {AccessControl-renounceRole}.
                           *
                           * For the `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE`, it only allows renouncing in two steps by first calling
                           * {beginDefaultAdminTransfer} to the `address(0)`, so it's required that the {pendingDefaultAdmin} schedule
                           * has also passed when calling this function.
                           *
                           * After its execution, it will not be possible to call `onlyRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE)` functions.
                           *
                           * NOTE: Renouncing `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` will leave the contract without a {defaultAdmin},
                           * thereby disabling any functionality that is only available for it, and the possibility of reassigning a
                           * non-administrated role.
                           */
                          function renounceRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override(AccessControlUpgradeable, IAccessControl) {
                              AccessControlDefaultAdminRulesStorage storage $ = _getAccessControlDefaultAdminRulesStorage();
                              if (role == DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE && account == defaultAdmin()) {
                                  (address newDefaultAdmin, uint48 schedule) = pendingDefaultAdmin();
                                  if (newDefaultAdmin != address(0) || !_isScheduleSet(schedule) || !_hasSchedulePassed(schedule)) {
                                      revert AccessControlEnforcedDefaultAdminDelay(schedule);
                                  }
                                  delete $._pendingDefaultAdminSchedule;
                              }
                              super.renounceRole(role, account);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev See {AccessControl-_grantRole}.
                           *
                           * For `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE`, it only allows granting if there isn't already a {defaultAdmin} or if the
                           * role has been previously renounced.
                           *
                           * NOTE: Exposing this function through another mechanism may make the `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE`
                           * assignable again. Make sure to guarantee this is the expected behavior in your implementation.
                           */
                          function _grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual override returns (bool) {
                              AccessControlDefaultAdminRulesStorage storage $ = _getAccessControlDefaultAdminRulesStorage();
                              if (role == DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE) {
                                  if (defaultAdmin() != address(0)) {
                                      revert AccessControlEnforcedDefaultAdminRules();
                                  }
                                  $._currentDefaultAdmin = account;
                              }
                              return super._grantRole(role, account);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev See {AccessControl-_revokeRole}.
                           */
                          function _revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual override returns (bool) {
                              AccessControlDefaultAdminRulesStorage storage $ = _getAccessControlDefaultAdminRulesStorage();
                              if (role == DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE && account == defaultAdmin()) {
                                  delete $._currentDefaultAdmin;
                              }
                              return super._revokeRole(role, account);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev See {AccessControl-_setRoleAdmin}. Reverts for `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE`.
                           */
                          function _setRoleAdmin(bytes32 role, bytes32 adminRole) internal virtual override {
                              if (role == DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE) {
                                  revert AccessControlEnforcedDefaultAdminRules();
                              }
                              super._setRoleAdmin(role, adminRole);
                          }
                          ///
                          /// AccessControlDefaultAdminRules accessors
                          ///
                          /**
                           * @inheritdoc IAccessControlDefaultAdminRules
                           */
                          function defaultAdmin() public view virtual returns (address) {
                              AccessControlDefaultAdminRulesStorage storage $ = _getAccessControlDefaultAdminRulesStorage();
                              return $._currentDefaultAdmin;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @inheritdoc IAccessControlDefaultAdminRules
                           */
                          function pendingDefaultAdmin() public view virtual returns (address newAdmin, uint48 schedule) {
                              AccessControlDefaultAdminRulesStorage storage $ = _getAccessControlDefaultAdminRulesStorage();
                              return ($._pendingDefaultAdmin, $._pendingDefaultAdminSchedule);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @inheritdoc IAccessControlDefaultAdminRules
                           */
                          function defaultAdminDelay() public view virtual returns (uint48) {
                              AccessControlDefaultAdminRulesStorage storage $ = _getAccessControlDefaultAdminRulesStorage();
                              uint48 schedule = $._pendingDelaySchedule;
                              return (_isScheduleSet(schedule) && _hasSchedulePassed(schedule)) ? $._pendingDelay : $._currentDelay;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @inheritdoc IAccessControlDefaultAdminRules
                           */
                          function pendingDefaultAdminDelay() public view virtual returns (uint48 newDelay, uint48 schedule) {
                              AccessControlDefaultAdminRulesStorage storage $ = _getAccessControlDefaultAdminRulesStorage();
                              schedule = $._pendingDelaySchedule;
                              return (_isScheduleSet(schedule) && !_hasSchedulePassed(schedule)) ? ($._pendingDelay, schedule) : (0, 0);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @inheritdoc IAccessControlDefaultAdminRules
                           */
                          function defaultAdminDelayIncreaseWait() public view virtual returns (uint48) {
                              return 5 days;
                          }
                          ///
                          /// AccessControlDefaultAdminRules public and internal setters for defaultAdmin/pendingDefaultAdmin
                          ///
                          /**
                           * @inheritdoc IAccessControlDefaultAdminRules
                           */
                          function beginDefaultAdminTransfer(address newAdmin) public virtual onlyRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE) {
                              _beginDefaultAdminTransfer(newAdmin);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev See {beginDefaultAdminTransfer}.
                           *
                           * Internal function without access restriction.
                           */
                          function _beginDefaultAdminTransfer(address newAdmin) internal virtual {
                              uint48 newSchedule = SafeCast.toUint48(block.timestamp) + defaultAdminDelay();
                              _setPendingDefaultAdmin(newAdmin, newSchedule);
                              emit DefaultAdminTransferScheduled(newAdmin, newSchedule);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @inheritdoc IAccessControlDefaultAdminRules
                           */
                          function cancelDefaultAdminTransfer() public virtual onlyRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE) {
                              _cancelDefaultAdminTransfer();
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev See {cancelDefaultAdminTransfer}.
                           *
                           * Internal function without access restriction.
                           */
                          function _cancelDefaultAdminTransfer() internal virtual {
                              _setPendingDefaultAdmin(address(0), 0);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @inheritdoc IAccessControlDefaultAdminRules
                           */
                          function acceptDefaultAdminTransfer() public virtual {
                              (address newDefaultAdmin, ) = pendingDefaultAdmin();
                              if (_msgSender() != newDefaultAdmin) {
                                  // Enforce newDefaultAdmin explicit acceptance.
                                  revert AccessControlInvalidDefaultAdmin(_msgSender());
                              }
                              _acceptDefaultAdminTransfer();
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev See {acceptDefaultAdminTransfer}.
                           *
                           * Internal function without access restriction.
                           */
                          function _acceptDefaultAdminTransfer() internal virtual {
                              AccessControlDefaultAdminRulesStorage storage $ = _getAccessControlDefaultAdminRulesStorage();
                              (address newAdmin, uint48 schedule) = pendingDefaultAdmin();
                              if (!_isScheduleSet(schedule) || !_hasSchedulePassed(schedule)) {
                                  revert AccessControlEnforcedDefaultAdminDelay(schedule);
                              }
                              _revokeRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, defaultAdmin());
                              _grantRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, newAdmin);
                              delete $._pendingDefaultAdmin;
                              delete $._pendingDefaultAdminSchedule;
                          }
                          ///
                          /// AccessControlDefaultAdminRules public and internal setters for defaultAdminDelay/pendingDefaultAdminDelay
                          ///
                          /**
                           * @inheritdoc IAccessControlDefaultAdminRules
                           */
                          function changeDefaultAdminDelay(uint48 newDelay) public virtual onlyRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE) {
                              _changeDefaultAdminDelay(newDelay);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev See {changeDefaultAdminDelay}.
                           *
                           * Internal function without access restriction.
                           */
                          function _changeDefaultAdminDelay(uint48 newDelay) internal virtual {
                              uint48 newSchedule = SafeCast.toUint48(block.timestamp) + _delayChangeWait(newDelay);
                              _setPendingDelay(newDelay, newSchedule);
                              emit DefaultAdminDelayChangeScheduled(newDelay, newSchedule);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @inheritdoc IAccessControlDefaultAdminRules
                           */
                          function rollbackDefaultAdminDelay() public virtual onlyRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE) {
                              _rollbackDefaultAdminDelay();
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev See {rollbackDefaultAdminDelay}.
                           *
                           * Internal function without access restriction.
                           */
                          function _rollbackDefaultAdminDelay() internal virtual {
                              _setPendingDelay(0, 0);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the amount of seconds to wait after the `newDelay` will
                           * become the new {defaultAdminDelay}.
                           *
                           * The value returned guarantees that if the delay is reduced, it will go into effect
                           * after a wait that honors the previously set delay.
                           *
                           * See {defaultAdminDelayIncreaseWait}.
                           */
                          function _delayChangeWait(uint48 newDelay) internal view virtual returns (uint48) {
                              uint48 currentDelay = defaultAdminDelay();
                              // When increasing the delay, we schedule the delay change to occur after a period of "new delay" has passed, up
                              // to a maximum given by defaultAdminDelayIncreaseWait, by default 5 days. For example, if increasing from 1 day
                              // to 3 days, the new delay will come into effect after 3 days. If increasing from 1 day to 10 days, the new
                              // delay will come into effect after 5 days. The 5 day wait period is intended to be able to fix an error like
                              // using milliseconds instead of seconds.
                              //
                              // When decreasing the delay, we wait the difference between "current delay" and "new delay". This guarantees
                              // that an admin transfer cannot be made faster than "current delay" at the time the delay change is scheduled.
                              // For example, if decreasing from 10 days to 3 days, the new delay will come into effect after 7 days.
                              return
                                  newDelay > currentDelay
                                      ? uint48(Math.min(newDelay, defaultAdminDelayIncreaseWait())) // no need to safecast, both inputs are uint48
                                      : currentDelay - newDelay;
                          }
                          ///
                          /// Private setters
                          ///
                          /**
                           * @dev Setter of the tuple for pending admin and its schedule.
                           *
                           * May emit a DefaultAdminTransferCanceled event.
                           */
                          function _setPendingDefaultAdmin(address newAdmin, uint48 newSchedule) private {
                              AccessControlDefaultAdminRulesStorage storage $ = _getAccessControlDefaultAdminRulesStorage();
                              (, uint48 oldSchedule) = pendingDefaultAdmin();
                              $._pendingDefaultAdmin = newAdmin;
                              $._pendingDefaultAdminSchedule = newSchedule;
                              // An `oldSchedule` from `pendingDefaultAdmin()` is only set if it hasn't been accepted.
                              if (_isScheduleSet(oldSchedule)) {
                                  // Emit for implicit cancellations when another default admin was scheduled.
                                  emit DefaultAdminTransferCanceled();
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Setter of the tuple for pending delay and its schedule.
                           *
                           * May emit a DefaultAdminDelayChangeCanceled event.
                           */
                          function _setPendingDelay(uint48 newDelay, uint48 newSchedule) private {
                              AccessControlDefaultAdminRulesStorage storage $ = _getAccessControlDefaultAdminRulesStorage();
                              uint48 oldSchedule = $._pendingDelaySchedule;
                              if (_isScheduleSet(oldSchedule)) {
                                  if (_hasSchedulePassed(oldSchedule)) {
                                      // Materialize a virtual delay
                                      $._currentDelay = $._pendingDelay;
                                  } else {
                                      // Emit for implicit cancellations when another delay was scheduled.
                                      emit DefaultAdminDelayChangeCanceled();
                                  }
                              }
                              $._pendingDelay = newDelay;
                              $._pendingDelaySchedule = newSchedule;
                          }
                          ///
                          /// Private helpers
                          ///
                          /**
                           * @dev Defines if an `schedule` is considered set. For consistency purposes.
                           */
                          function _isScheduleSet(uint48 schedule) private pure returns (bool) {
                              return schedule != 0;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Defines if an `schedule` is considered passed. For consistency purposes.
                           */
                          function _hasSchedulePassed(uint48 schedule) private view returns (bool) {
                              return schedule < block.timestamp;
                          }
                      }
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                      // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (proxy/utils/Initializable.sol)
                      pragma solidity ^0.8.20;
                      /**
                       * @dev This is a base contract to aid in writing upgradeable contracts, or any kind of contract that will be deployed
                       * behind a proxy. Since proxied contracts do not make use of a constructor, it's common to move constructor logic to an
                       * external initializer function, usually called `initialize`. It then becomes necessary to protect this initializer
                       * function so it can only be called once. The {initializer} modifier provided by this contract will have this effect.
                       *
                       * The initialization functions use a version number. Once a version number is used, it is consumed and cannot be
                       * reused. This mechanism prevents re-execution of each "step" but allows the creation of new initialization steps in
                       * case an upgrade adds a module that needs to be initialized.
                       *
                       * For example:
                       *
                       * [.hljs-theme-light.nopadding]
                       * ```solidity
                       * contract MyToken is ERC20Upgradeable {
                       *     function initialize() initializer public {
                       *         __ERC20_init("MyToken", "MTK");
                       *     }
                       * }
                       *
                       * contract MyTokenV2 is MyToken, ERC20PermitUpgradeable {
                       *     function initializeV2() reinitializer(2) public {
                       *         __ERC20Permit_init("MyToken");
                       *     }
                       * }
                       * ```
                       *
                       * TIP: To avoid leaving the proxy in an uninitialized state, the initializer function should be called as early as
                       * possible by providing the encoded function call as the `_data` argument to {ERC1967Proxy-constructor}.
                       *
                       * CAUTION: When used with inheritance, manual care must be taken to not invoke a parent initializer twice, or to ensure
                       * that all initializers are idempotent. This is not verified automatically as constructors are by Solidity.
                       *
                       * [CAUTION]
                       * ====
                       * Avoid leaving a contract uninitialized.
                       *
                       * An uninitialized contract can be taken over by an attacker. This applies to both a proxy and its implementation
                       * contract, which may impact the proxy. To prevent the implementation contract from being used, you should invoke
                       * the {_disableInitializers} function in the constructor to automatically lock it when it is deployed:
                       *
                       * [.hljs-theme-light.nopadding]
                       * ```
                       * /// @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow constructor
                       * constructor() {
                       *     _disableInitializers();
                       * }
                       * ```
                       * ====
                       */
                      abstract contract Initializable {
                          /**
                           * @dev Storage of the initializable contract.
                           *
                           * It's implemented on a custom ERC-7201 namespace to reduce the risk of storage collisions
                           * when using with upgradeable contracts.
                           *
                           * @custom:storage-location erc7201:openzeppelin.storage.Initializable
                           */
                          struct InitializableStorage {
                              /**
                               * @dev Indicates that the contract has been initialized.
                               */
                              uint64 _initialized;
                              /**
                               * @dev Indicates that the contract is in the process of being initialized.
                               */
                              bool _initializing;
                          }
                          // keccak256(abi.encode(uint256(keccak256("openzeppelin.storage.Initializable")) - 1)) & ~bytes32(uint256(0xff))
                          bytes32 private constant INITIALIZABLE_STORAGE = 0xf0c57e16840df040f15088dc2f81fe391c3923bec73e23a9662efc9c229c6a00;
                          /**
                           * @dev The contract is already initialized.
                           */
                          error InvalidInitialization();
                          /**
                           * @dev The contract is not initializing.
                           */
                          error NotInitializing();
                          /**
                           * @dev Triggered when the contract has been initialized or reinitialized.
                           */
                          event Initialized(uint64 version);
                          /**
                           * @dev A modifier that defines a protected initializer function that can be invoked at most once. In its scope,
                           * `onlyInitializing` functions can be used to initialize parent contracts.
                           *
                           * Similar to `reinitializer(1)`, except that in the context of a constructor an `initializer` may be invoked any
                           * number of times. This behavior in the constructor can be useful during testing and is not expected to be used in
                           * production.
                           *
                           * Emits an {Initialized} event.
                           */
                          modifier initializer() {
                              // solhint-disable-next-line var-name-mixedcase
                              InitializableStorage storage $ = _getInitializableStorage();
                              // Cache values to avoid duplicated sloads
                              bool isTopLevelCall = !$._initializing;
                              uint64 initialized = $._initialized;
                              // Allowed calls:
                              // - initialSetup: the contract is not in the initializing state and no previous version was
                              //                 initialized
                              // - construction: the contract is initialized at version 1 (no reininitialization) and the
                              //                 current contract is just being deployed
                              bool initialSetup = initialized == 0 && isTopLevelCall;
                              bool construction = initialized == 1 && address(this).code.length == 0;
                              if (!initialSetup && !construction) {
                                  revert InvalidInitialization();
                              }
                              $._initialized = 1;
                              if (isTopLevelCall) {
                                  $._initializing = true;
                              }
                              _;
                              if (isTopLevelCall) {
                                  $._initializing = false;
                                  emit Initialized(1);
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev A modifier that defines a protected reinitializer function that can be invoked at most once, and only if the
                           * contract hasn't been initialized to a greater version before. In its scope, `onlyInitializing` functions can be
                           * used to initialize parent contracts.
                           *
                           * A reinitializer may be used after the original initialization step. This is essential to configure modules that
                           * are added through upgrades and that require initialization.
                           *
                           * When `version` is 1, this modifier is similar to `initializer`, except that functions marked with `reinitializer`
                           * cannot be nested. If one is invoked in the context of another, execution will revert.
                           *
                           * Note that versions can jump in increments greater than 1; this implies that if multiple reinitializers coexist in
                           * a contract, executing them in the right order is up to the developer or operator.
                           *
                           * WARNING: Setting the version to 2**64 - 1 will prevent any future reinitialization.
                           *
                           * Emits an {Initialized} event.
                           */
                          modifier reinitializer(uint64 version) {
                              // solhint-disable-next-line var-name-mixedcase
                              InitializableStorage storage $ = _getInitializableStorage();
                              if ($._initializing || $._initialized >= version) {
                                  revert InvalidInitialization();
                              }
                              $._initialized = version;
                              $._initializing = true;
                              _;
                              $._initializing = false;
                              emit Initialized(version);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Modifier to protect an initialization function so that it can only be invoked by functions with the
                           * {initializer} and {reinitializer} modifiers, directly or indirectly.
                           */
                          modifier onlyInitializing() {
                              _checkInitializing();
                              _;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Reverts if the contract is not in an initializing state. See {onlyInitializing}.
                           */
                          function _checkInitializing() internal view virtual {
                              if (!_isInitializing()) {
                                  revert NotInitializing();
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Locks the contract, preventing any future reinitialization. This cannot be part of an initializer call.
                           * Calling this in the constructor of a contract will prevent that contract from being initialized or reinitialized
                           * to any version. It is recommended to use this to lock implementation contracts that are designed to be called
                           * through proxies.
                           *
                           * Emits an {Initialized} event the first time it is successfully executed.
                           */
                          function _disableInitializers() internal virtual {
                              // solhint-disable-next-line var-name-mixedcase
                              InitializableStorage storage $ = _getInitializableStorage();
                              if ($._initializing) {
                                  revert InvalidInitialization();
                              }
                              if ($._initialized != type(uint64).max) {
                                  $._initialized = type(uint64).max;
                                  emit Initialized(type(uint64).max);
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the highest version that has been initialized. See {reinitializer}.
                           */
                          function _getInitializedVersion() internal view returns (uint64) {
                              return _getInitializableStorage()._initialized;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns `true` if the contract is currently initializing. See {onlyInitializing}.
                           */
                          function _isInitializing() internal view returns (bool) {
                              return _getInitializableStorage()._initializing;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns a pointer to the storage namespace.
                           */
                          // solhint-disable-next-line var-name-mixedcase
                          function _getInitializableStorage() private pure returns (InitializableStorage storage $) {
                              assembly {
                                  $.slot := INITIALIZABLE_STORAGE
                              }
                          }
                      }
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                      // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (token/ERC20/ERC20.sol)
                      pragma solidity ^0.8.20;
                      import {IERC20} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/IERC20.sol";
                      import {IERC20Metadata} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/extensions/IERC20Metadata.sol";
                      import {ContextUpgradeable} from "../../utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol";
                      import {IERC20Errors} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/interfaces/draft-IERC6093.sol";
                      import {Initializable} from "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
                      /**
                       * @dev Implementation of the {IERC20} interface.
                       *
                       * This implementation is agnostic to the way tokens are created. This means
                       * that a supply mechanism has to be added in a derived contract using {_mint}.
                       *
                       * TIP: For a detailed writeup see our guide
                       * https://forum.openzeppelin.com/t/how-to-implement-erc20-supply-mechanisms/226[How
                       * to implement supply mechanisms].
                       *
                       * The default value of {decimals} is 18. To change this, you should override
                       * this function so it returns a different value.
                       *
                       * We have followed general OpenZeppelin Contracts guidelines: functions revert
                       * instead returning `false` on failure. This behavior is nonetheless
                       * conventional and does not conflict with the expectations of ERC20
                       * applications.
                       *
                       * Additionally, an {Approval} event is emitted on calls to {transferFrom}.
                       * This allows applications to reconstruct the allowance for all accounts just
                       * by listening to said events. Other implementations of the EIP may not emit
                       * these events, as it isn't required by the specification.
                       */
                      abstract contract ERC20Upgradeable is Initializable, ContextUpgradeable, IERC20, IERC20Metadata, IERC20Errors {
                          /// @custom:storage-location erc7201:openzeppelin.storage.ERC20
                          struct ERC20Storage {
                              mapping(address account => uint256) _balances;
                              mapping(address account => mapping(address spender => uint256)) _allowances;
                              uint256 _totalSupply;
                              string _name;
                              string _symbol;
                          }
                          // keccak256(abi.encode(uint256(keccak256("openzeppelin.storage.ERC20")) - 1)) & ~bytes32(uint256(0xff))
                          bytes32 private constant ERC20StorageLocation = 0x52c63247e1f47db19d5ce0460030c497f067ca4cebf71ba98eeadabe20bace00;
                          function _getERC20Storage() private pure returns (ERC20Storage storage $) {
                              assembly {
                                  $.slot := ERC20StorageLocation
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Sets the values for {name} and {symbol}.
                           *
                           * All two of these values are immutable: they can only be set once during
                           * construction.
                           */
                          function __ERC20_init(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) internal onlyInitializing {
                              __ERC20_init_unchained(name_, symbol_);
                          }
                          function __ERC20_init_unchained(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) internal onlyInitializing {
                              ERC20Storage storage $ = _getERC20Storage();
                              $._name = name_;
                              $._symbol = symbol_;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the name of the token.
                           */
                          function name() public view virtual returns (string memory) {
                              ERC20Storage storage $ = _getERC20Storage();
                              return $._name;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the symbol of the token, usually a shorter version of the
                           * name.
                           */
                          function symbol() public view virtual returns (string memory) {
                              ERC20Storage storage $ = _getERC20Storage();
                              return $._symbol;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the number of decimals used to get its user representation.
                           * For example, if `decimals` equals `2`, a balance of `505` tokens should
                           * be displayed to a user as `5.05` (`505 / 10 ** 2`).
                           *
                           * Tokens usually opt for a value of 18, imitating the relationship between
                           * Ether and Wei. This is the default value returned by this function, unless
                           * it's overridden.
                           *
                           * NOTE: This information is only used for _display_ purposes: it in
                           * no way affects any of the arithmetic of the contract, including
                           * {IERC20-balanceOf} and {IERC20-transfer}.
                           */
                          function decimals() public view virtual returns (uint8) {
                              return 18;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev See {IERC20-totalSupply}.
                           */
                          function totalSupply() public view virtual returns (uint256) {
                              ERC20Storage storage $ = _getERC20Storage();
                              return $._totalSupply;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev See {IERC20-balanceOf}.
                           */
                          function balanceOf(address account) public view virtual returns (uint256) {
                              ERC20Storage storage $ = _getERC20Storage();
                              return $._balances[account];
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev See {IERC20-transfer}.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
                           * - the caller must have a balance of at least `value`.
                           */
                          function transfer(address to, uint256 value) public virtual returns (bool) {
                              address owner = _msgSender();
                              _transfer(owner, to, value);
                              return true;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev See {IERC20-allowance}.
                           */
                          function allowance(address owner, address spender) public view virtual returns (uint256) {
                              ERC20Storage storage $ = _getERC20Storage();
                              return $._allowances[owner][spender];
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev See {IERC20-approve}.
                           *
                           * NOTE: If `value` is the maximum `uint256`, the allowance is not updated on
                           * `transferFrom`. This is semantically equivalent to an infinite approval.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - `spender` cannot be the zero address.
                           */
                          function approve(address spender, uint256 value) public virtual returns (bool) {
                              address owner = _msgSender();
                              _approve(owner, spender, value);
                              return true;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev See {IERC20-transferFrom}.
                           *
                           * Emits an {Approval} event indicating the updated allowance. This is not
                           * required by the EIP. See the note at the beginning of {ERC20}.
                           *
                           * NOTE: Does not update the allowance if the current allowance
                           * is the maximum `uint256`.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - `from` and `to` cannot be the zero address.
                           * - `from` must have a balance of at least `value`.
                           * - the caller must have allowance for ``from``'s tokens of at least
                           * `value`.
                           */
                          function transferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 value) public virtual returns (bool) {
                              address spender = _msgSender();
                              _spendAllowance(from, spender, value);
                              _transfer(from, to, value);
                              return true;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Moves a `value` amount of tokens from `from` to `to`.
                           *
                           * This internal function is equivalent to {transfer}, and can be used to
                           * e.g. implement automatic token fees, slashing mechanisms, etc.
                           *
                           * Emits a {Transfer} event.
                           *
                           * NOTE: This function is not virtual, {_update} should be overridden instead.
                           */
                          function _transfer(address from, address to, uint256 value) internal {
                              if (from == address(0)) {
                                  revert ERC20InvalidSender(address(0));
                              }
                              if (to == address(0)) {
                                  revert ERC20InvalidReceiver(address(0));
                              }
                              _update(from, to, value);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Transfers a `value` amount of tokens from `from` to `to`, or alternatively mints (or burns) if `from`
                           * (or `to`) is the zero address. All customizations to transfers, mints, and burns should be done by overriding
                           * this function.
                           *
                           * Emits a {Transfer} event.
                           */
                          function _update(address from, address to, uint256 value) internal virtual {
                              ERC20Storage storage $ = _getERC20Storage();
                              if (from == address(0)) {
                                  // Overflow check required: The rest of the code assumes that totalSupply never overflows
                                  $._totalSupply += value;
                              } else {
                                  uint256 fromBalance = $._balances[from];
                                  if (fromBalance < value) {
                                      revert ERC20InsufficientBalance(from, fromBalance, value);
                                  }
                                  unchecked {
                                      // Overflow not possible: value <= fromBalance <= totalSupply.
                                      $._balances[from] = fromBalance - value;
                                  }
                              }
                              if (to == address(0)) {
                                  unchecked {
                                      // Overflow not possible: value <= totalSupply or value <= fromBalance <= totalSupply.
                                      $._totalSupply -= value;
                                  }
                              } else {
                                  unchecked {
                                      // Overflow not possible: balance + value is at most totalSupply, which we know fits into a uint256.
                                      $._balances[to] += value;
                                  }
                              }
                              emit Transfer(from, to, value);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Creates a `value` amount of tokens and assigns them to `account`, by transferring it from address(0).
                           * Relies on the `_update` mechanism
                           *
                           * Emits a {Transfer} event with `from` set to the zero address.
                           *
                           * NOTE: This function is not virtual, {_update} should be overridden instead.
                           */
                          function _mint(address account, uint256 value) internal {
                              if (account == address(0)) {
                                  revert ERC20InvalidReceiver(address(0));
                              }
                              _update(address(0), account, value);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Destroys a `value` amount of tokens from `account`, lowering the total supply.
                           * Relies on the `_update` mechanism.
                           *
                           * Emits a {Transfer} event with `to` set to the zero address.
                           *
                           * NOTE: This function is not virtual, {_update} should be overridden instead
                           */
                          function _burn(address account, uint256 value) internal {
                              if (account == address(0)) {
                                  revert ERC20InvalidSender(address(0));
                              }
                              _update(account, address(0), value);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Sets `value` as the allowance of `spender` over the `owner` s tokens.
                           *
                           * This internal function is equivalent to `approve`, and can be used to
                           * e.g. set automatic allowances for certain subsystems, etc.
                           *
                           * Emits an {Approval} event.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - `owner` cannot be the zero address.
                           * - `spender` cannot be the zero address.
                           *
                           * Overrides to this logic should be done to the variant with an additional `bool emitEvent` argument.
                           */
                          function _approve(address owner, address spender, uint256 value) internal {
                              _approve(owner, spender, value, true);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Variant of {_approve} with an optional flag to enable or disable the {Approval} event.
                           *
                           * By default (when calling {_approve}) the flag is set to true. On the other hand, approval changes made by
                           * `_spendAllowance` during the `transferFrom` operation set the flag to false. This saves gas by not emitting any
                           * `Approval` event during `transferFrom` operations.
                           *
                           * Anyone who wishes to continue emitting `Approval` events on the`transferFrom` operation can force the flag to
                           * true using the following override:
                           * ```
                           * function _approve(address owner, address spender, uint256 value, bool) internal virtual override {
                           *     super._approve(owner, spender, value, true);
                           * }
                           * ```
                           *
                           * Requirements are the same as {_approve}.
                           */
                          function _approve(address owner, address spender, uint256 value, bool emitEvent) internal virtual {
                              ERC20Storage storage $ = _getERC20Storage();
                              if (owner == address(0)) {
                                  revert ERC20InvalidApprover(address(0));
                              }
                              if (spender == address(0)) {
                                  revert ERC20InvalidSpender(address(0));
                              }
                              $._allowances[owner][spender] = value;
                              if (emitEvent) {
                                  emit Approval(owner, spender, value);
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Updates `owner` s allowance for `spender` based on spent `value`.
                           *
                           * Does not update the allowance value in case of infinite allowance.
                           * Revert if not enough allowance is available.
                           *
                           * Does not emit an {Approval} event.
                           */
                          function _spendAllowance(address owner, address spender, uint256 value) internal virtual {
                              uint256 currentAllowance = allowance(owner, spender);
                              if (currentAllowance != type(uint256).max) {
                                  if (currentAllowance < value) {
                                      revert ERC20InsufficientAllowance(spender, currentAllowance, value);
                                  }
                                  unchecked {
                                      _approve(owner, spender, currentAllowance - value, false);
                                  }
                              }
                          }
                      }
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                      // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (token/ERC20/extensions/ERC20Permit.sol)
                      pragma solidity ^0.8.20;
                      import {IERC20Permit} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/extensions/IERC20Permit.sol";
                      import {ERC20Upgradeable} from "../ERC20Upgradeable.sol";
                      import {ECDSA} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/cryptography/ECDSA.sol";
                      import {EIP712Upgradeable} from "../../../utils/cryptography/EIP712Upgradeable.sol";
                      import {NoncesUpgradeable} from "../../../utils/NoncesUpgradeable.sol";
                      import {Initializable} from "../../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
                      /**
                       * @dev Implementation of the ERC20 Permit extension allowing approvals to be made via signatures, as defined in
                       * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2612[EIP-2612].
                       *
                       * Adds the {permit} method, which can be used to change an account's ERC20 allowance (see {IERC20-allowance}) by
                       * presenting a message signed by the account. By not relying on `{IERC20-approve}`, the token holder account doesn't
                       * need to send a transaction, and thus is not required to hold Ether at all.
                       */
                      abstract contract ERC20PermitUpgradeable is Initializable, ERC20Upgradeable, IERC20Permit, EIP712Upgradeable, NoncesUpgradeable {
                          bytes32 private constant PERMIT_TYPEHASH =
                              keccak256("Permit(address owner,address spender,uint256 value,uint256 nonce,uint256 deadline)");
                          /**
                           * @dev Permit deadline has expired.
                           */
                          error ERC2612ExpiredSignature(uint256 deadline);
                          /**
                           * @dev Mismatched signature.
                           */
                          error ERC2612InvalidSigner(address signer, address owner);
                          /**
                           * @dev Initializes the {EIP712} domain separator using the `name` parameter, and setting `version` to `"1"`.
                           *
                           * It's a good idea to use the same `name` that is defined as the ERC20 token name.
                           */
                          function __ERC20Permit_init(string memory name) internal onlyInitializing {
                              __EIP712_init_unchained(name, "1");
                          }
                          function __ERC20Permit_init_unchained(string memory) internal onlyInitializing {}
                          /**
                           * @inheritdoc IERC20Permit
                           */
                          function permit(
                              address owner,
                              address spender,
                              uint256 value,
                              uint256 deadline,
                              uint8 v,
                              bytes32 r,
                              bytes32 s
                          ) public virtual {
                              if (block.timestamp > deadline) {
                                  revert ERC2612ExpiredSignature(deadline);
                              }
                              bytes32 structHash = keccak256(abi.encode(PERMIT_TYPEHASH, owner, spender, value, _useNonce(owner), deadline));
                              bytes32 hash = _hashTypedDataV4(structHash);
                              address signer = ECDSA.recover(hash, v, r, s);
                              if (signer != owner) {
                                  revert ERC2612InvalidSigner(signer, owner);
                              }
                              _approve(owner, spender, value);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @inheritdoc IERC20Permit
                           */
                          function nonces(address owner) public view virtual override(IERC20Permit, NoncesUpgradeable) returns (uint256) {
                              return super.nonces(owner);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @inheritdoc IERC20Permit
                           */
                          // solhint-disable-next-line func-name-mixedcase
                          function DOMAIN_SEPARATOR() external view virtual returns (bytes32) {
                              return _domainSeparatorV4();
                          }
                      }
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                      // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.1) (utils/Context.sol)
                      pragma solidity ^0.8.20;
                      import {Initializable} from "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
                      /**
                       * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
                       * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
                       * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
                       * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
                       * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
                       * is concerned).
                       *
                       * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
                       */
                      abstract contract ContextUpgradeable is Initializable {
                          function __Context_init() internal onlyInitializing {
                          }
                          function __Context_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
                          }
                          function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
                              return msg.sender;
                          }
                          function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
                              return msg.data;
                          }
                          function _contextSuffixLength() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
                              return 0;
                          }
                      }
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                      // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (utils/cryptography/EIP712.sol)
                      pragma solidity ^0.8.20;
                      import {MessageHashUtils} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/cryptography/MessageHashUtils.sol";
                      import {IERC5267} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/interfaces/IERC5267.sol";
                      import {Initializable} from "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
                      /**
                       * @dev https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-712[EIP 712] is a standard for hashing and signing of typed structured data.
                       *
                       * The encoding scheme specified in the EIP requires a domain separator and a hash of the typed structured data, whose
                       * encoding is very generic and therefore its implementation in Solidity is not feasible, thus this contract
                       * does not implement the encoding itself. Protocols need to implement the type-specific encoding they need in order to
                       * produce the hash of their typed data using a combination of `abi.encode` and `keccak256`.
                       *
                       * This contract implements the EIP 712 domain separator ({_domainSeparatorV4}) that is used as part of the encoding
                       * scheme, and the final step of the encoding to obtain the message digest that is then signed via ECDSA
                       * ({_hashTypedDataV4}).
                       *
                       * The implementation of the domain separator was designed to be as efficient as possible while still properly updating
                       * the chain id to protect against replay attacks on an eventual fork of the chain.
                       *
                       * NOTE: This contract implements the version of the encoding known as "v4", as implemented by the JSON RPC method
                       * https://docs.metamask.io/guide/signing-data.html[`eth_signTypedDataV4` in MetaMask].
                       *
                       * NOTE: In the upgradeable version of this contract, the cached values will correspond to the address, and the domain
                       * separator of the implementation contract. This will cause the {_domainSeparatorV4} function to always rebuild the
                       * separator from the immutable values, which is cheaper than accessing a cached version in cold storage.
                       */
                      abstract contract EIP712Upgradeable is Initializable, IERC5267 {
                          bytes32 private constant TYPE_HASH =
                              keccak256("EIP712Domain(string name,string version,uint256 chainId,address verifyingContract)");
                          /// @custom:storage-location erc7201:openzeppelin.storage.EIP712
                          struct EIP712Storage {
                              /// @custom:oz-renamed-from _HASHED_NAME
                              bytes32 _hashedName;
                              /// @custom:oz-renamed-from _HASHED_VERSION
                              bytes32 _hashedVersion;
                              string _name;
                              string _version;
                          }
                          // keccak256(abi.encode(uint256(keccak256("openzeppelin.storage.EIP712")) - 1)) & ~bytes32(uint256(0xff))
                          bytes32 private constant EIP712StorageLocation = 0xa16a46d94261c7517cc8ff89f61c0ce93598e3c849801011dee649a6a557d100;
                          function _getEIP712Storage() private pure returns (EIP712Storage storage $) {
                              assembly {
                                  $.slot := EIP712StorageLocation
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Initializes the domain separator and parameter caches.
                           *
                           * The meaning of `name` and `version` is specified in
                           * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-712#definition-of-domainseparator[EIP 712]:
                           *
                           * - `name`: the user readable name of the signing domain, i.e. the name of the DApp or the protocol.
                           * - `version`: the current major version of the signing domain.
                           *
                           * NOTE: These parameters cannot be changed except through a xref:learn::upgrading-smart-contracts.adoc[smart
                           * contract upgrade].
                           */
                          function __EIP712_init(string memory name, string memory version) internal onlyInitializing {
                              __EIP712_init_unchained(name, version);
                          }
                          function __EIP712_init_unchained(string memory name, string memory version) internal onlyInitializing {
                              EIP712Storage storage $ = _getEIP712Storage();
                              $._name = name;
                              $._version = version;
                              // Reset prior values in storage if upgrading
                              $._hashedName = 0;
                              $._hashedVersion = 0;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the domain separator for the current chain.
                           */
                          function _domainSeparatorV4() internal view returns (bytes32) {
                              return _buildDomainSeparator();
                          }
                          function _buildDomainSeparator() private view returns (bytes32) {
                              return keccak256(abi.encode(TYPE_HASH, _EIP712NameHash(), _EIP712VersionHash(), block.chainid, address(this)));
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Given an already https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-712#definition-of-hashstruct[hashed struct], this
                           * function returns the hash of the fully encoded EIP712 message for this domain.
                           *
                           * This hash can be used together with {ECDSA-recover} to obtain the signer of a message. For example:
                           *
                           * ```solidity
                           * bytes32 digest = _hashTypedDataV4(keccak256(abi.encode(
                           *     keccak256("Mail(address to,string contents)"),
                           *     mailTo,
                           *     keccak256(bytes(mailContents))
                           * )));
                           * address signer = ECDSA.recover(digest, signature);
                           * ```
                           */
                          function _hashTypedDataV4(bytes32 structHash) internal view virtual returns (bytes32) {
                              return MessageHashUtils.toTypedDataHash(_domainSeparatorV4(), structHash);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev See {IERC-5267}.
                           */
                          function eip712Domain()
                              public
                              view
                              virtual
                              returns (
                                  bytes1 fields,
                                  string memory name,
                                  string memory version,
                                  uint256 chainId,
                                  address verifyingContract,
                                  bytes32 salt,
                                  uint256[] memory extensions
                              )
                          {
                              EIP712Storage storage $ = _getEIP712Storage();
                              // If the hashed name and version in storage are non-zero, the contract hasn't been properly initialized
                              // and the EIP712 domain is not reliable, as it will be missing name and version.
                              require($._hashedName == 0 && $._hashedVersion == 0, "EIP712: Uninitialized");
                              return (
                                  hex"0f", // 01111
                                  _EIP712Name(),
                                  _EIP712Version(),
                                  block.chainid,
                                  address(this),
                                  bytes32(0),
                                  new uint256[](0)
                              );
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev The name parameter for the EIP712 domain.
                           *
                           * NOTE: This function reads from storage by default, but can be redefined to return a constant value if gas costs
                           * are a concern.
                           */
                          function _EIP712Name() internal view virtual returns (string memory) {
                              EIP712Storage storage $ = _getEIP712Storage();
                              return $._name;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev The version parameter for the EIP712 domain.
                           *
                           * NOTE: This function reads from storage by default, but can be redefined to return a constant value if gas costs
                           * are a concern.
                           */
                          function _EIP712Version() internal view virtual returns (string memory) {
                              EIP712Storage storage $ = _getEIP712Storage();
                              return $._version;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev The hash of the name parameter for the EIP712 domain.
                           *
                           * NOTE: In previous versions this function was virtual. In this version you should override `_EIP712Name` instead.
                           */
                          function _EIP712NameHash() internal view returns (bytes32) {
                              EIP712Storage storage $ = _getEIP712Storage();
                              string memory name = _EIP712Name();
                              if (bytes(name).length > 0) {
                                  return keccak256(bytes(name));
                              } else {
                                  // If the name is empty, the contract may have been upgraded without initializing the new storage.
                                  // We return the name hash in storage if non-zero, otherwise we assume the name is empty by design.
                                  bytes32 hashedName = $._hashedName;
                                  if (hashedName != 0) {
                                      return hashedName;
                                  } else {
                                      return keccak256("");
                                  }
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev The hash of the version parameter for the EIP712 domain.
                           *
                           * NOTE: In previous versions this function was virtual. In this version you should override `_EIP712Version` instead.
                           */
                          function _EIP712VersionHash() internal view returns (bytes32) {
                              EIP712Storage storage $ = _getEIP712Storage();
                              string memory version = _EIP712Version();
                              if (bytes(version).length > 0) {
                                  return keccak256(bytes(version));
                              } else {
                                  // If the version is empty, the contract may have been upgraded without initializing the new storage.
                                  // We return the version hash in storage if non-zero, otherwise we assume the version is empty by design.
                                  bytes32 hashedVersion = $._hashedVersion;
                                  if (hashedVersion != 0) {
                                      return hashedVersion;
                                  } else {
                                      return keccak256("");
                                  }
                              }
                          }
                      }
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                      // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (utils/introspection/ERC165.sol)
                      pragma solidity ^0.8.20;
                      import {IERC165} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";
                      import {Initializable} from "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
                      /**
                       * @dev Implementation of the {IERC165} interface.
                       *
                       * Contracts that want to implement ERC165 should inherit from this contract and override {supportsInterface} to check
                       * for the additional interface id that will be supported. For example:
                       *
                       * ```solidity
                       * function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
                       *     return interfaceId == type(MyInterface).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
                       * }
                       * ```
                       */
                      abstract contract ERC165Upgradeable is Initializable, IERC165 {
                          function __ERC165_init() internal onlyInitializing {
                          }
                          function __ERC165_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
                           */
                          function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual returns (bool) {
                              return interfaceId == type(IERC165).interfaceId;
                          }
                      }
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                      // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (utils/Nonces.sol)
                      pragma solidity ^0.8.20;
                      import {Initializable} from "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
                      /**
                       * @dev Provides tracking nonces for addresses. Nonces will only increment.
                       */
                      abstract contract NoncesUpgradeable is Initializable {
                          /**
                           * @dev The nonce used for an `account` is not the expected current nonce.
                           */
                          error InvalidAccountNonce(address account, uint256 currentNonce);
                          /// @custom:storage-location erc7201:openzeppelin.storage.Nonces
                          struct NoncesStorage {
                              mapping(address account => uint256) _nonces;
                          }
                          // keccak256(abi.encode(uint256(keccak256("openzeppelin.storage.Nonces")) - 1)) & ~bytes32(uint256(0xff))
                          bytes32 private constant NoncesStorageLocation = 0x5ab42ced628888259c08ac98db1eb0cf702fc1501344311d8b100cd1bfe4bb00;
                          function _getNoncesStorage() private pure returns (NoncesStorage storage $) {
                              assembly {
                                  $.slot := NoncesStorageLocation
                              }
                          }
                          function __Nonces_init() internal onlyInitializing {
                          }
                          function __Nonces_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the next unused nonce for an address.
                           */
                          function nonces(address owner) public view virtual returns (uint256) {
                              NoncesStorage storage $ = _getNoncesStorage();
                              return $._nonces[owner];
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Consumes a nonce.
                           *
                           * Returns the current value and increments nonce.
                           */
                          function _useNonce(address owner) internal virtual returns (uint256) {
                              NoncesStorage storage $ = _getNoncesStorage();
                              // For each account, the nonce has an initial value of 0, can only be incremented by one, and cannot be
                              // decremented or reset. This guarantees that the nonce never overflows.
                              unchecked {
                                  // It is important to do x++ and not ++x here.
                                  return $._nonces[owner]++;
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Same as {_useNonce} but checking that `nonce` is the next valid for `owner`.
                           */
                          function _useCheckedNonce(address owner, uint256 nonce) internal virtual {
                              uint256 current = _useNonce(owner);
                              if (nonce != current) {
                                  revert InvalidAccountNonce(owner, current);
                              }
                          }
                      }
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                      // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (access/extensions/IAccessControlDefaultAdminRules.sol)
                      pragma solidity ^0.8.20;
                      import {IAccessControl} from "../IAccessControl.sol";
                      /**
                       * @dev External interface of AccessControlDefaultAdminRules declared to support ERC165 detection.
                       */
                      interface IAccessControlDefaultAdminRules is IAccessControl {
                          /**
                           * @dev The new default admin is not a valid default admin.
                           */
                          error AccessControlInvalidDefaultAdmin(address defaultAdmin);
                          /**
                           * @dev At least one of the following rules was violated:
                           *
                           * - The `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` must only be managed by itself.
                           * - The `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` must only be held by one account at the time.
                           * - Any `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` transfer must be in two delayed steps.
                           */
                          error AccessControlEnforcedDefaultAdminRules();
                          /**
                           * @dev The delay for transferring the default admin delay is enforced and
                           * the operation must wait until `schedule`.
                           *
                           * NOTE: `schedule` can be 0 indicating there's no transfer scheduled.
                           */
                          error AccessControlEnforcedDefaultAdminDelay(uint48 schedule);
                          /**
                           * @dev Emitted when a {defaultAdmin} transfer is started, setting `newAdmin` as the next
                           * address to become the {defaultAdmin} by calling {acceptDefaultAdminTransfer} only after `acceptSchedule`
                           * passes.
                           */
                          event DefaultAdminTransferScheduled(address indexed newAdmin, uint48 acceptSchedule);
                          /**
                           * @dev Emitted when a {pendingDefaultAdmin} is reset if it was never accepted, regardless of its schedule.
                           */
                          event DefaultAdminTransferCanceled();
                          /**
                           * @dev Emitted when a {defaultAdminDelay} change is started, setting `newDelay` as the next
                           * delay to be applied between default admin transfer after `effectSchedule` has passed.
                           */
                          event DefaultAdminDelayChangeScheduled(uint48 newDelay, uint48 effectSchedule);
                          /**
                           * @dev Emitted when a {pendingDefaultAdminDelay} is reset if its schedule didn't pass.
                           */
                          event DefaultAdminDelayChangeCanceled();
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the address of the current `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` holder.
                           */
                          function defaultAdmin() external view returns (address);
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns a tuple of a `newAdmin` and an accept schedule.
                           *
                           * After the `schedule` passes, the `newAdmin` will be able to accept the {defaultAdmin} role
                           * by calling {acceptDefaultAdminTransfer}, completing the role transfer.
                           *
                           * A zero value only in `acceptSchedule` indicates no pending admin transfer.
                           *
                           * NOTE: A zero address `newAdmin` means that {defaultAdmin} is being renounced.
                           */
                          function pendingDefaultAdmin() external view returns (address newAdmin, uint48 acceptSchedule);
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the delay required to schedule the acceptance of a {defaultAdmin} transfer started.
                           *
                           * This delay will be added to the current timestamp when calling {beginDefaultAdminTransfer} to set
                           * the acceptance schedule.
                           *
                           * NOTE: If a delay change has been scheduled, it will take effect as soon as the schedule passes, making this
                           * function returns the new delay. See {changeDefaultAdminDelay}.
                           */
                          function defaultAdminDelay() external view returns (uint48);
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns a tuple of `newDelay` and an effect schedule.
                           *
                           * After the `schedule` passes, the `newDelay` will get into effect immediately for every
                           * new {defaultAdmin} transfer started with {beginDefaultAdminTransfer}.
                           *
                           * A zero value only in `effectSchedule` indicates no pending delay change.
                           *
                           * NOTE: A zero value only for `newDelay` means that the next {defaultAdminDelay}
                           * will be zero after the effect schedule.
                           */
                          function pendingDefaultAdminDelay() external view returns (uint48 newDelay, uint48 effectSchedule);
                          /**
                           * @dev Starts a {defaultAdmin} transfer by setting a {pendingDefaultAdmin} scheduled for acceptance
                           * after the current timestamp plus a {defaultAdminDelay}.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - Only can be called by the current {defaultAdmin}.
                           *
                           * Emits a DefaultAdminRoleChangeStarted event.
                           */
                          function beginDefaultAdminTransfer(address newAdmin) external;
                          /**
                           * @dev Cancels a {defaultAdmin} transfer previously started with {beginDefaultAdminTransfer}.
                           *
                           * A {pendingDefaultAdmin} not yet accepted can also be cancelled with this function.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - Only can be called by the current {defaultAdmin}.
                           *
                           * May emit a DefaultAdminTransferCanceled event.
                           */
                          function cancelDefaultAdminTransfer() external;
                          /**
                           * @dev Completes a {defaultAdmin} transfer previously started with {beginDefaultAdminTransfer}.
                           *
                           * After calling the function:
                           *
                           * - `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` should be granted to the caller.
                           * - `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` should be revoked from the previous holder.
                           * - {pendingDefaultAdmin} should be reset to zero values.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - Only can be called by the {pendingDefaultAdmin}'s `newAdmin`.
                           * - The {pendingDefaultAdmin}'s `acceptSchedule` should've passed.
                           */
                          function acceptDefaultAdminTransfer() external;
                          /**
                           * @dev Initiates a {defaultAdminDelay} update by setting a {pendingDefaultAdminDelay} scheduled for getting
                           * into effect after the current timestamp plus a {defaultAdminDelay}.
                           *
                           * This function guarantees that any call to {beginDefaultAdminTransfer} done between the timestamp this
                           * method is called and the {pendingDefaultAdminDelay} effect schedule will use the current {defaultAdminDelay}
                           * set before calling.
                           *
                           * The {pendingDefaultAdminDelay}'s effect schedule is defined in a way that waiting until the schedule and then
                           * calling {beginDefaultAdminTransfer} with the new delay will take at least the same as another {defaultAdmin}
                           * complete transfer (including acceptance).
                           *
                           * The schedule is designed for two scenarios:
                           *
                           * - When the delay is changed for a larger one the schedule is `block.timestamp + newDelay` capped by
                           * {defaultAdminDelayIncreaseWait}.
                           * - When the delay is changed for a shorter one, the schedule is `block.timestamp + (current delay - new delay)`.
                           *
                           * A {pendingDefaultAdminDelay} that never got into effect will be canceled in favor of a new scheduled change.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - Only can be called by the current {defaultAdmin}.
                           *
                           * Emits a DefaultAdminDelayChangeScheduled event and may emit a DefaultAdminDelayChangeCanceled event.
                           */
                          function changeDefaultAdminDelay(uint48 newDelay) external;
                          /**
                           * @dev Cancels a scheduled {defaultAdminDelay} change.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - Only can be called by the current {defaultAdmin}.
                           *
                           * May emit a DefaultAdminDelayChangeCanceled event.
                           */
                          function rollbackDefaultAdminDelay() external;
                          /**
                           * @dev Maximum time in seconds for an increase to {defaultAdminDelay} (that is scheduled using {changeDefaultAdminDelay})
                           * to take effect. Default to 5 days.
                           *
                           * When the {defaultAdminDelay} is scheduled to be increased, it goes into effect after the new delay has passed with
                           * the purpose of giving enough time for reverting any accidental change (i.e. using milliseconds instead of seconds)
                           * that may lock the contract. However, to avoid excessive schedules, the wait is capped by this function and it can
                           * be overrode for a custom {defaultAdminDelay} increase scheduling.
                           *
                           * IMPORTANT: Make sure to add a reasonable amount of time while overriding this value, otherwise,
                           * there's a risk of setting a high new delay that goes into effect almost immediately without the
                           * possibility of human intervention in the case of an input error (eg. set milliseconds instead of seconds).
                           */
                          function defaultAdminDelayIncreaseWait() external view returns (uint48);
                      }
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                      // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (access/IAccessControl.sol)
                      pragma solidity ^0.8.20;
                      /**
                       * @dev External interface of AccessControl declared to support ERC165 detection.
                       */
                      interface IAccessControl {
                          /**
                           * @dev The `account` is missing a role.
                           */
                          error AccessControlUnauthorizedAccount(address account, bytes32 neededRole);
                          /**
                           * @dev The caller of a function is not the expected one.
                           *
                           * NOTE: Don't confuse with {AccessControlUnauthorizedAccount}.
                           */
                          error AccessControlBadConfirmation();
                          /**
                           * @dev Emitted when `newAdminRole` is set as ``role``'s admin role, replacing `previousAdminRole`
                           *
                           * `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` is the starting admin for all roles, despite
                           * {RoleAdminChanged} not being emitted signaling this.
                           */
                          event RoleAdminChanged(bytes32 indexed role, bytes32 indexed previousAdminRole, bytes32 indexed newAdminRole);
                          /**
                           * @dev Emitted when `account` is granted `role`.
                           *
                           * `sender` is the account that originated the contract call, an admin role
                           * bearer except when using {AccessControl-_setupRole}.
                           */
                          event RoleGranted(bytes32 indexed role, address indexed account, address indexed sender);
                          /**
                           * @dev Emitted when `account` is revoked `role`.
                           *
                           * `sender` is the account that originated the contract call:
                           *   - if using `revokeRole`, it is the admin role bearer
                           *   - if using `renounceRole`, it is the role bearer (i.e. `account`)
                           */
                          event RoleRevoked(bytes32 indexed role, address indexed account, address indexed sender);
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns `true` if `account` has been granted `role`.
                           */
                          function hasRole(bytes32 role, address account) external view returns (bool);
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the admin role that controls `role`. See {grantRole} and
                           * {revokeRole}.
                           *
                           * To change a role's admin, use {AccessControl-_setRoleAdmin}.
                           */
                          function getRoleAdmin(bytes32 role) external view returns (bytes32);
                          /**
                           * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
                           *
                           * If `account` had not been already granted `role`, emits a {RoleGranted}
                           * event.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
                           */
                          function grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;
                          /**
                           * @dev Revokes `role` from `account`.
                           *
                           * If `account` had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked} event.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
                           */
                          function revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;
                          /**
                           * @dev Revokes `role` from the calling account.
                           *
                           * Roles are often managed via {grantRole} and {revokeRole}: this function's
                           * purpose is to provide a mechanism for accounts to lose their privileges
                           * if they are compromised (such as when a trusted device is misplaced).
                           *
                           * If the calling account had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked}
                           * event.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - the caller must be `callerConfirmation`.
                           */
                          function renounceRole(bytes32 role, address callerConfirmation) external;
                      }
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                      // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (interfaces/draft-IERC6093.sol)
                      pragma solidity ^0.8.20;
                      /**
                       * @dev Standard ERC20 Errors
                       * Interface of the https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-6093[ERC-6093] custom errors for ERC20 tokens.
                       */
                      interface IERC20Errors {
                          /**
                           * @dev Indicates an error related to the current `balance` of a `sender`. Used in transfers.
                           * @param sender Address whose tokens are being transferred.
                           * @param balance Current balance for the interacting account.
                           * @param needed Minimum amount required to perform a transfer.
                           */
                          error ERC20InsufficientBalance(address sender, uint256 balance, uint256 needed);
                          /**
                           * @dev Indicates a failure with the token `sender`. Used in transfers.
                           * @param sender Address whose tokens are being transferred.
                           */
                          error ERC20InvalidSender(address sender);
                          /**
                           * @dev Indicates a failure with the token `receiver`. Used in transfers.
                           * @param receiver Address to which tokens are being transferred.
                           */
                          error ERC20InvalidReceiver(address receiver);
                          /**
                           * @dev Indicates a failure with the `spender`’s `allowance`. Used in transfers.
                           * @param spender Address that may be allowed to operate on tokens without being their owner.
                           * @param allowance Amount of tokens a `spender` is allowed to operate with.
                           * @param needed Minimum amount required to perform a transfer.
                           */
                          error ERC20InsufficientAllowance(address spender, uint256 allowance, uint256 needed);
                          /**
                           * @dev Indicates a failure with the `approver` of a token to be approved. Used in approvals.
                           * @param approver Address initiating an approval operation.
                           */
                          error ERC20InvalidApprover(address approver);
                          /**
                           * @dev Indicates a failure with the `spender` to be approved. Used in approvals.
                           * @param spender Address that may be allowed to operate on tokens without being their owner.
                           */
                          error ERC20InvalidSpender(address spender);
                      }
                      /**
                       * @dev Standard ERC721 Errors
                       * Interface of the https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-6093[ERC-6093] custom errors for ERC721 tokens.
                       */
                      interface IERC721Errors {
                          /**
                           * @dev Indicates that an address can't be an owner. For example, `address(0)` is a forbidden owner in EIP-20.
                           * Used in balance queries.
                           * @param owner Address of the current owner of a token.
                           */
                          error ERC721InvalidOwner(address owner);
                          /**
                           * @dev Indicates a `tokenId` whose `owner` is the zero address.
                           * @param tokenId Identifier number of a token.
                           */
                          error ERC721NonexistentToken(uint256 tokenId);
                          /**
                           * @dev Indicates an error related to the ownership over a particular token. Used in transfers.
                           * @param sender Address whose tokens are being transferred.
                           * @param tokenId Identifier number of a token.
                           * @param owner Address of the current owner of a token.
                           */
                          error ERC721IncorrectOwner(address sender, uint256 tokenId, address owner);
                          /**
                           * @dev Indicates a failure with the token `sender`. Used in transfers.
                           * @param sender Address whose tokens are being transferred.
                           */
                          error ERC721InvalidSender(address sender);
                          /**
                           * @dev Indicates a failure with the token `receiver`. Used in transfers.
                           * @param receiver Address to which tokens are being transferred.
                           */
                          error ERC721InvalidReceiver(address receiver);
                          /**
                           * @dev Indicates a failure with the `operator`’s approval. Used in transfers.
                           * @param operator Address that may be allowed to operate on tokens without being their owner.
                           * @param tokenId Identifier number of a token.
                           */
                          error ERC721InsufficientApproval(address operator, uint256 tokenId);
                          /**
                           * @dev Indicates a failure with the `approver` of a token to be approved. Used in approvals.
                           * @param approver Address initiating an approval operation.
                           */
                          error ERC721InvalidApprover(address approver);
                          /**
                           * @dev Indicates a failure with the `operator` to be approved. Used in approvals.
                           * @param operator Address that may be allowed to operate on tokens without being their owner.
                           */
                          error ERC721InvalidOperator(address operator);
                      }
                      /**
                       * @dev Standard ERC1155 Errors
                       * Interface of the https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-6093[ERC-6093] custom errors for ERC1155 tokens.
                       */
                      interface IERC1155Errors {
                          /**
                           * @dev Indicates an error related to the current `balance` of a `sender`. Used in transfers.
                           * @param sender Address whose tokens are being transferred.
                           * @param balance Current balance for the interacting account.
                           * @param needed Minimum amount required to perform a transfer.
                           * @param tokenId Identifier number of a token.
                           */
                          error ERC1155InsufficientBalance(address sender, uint256 balance, uint256 needed, uint256 tokenId);
                          /**
                           * @dev Indicates a failure with the token `sender`. Used in transfers.
                           * @param sender Address whose tokens are being transferred.
                           */
                          error ERC1155InvalidSender(address sender);
                          /**
                           * @dev Indicates a failure with the token `receiver`. Used in transfers.
                           * @param receiver Address to which tokens are being transferred.
                           */
                          error ERC1155InvalidReceiver(address receiver);
                          /**
                           * @dev Indicates a failure with the `operator`’s approval. Used in transfers.
                           * @param operator Address that may be allowed to operate on tokens without being their owner.
                           * @param owner Address of the current owner of a token.
                           */
                          error ERC1155MissingApprovalForAll(address operator, address owner);
                          /**
                           * @dev Indicates a failure with the `approver` of a token to be approved. Used in approvals.
                           * @param approver Address initiating an approval operation.
                           */
                          error ERC1155InvalidApprover(address approver);
                          /**
                           * @dev Indicates a failure with the `operator` to be approved. Used in approvals.
                           * @param operator Address that may be allowed to operate on tokens without being their owner.
                           */
                          error ERC1155InvalidOperator(address operator);
                          /**
                           * @dev Indicates an array length mismatch between ids and values in a safeBatchTransferFrom operation.
                           * Used in batch transfers.
                           * @param idsLength Length of the array of token identifiers
                           * @param valuesLength Length of the array of token amounts
                           */
                          error ERC1155InvalidArrayLength(uint256 idsLength, uint256 valuesLength);
                      }
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                      // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (interfaces/IERC5267.sol)
                      pragma solidity ^0.8.20;
                      interface IERC5267 {
                          /**
                           * @dev MAY be emitted to signal that the domain could have changed.
                           */
                          event EIP712DomainChanged();
                          /**
                           * @dev returns the fields and values that describe the domain separator used by this contract for EIP-712
                           * signature.
                           */
                          function eip712Domain()
                              external
                              view
                              returns (
                                  bytes1 fields,
                                  string memory name,
                                  string memory version,
                                  uint256 chainId,
                                  address verifyingContract,
                                  bytes32 salt,
                                  uint256[] memory extensions
                              );
                      }
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                      // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (interfaces/IERC5313.sol)
                      pragma solidity ^0.8.20;
                      /**
                       * @dev Interface for the Light Contract Ownership Standard.
                       *
                       * A standardized minimal interface required to identify an account that controls a contract
                       */
                      interface IERC5313 {
                          /**
                           * @dev Gets the address of the owner.
                           */
                          function owner() external view returns (address);
                      }
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                      // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (token/ERC20/extensions/IERC20Metadata.sol)
                      pragma solidity ^0.8.20;
                      import {IERC20} from "../IERC20.sol";
                      /**
                       * @dev Interface for the optional metadata functions from the ERC20 standard.
                       */
                      interface IERC20Metadata is IERC20 {
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the name of the token.
                           */
                          function name() external view returns (string memory);
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the symbol of the token.
                           */
                          function symbol() external view returns (string memory);
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the decimals places of the token.
                           */
                          function decimals() external view returns (uint8);
                      }
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                      // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (token/ERC20/extensions/IERC20Permit.sol)
                      pragma solidity ^0.8.20;
                      /**
                       * @dev Interface of the ERC20 Permit extension allowing approvals to be made via signatures, as defined in
                       * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2612[EIP-2612].
                       *
                       * Adds the {permit} method, which can be used to change an account's ERC20 allowance (see {IERC20-allowance}) by
                       * presenting a message signed by the account. By not relying on {IERC20-approve}, the token holder account doesn't
                       * need to send a transaction, and thus is not required to hold Ether at all.
                       *
                       * ==== Security Considerations
                       *
                       * There are two important considerations concerning the use of `permit`. The first is that a valid permit signature
                       * expresses an allowance, and it should not be assumed to convey additional meaning. In particular, it should not be
                       * considered as an intention to spend the allowance in any specific way. The second is that because permits have
                       * built-in replay protection and can be submitted by anyone, they can be frontrun. A protocol that uses permits should
                       * take this into consideration and allow a `permit` call to fail. Combining these two aspects, a pattern that may be
                       * generally recommended is:
                       *
                       * ```solidity
                       * function doThingWithPermit(..., uint256 value, uint256 deadline, uint8 v, bytes32 r, bytes32 s) public {
                       *     try token.permit(msg.sender, address(this), value, deadline, v, r, s) {} catch {}
                       *     doThing(..., value);
                       * }
                       *
                       * function doThing(..., uint256 value) public {
                       *     token.safeTransferFrom(msg.sender, address(this), value);
                       *     ...
                       * }
                       * ```
                       *
                       * Observe that: 1) `msg.sender` is used as the owner, leaving no ambiguity as to the signer intent, and 2) the use of
                       * `try/catch` allows the permit to fail and makes the code tolerant to frontrunning. (See also
                       * {SafeERC20-safeTransferFrom}).
                       *
                       * Additionally, note that smart contract wallets (such as Argent or Safe) are not able to produce permit signatures, so
                       * contracts should have entry points that don't rely on permit.
                       */
                      interface IERC20Permit {
                          /**
                           * @dev Sets `value` as the allowance of `spender` over ``owner``'s tokens,
                           * given ``owner``'s signed approval.
                           *
                           * IMPORTANT: The same issues {IERC20-approve} has related to transaction
                           * ordering also apply here.
                           *
                           * Emits an {Approval} event.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - `spender` cannot be the zero address.
                           * - `deadline` must be a timestamp in the future.
                           * - `v`, `r` and `s` must be a valid `secp256k1` signature from `owner`
                           * over the EIP712-formatted function arguments.
                           * - the signature must use ``owner``'s current nonce (see {nonces}).
                           *
                           * For more information on the signature format, see the
                           * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2612#specification[relevant EIP
                           * section].
                           *
                           * CAUTION: See Security Considerations above.
                           */
                          function permit(
                              address owner,
                              address spender,
                              uint256 value,
                              uint256 deadline,
                              uint8 v,
                              bytes32 r,
                              bytes32 s
                          ) external;
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the current nonce for `owner`. This value must be
                           * included whenever a signature is generated for {permit}.
                           *
                           * Every successful call to {permit} increases ``owner``'s nonce by one. This
                           * prevents a signature from being used multiple times.
                           */
                          function nonces(address owner) external view returns (uint256);
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the domain separator used in the encoding of the signature for {permit}, as defined by {EIP712}.
                           */
                          // solhint-disable-next-line func-name-mixedcase
                          function DOMAIN_SEPARATOR() external view returns (bytes32);
                      }
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                      // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (token/ERC20/IERC20.sol)
                      pragma solidity ^0.8.20;
                      /**
                       * @dev Interface of the ERC20 standard as defined in the EIP.
                       */
                      interface IERC20 {
                          /**
                           * @dev Emitted when `value` tokens are moved from one account (`from`) to
                           * another (`to`).
                           *
                           * Note that `value` may be zero.
                           */
                          event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 value);
                          /**
                           * @dev Emitted when the allowance of a `spender` for an `owner` is set by
                           * a call to {approve}. `value` is the new allowance.
                           */
                          event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed spender, uint256 value);
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the value of tokens in existence.
                           */
                          function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the value of tokens owned by `account`.
                           */
                          function balanceOf(address account) external view returns (uint256);
                          /**
                           * @dev Moves a `value` amount of tokens from the caller's account to `to`.
                           *
                           * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
                           *
                           * Emits a {Transfer} event.
                           */
                          function transfer(address to, uint256 value) external returns (bool);
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the remaining number of tokens that `spender` will be
                           * allowed to spend on behalf of `owner` through {transferFrom}. This is
                           * zero by default.
                           *
                           * This value changes when {approve} or {transferFrom} are called.
                           */
                          function allowance(address owner, address spender) external view returns (uint256);
                          /**
                           * @dev Sets a `value` amount of tokens as the allowance of `spender` over the
                           * caller's tokens.
                           *
                           * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
                           *
                           * IMPORTANT: Beware that changing an allowance with this method brings the risk
                           * that someone may use both the old and the new allowance by unfortunate
                           * transaction ordering. One possible solution to mitigate this race
                           * condition is to first reduce the spender's allowance to 0 and set the
                           * desired value afterwards:
                           * https://github.com/ethereum/EIPs/issues/20#issuecomment-263524729
                           *
                           * Emits an {Approval} event.
                           */
                          function approve(address spender, uint256 value) external returns (bool);
                          /**
                           * @dev Moves a `value` amount of tokens from `from` to `to` using the
                           * allowance mechanism. `value` is then deducted from the caller's
                           * allowance.
                           *
                           * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
                           *
                           * Emits a {Transfer} event.
                           */
                          function transferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 value) external returns (bool);
                      }
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                      // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (utils/cryptography/ECDSA.sol)
                      pragma solidity ^0.8.20;
                      /**
                       * @dev Elliptic Curve Digital Signature Algorithm (ECDSA) operations.
                       *
                       * These functions can be used to verify that a message was signed by the holder
                       * of the private keys of a given address.
                       */
                      library ECDSA {
                          enum RecoverError {
                              NoError,
                              InvalidSignature,
                              InvalidSignatureLength,
                              InvalidSignatureS
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev The signature derives the `address(0)`.
                           */
                          error ECDSAInvalidSignature();
                          /**
                           * @dev The signature has an invalid length.
                           */
                          error ECDSAInvalidSignatureLength(uint256 length);
                          /**
                           * @dev The signature has an S value that is in the upper half order.
                           */
                          error ECDSAInvalidSignatureS(bytes32 s);
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the address that signed a hashed message (`hash`) with `signature` or an error. This will not
                           * return address(0) without also returning an error description. Errors are documented using an enum (error type)
                           * and a bytes32 providing additional information about the error.
                           *
                           * If no error is returned, then the address can be used for verification purposes.
                           *
                           * The `ecrecover` EVM precompile allows for malleable (non-unique) signatures:
                           * this function rejects them by requiring the `s` value to be in the lower
                           * half order, and the `v` value to be either 27 or 28.
                           *
                           * IMPORTANT: `hash` _must_ be the result of a hash operation for the
                           * verification to be secure: it is possible to craft signatures that
                           * recover to arbitrary addresses for non-hashed data. A safe way to ensure
                           * this is by receiving a hash of the original message (which may otherwise
                           * be too long), and then calling {MessageHashUtils-toEthSignedMessageHash} on it.
                           *
                           * Documentation for signature generation:
                           * - with https://web3js.readthedocs.io/en/v1.3.4/web3-eth-accounts.html#sign[Web3.js]
                           * - with https://docs.ethers.io/v5/api/signer/#Signer-signMessage[ethers]
                           */
                          function tryRecover(bytes32 hash, bytes memory signature) internal pure returns (address, RecoverError, bytes32) {
                              if (signature.length == 65) {
                                  bytes32 r;
                                  bytes32 s;
                                  uint8 v;
                                  // ecrecover takes the signature parameters, and the only way to get them
                                  // currently is to use assembly.
                                  /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
                                  assembly {
                                      r := mload(add(signature, 0x20))
                                      s := mload(add(signature, 0x40))
                                      v := byte(0, mload(add(signature, 0x60)))
                                  }
                                  return tryRecover(hash, v, r, s);
                              } else {
                                  return (address(0), RecoverError.InvalidSignatureLength, bytes32(signature.length));
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the address that signed a hashed message (`hash`) with
                           * `signature`. This address can then be used for verification purposes.
                           *
                           * The `ecrecover` EVM precompile allows for malleable (non-unique) signatures:
                           * this function rejects them by requiring the `s` value to be in the lower
                           * half order, and the `v` value to be either 27 or 28.
                           *
                           * IMPORTANT: `hash` _must_ be the result of a hash operation for the
                           * verification to be secure: it is possible to craft signatures that
                           * recover to arbitrary addresses for non-hashed data. A safe way to ensure
                           * this is by receiving a hash of the original message (which may otherwise
                           * be too long), and then calling {MessageHashUtils-toEthSignedMessageHash} on it.
                           */
                          function recover(bytes32 hash, bytes memory signature) internal pure returns (address) {
                              (address recovered, RecoverError error, bytes32 errorArg) = tryRecover(hash, signature);
                              _throwError(error, errorArg);
                              return recovered;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Overload of {ECDSA-tryRecover} that receives the `r` and `vs` short-signature fields separately.
                           *
                           * See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2098[EIP-2098 short signatures]
                           */
                          function tryRecover(bytes32 hash, bytes32 r, bytes32 vs) internal pure returns (address, RecoverError, bytes32) {
                              unchecked {
                                  bytes32 s = vs & bytes32(0x7fffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff);
                                  // We do not check for an overflow here since the shift operation results in 0 or 1.
                                  uint8 v = uint8((uint256(vs) >> 255) + 27);
                                  return tryRecover(hash, v, r, s);
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Overload of {ECDSA-recover} that receives the `r and `vs` short-signature fields separately.
                           */
                          function recover(bytes32 hash, bytes32 r, bytes32 vs) internal pure returns (address) {
                              (address recovered, RecoverError error, bytes32 errorArg) = tryRecover(hash, r, vs);
                              _throwError(error, errorArg);
                              return recovered;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Overload of {ECDSA-tryRecover} that receives the `v`,
                           * `r` and `s` signature fields separately.
                           */
                          function tryRecover(
                              bytes32 hash,
                              uint8 v,
                              bytes32 r,
                              bytes32 s
                          ) internal pure returns (address, RecoverError, bytes32) {
                              // EIP-2 still allows signature malleability for ecrecover(). Remove this possibility and make the signature
                              // unique. Appendix F in the Ethereum Yellow paper (https://ethereum.github.io/yellowpaper/paper.pdf), defines
                              // the valid range for s in (301): 0 < s < secp256k1n ÷ 2 + 1, and for v in (302): v ∈ {27, 28}. Most
                              // signatures from current libraries generate a unique signature with an s-value in the lower half order.
                              //
                              // If your library generates malleable signatures, such as s-values in the upper range, calculate a new s-value
                              // with 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEBAAEDCE6AF48A03BBFD25E8CD0364141 - s1 and flip v from 27 to 28 or
                              // vice versa. If your library also generates signatures with 0/1 for v instead 27/28, add 27 to v to accept
                              // these malleable signatures as well.
                              if (uint256(s) > 0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF5D576E7357A4501DDFE92F46681B20A0) {
                                  return (address(0), RecoverError.InvalidSignatureS, s);
                              }
                              // If the signature is valid (and not malleable), return the signer address
                              address signer = ecrecover(hash, v, r, s);
                              if (signer == address(0)) {
                                  return (address(0), RecoverError.InvalidSignature, bytes32(0));
                              }
                              return (signer, RecoverError.NoError, bytes32(0));
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Overload of {ECDSA-recover} that receives the `v`,
                           * `r` and `s` signature fields separately.
                           */
                          function recover(bytes32 hash, uint8 v, bytes32 r, bytes32 s) internal pure returns (address) {
                              (address recovered, RecoverError error, bytes32 errorArg) = tryRecover(hash, v, r, s);
                              _throwError(error, errorArg);
                              return recovered;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Optionally reverts with the corresponding custom error according to the `error` argument provided.
                           */
                          function _throwError(RecoverError error, bytes32 errorArg) private pure {
                              if (error == RecoverError.NoError) {
                                  return; // no error: do nothing
                              } else if (error == RecoverError.InvalidSignature) {
                                  revert ECDSAInvalidSignature();
                              } else if (error == RecoverError.InvalidSignatureLength) {
                                  revert ECDSAInvalidSignatureLength(uint256(errorArg));
                              } else if (error == RecoverError.InvalidSignatureS) {
                                  revert ECDSAInvalidSignatureS(errorArg);
                              }
                          }
                      }
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                      // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (utils/cryptography/MessageHashUtils.sol)
                      pragma solidity ^0.8.20;
                      import {Strings} from "../Strings.sol";
                      /**
                       * @dev Signature message hash utilities for producing digests to be consumed by {ECDSA} recovery or signing.
                       *
                       * The library provides methods for generating a hash of a message that conforms to the
                       * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-191[EIP 191] and https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-712[EIP 712]
                       * specifications.
                       */
                      library MessageHashUtils {
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the keccak256 digest of an EIP-191 signed data with version
                           * `0x45` (`personal_sign` messages).
                           *
                           * The digest is calculated by prefixing a bytes32 `messageHash` with
                           * `"\\x19Ethereum Signed Message:\
                      32"` and hashing the result. It corresponds with the
                           * hash signed when using the https://eth.wiki/json-rpc/API#eth_sign[`eth_sign`] JSON-RPC method.
                           *
                           * NOTE: The `messageHash` parameter is intended to be the result of hashing a raw message with
                           * keccak256, although any bytes32 value can be safely used because the final digest will
                           * be re-hashed.
                           *
                           * See {ECDSA-recover}.
                           */
                          function toEthSignedMessageHash(bytes32 messageHash) internal pure returns (bytes32 digest) {
                              /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
                              assembly {
                                  mstore(0x00, "\\x19Ethereum Signed Message:\
                      32") // 32 is the bytes-length of messageHash
                                  mstore(0x1c, messageHash) // 0x1c (28) is the length of the prefix
                                  digest := keccak256(0x00, 0x3c) // 0x3c is the length of the prefix (0x1c) + messageHash (0x20)
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the keccak256 digest of an EIP-191 signed data with version
                           * `0x45` (`personal_sign` messages).
                           *
                           * The digest is calculated by prefixing an arbitrary `message` with
                           * `"\\x19Ethereum Signed Message:\
                      " + len(message)` and hashing the result. It corresponds with the
                           * hash signed when using the https://eth.wiki/json-rpc/API#eth_sign[`eth_sign`] JSON-RPC method.
                           *
                           * See {ECDSA-recover}.
                           */
                          function toEthSignedMessageHash(bytes memory message) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
                              return
                                  keccak256(bytes.concat("\\x19Ethereum Signed Message:\
                      ", bytes(Strings.toString(message.length)), message));
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the keccak256 digest of an EIP-191 signed data with version
                           * `0x00` (data with intended validator).
                           *
                           * The digest is calculated by prefixing an arbitrary `data` with `"\\x19\\x00"` and the intended
                           * `validator` address. Then hashing the result.
                           *
                           * See {ECDSA-recover}.
                           */
                          function toDataWithIntendedValidatorHash(address validator, bytes memory data) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
                              return keccak256(abi.encodePacked(hex"19_00", validator, data));
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the keccak256 digest of an EIP-712 typed data (EIP-191 version `0x01`).
                           *
                           * The digest is calculated from a `domainSeparator` and a `structHash`, by prefixing them with
                           * `\\x19\\x01` and hashing the result. It corresponds to the hash signed by the
                           * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-712[`eth_signTypedData`] JSON-RPC method as part of EIP-712.
                           *
                           * See {ECDSA-recover}.
                           */
                          function toTypedDataHash(bytes32 domainSeparator, bytes32 structHash) internal pure returns (bytes32 digest) {
                              /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
                              assembly {
                                  let ptr := mload(0x40)
                                  mstore(ptr, hex"19_01")
                                  mstore(add(ptr, 0x02), domainSeparator)
                                  mstore(add(ptr, 0x22), structHash)
                                  digest := keccak256(ptr, 0x42)
                              }
                          }
                      }
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                      // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (utils/introspection/IERC165.sol)
                      pragma solidity ^0.8.20;
                      /**
                       * @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the
                       * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165[EIP].
                       *
                       * Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be
                       * queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).
                       *
                       * For an implementation, see {ERC165}.
                       */
                      interface IERC165 {
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
                           * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
                           * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified[EIP section]
                           * to learn more about how these ids are created.
                           *
                           * This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
                           */
                          function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
                      }
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                      // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (utils/math/Math.sol)
                      pragma solidity ^0.8.20;
                      /**
                       * @dev Standard math utilities missing in the Solidity language.
                       */
                      library Math {
                          /**
                           * @dev Muldiv operation overflow.
                           */
                          error MathOverflowedMulDiv();
                          enum Rounding {
                              Floor, // Toward negative infinity
                              Ceil, // Toward positive infinity
                              Trunc, // Toward zero
                              Expand // Away from zero
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the addition of two unsigned integers, with an overflow flag.
                           */
                          function tryAdd(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (bool, uint256) {
                              unchecked {
                                  uint256 c = a + b;
                                  if (c < a) return (false, 0);
                                  return (true, c);
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the subtraction of two unsigned integers, with an overflow flag.
                           */
                          function trySub(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (bool, uint256) {
                              unchecked {
                                  if (b > a) return (false, 0);
                                  return (true, a - b);
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the multiplication of two unsigned integers, with an overflow flag.
                           */
                          function tryMul(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (bool, uint256) {
                              unchecked {
                                  // Gas optimization: this is cheaper than requiring 'a' not being zero, but the
                                  // benefit is lost if 'b' is also tested.
                                  // See: https://github.com/OpenZeppelin/openzeppelin-contracts/pull/522
                                  if (a == 0) return (true, 0);
                                  uint256 c = a * b;
                                  if (c / a != b) return (false, 0);
                                  return (true, c);
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the division of two unsigned integers, with a division by zero flag.
                           */
                          function tryDiv(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (bool, uint256) {
                              unchecked {
                                  if (b == 0) return (false, 0);
                                  return (true, a / b);
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the remainder of dividing two unsigned integers, with a division by zero flag.
                           */
                          function tryMod(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (bool, uint256) {
                              unchecked {
                                  if (b == 0) return (false, 0);
                                  return (true, a % b);
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the largest of two numbers.
                           */
                          function max(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                              return a > b ? a : b;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the smallest of two numbers.
                           */
                          function min(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                              return a < b ? a : b;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the average of two numbers. The result is rounded towards
                           * zero.
                           */
                          function average(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                              // (a + b) / 2 can overflow.
                              return (a & b) + (a ^ b) / 2;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the ceiling of the division of two numbers.
                           *
                           * This differs from standard division with `/` in that it rounds towards infinity instead
                           * of rounding towards zero.
                           */
                          function ceilDiv(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                              if (b == 0) {
                                  // Guarantee the same behavior as in a regular Solidity division.
                                  return a / b;
                              }
                              // (a + b - 1) / b can overflow on addition, so we distribute.
                              return a == 0 ? 0 : (a - 1) / b + 1;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @notice Calculates floor(x * y / denominator) with full precision. Throws if result overflows a uint256 or
                           * denominator == 0.
                           * @dev Original credit to Remco Bloemen under MIT license (https://xn--2-umb.com/21/muldiv) with further edits by
                           * Uniswap Labs also under MIT license.
                           */
                          function mulDiv(uint256 x, uint256 y, uint256 denominator) internal pure returns (uint256 result) {
                              unchecked {
                                  // 512-bit multiply [prod1 prod0] = x * y. Compute the product mod 2^256 and mod 2^256 - 1, then use
                                  // use the Chinese Remainder Theorem to reconstruct the 512 bit result. The result is stored in two 256
                                  // variables such that product = prod1 * 2^256 + prod0.
                                  uint256 prod0 = x * y; // Least significant 256 bits of the product
                                  uint256 prod1; // Most significant 256 bits of the product
                                  assembly {
                                      let mm := mulmod(x, y, not(0))
                                      prod1 := sub(sub(mm, prod0), lt(mm, prod0))
                                  }
                                  // Handle non-overflow cases, 256 by 256 division.
                                  if (prod1 == 0) {
                                      // Solidity will revert if denominator == 0, unlike the div opcode on its own.
                                      // The surrounding unchecked block does not change this fact.
                                      // See https://docs.soliditylang.org/en/latest/control-structures.html#checked-or-unchecked-arithmetic.
                                      return prod0 / denominator;
                                  }
                                  // Make sure the result is less than 2^256. Also prevents denominator == 0.
                                  if (denominator <= prod1) {
                                      revert MathOverflowedMulDiv();
                                  }
                                  ///////////////////////////////////////////////
                                  // 512 by 256 division.
                                  ///////////////////////////////////////////////
                                  // Make division exact by subtracting the remainder from [prod1 prod0].
                                  uint256 remainder;
                                  assembly {
                                      // Compute remainder using mulmod.
                                      remainder := mulmod(x, y, denominator)
                                      // Subtract 256 bit number from 512 bit number.
                                      prod1 := sub(prod1, gt(remainder, prod0))
                                      prod0 := sub(prod0, remainder)
                                  }
                                  // Factor powers of two out of denominator and compute largest power of two divisor of denominator.
                                  // Always >= 1. See https://cs.stackexchange.com/q/138556/92363.
                                  uint256 twos = denominator & (0 - denominator);
                                  assembly {
                                      // Divide denominator by twos.
                                      denominator := div(denominator, twos)
                                      // Divide [prod1 prod0] by twos.
                                      prod0 := div(prod0, twos)
                                      // Flip twos such that it is 2^256 / twos. If twos is zero, then it becomes one.
                                      twos := add(div(sub(0, twos), twos), 1)
                                  }
                                  // Shift in bits from prod1 into prod0.
                                  prod0 |= prod1 * twos;
                                  // Invert denominator mod 2^256. Now that denominator is an odd number, it has an inverse modulo 2^256 such
                                  // that denominator * inv = 1 mod 2^256. Compute the inverse by starting with a seed that is correct for
                                  // four bits. That is, denominator * inv = 1 mod 2^4.
                                  uint256 inverse = (3 * denominator) ^ 2;
                                  // Use the Newton-Raphson iteration to improve the precision. Thanks to Hensel's lifting lemma, this also
                                  // works in modular arithmetic, doubling the correct bits in each step.
                                  inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^8
                                  inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^16
                                  inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^32
                                  inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^64
                                  inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^128
                                  inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^256
                                  // Because the division is now exact we can divide by multiplying with the modular inverse of denominator.
                                  // This will give us the correct result modulo 2^256. Since the preconditions guarantee that the outcome is
                                  // less than 2^256, this is the final result. We don't need to compute the high bits of the result and prod1
                                  // is no longer required.
                                  result = prod0 * inverse;
                                  return result;
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @notice Calculates x * y / denominator with full precision, following the selected rounding direction.
                           */
                          function mulDiv(uint256 x, uint256 y, uint256 denominator, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                              uint256 result = mulDiv(x, y, denominator);
                              if (unsignedRoundsUp(rounding) && mulmod(x, y, denominator) > 0) {
                                  result += 1;
                              }
                              return result;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the square root of a number. If the number is not a perfect square, the value is rounded
                           * towards zero.
                           *
                           * Inspired by Henry S. Warren, Jr.'s "Hacker's Delight" (Chapter 11).
                           */
                          function sqrt(uint256 a) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                              if (a == 0) {
                                  return 0;
                              }
                              // For our first guess, we get the biggest power of 2 which is smaller than the square root of the target.
                              //
                              // We know that the "msb" (most significant bit) of our target number `a` is a power of 2 such that we have
                              // `msb(a) <= a < 2*msb(a)`. This value can be written `msb(a)=2**k` with `k=log2(a)`.
                              //
                              // This can be rewritten `2**log2(a) <= a < 2**(log2(a) + 1)`
                              // → `sqrt(2**k) <= sqrt(a) < sqrt(2**(k+1))`
                              // → `2**(k/2) <= sqrt(a) < 2**((k+1)/2) <= 2**(k/2 + 1)`
                              //
                              // Consequently, `2**(log2(a) / 2)` is a good first approximation of `sqrt(a)` with at least 1 correct bit.
                              uint256 result = 1 << (log2(a) >> 1);
                              // At this point `result` is an estimation with one bit of precision. We know the true value is a uint128,
                              // since it is the square root of a uint256. Newton's method converges quadratically (precision doubles at
                              // every iteration). We thus need at most 7 iteration to turn our partial result with one bit of precision
                              // into the expected uint128 result.
                              unchecked {
                                  result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
                                  result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
                                  result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
                                  result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
                                  result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
                                  result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
                                  result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
                                  return min(result, a / result);
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @notice Calculates sqrt(a), following the selected rounding direction.
                           */
                          function sqrt(uint256 a, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                              unchecked {
                                  uint256 result = sqrt(a);
                                  return result + (unsignedRoundsUp(rounding) && result * result < a ? 1 : 0);
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Return the log in base 2 of a positive value rounded towards zero.
                           * Returns 0 if given 0.
                           */
                          function log2(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                              uint256 result = 0;
                              unchecked {
                                  if (value >> 128 > 0) {
                                      value >>= 128;
                                      result += 128;
                                  }
                                  if (value >> 64 > 0) {
                                      value >>= 64;
                                      result += 64;
                                  }
                                  if (value >> 32 > 0) {
                                      value >>= 32;
                                      result += 32;
                                  }
                                  if (value >> 16 > 0) {
                                      value >>= 16;
                                      result += 16;
                                  }
                                  if (value >> 8 > 0) {
                                      value >>= 8;
                                      result += 8;
                                  }
                                  if (value >> 4 > 0) {
                                      value >>= 4;
                                      result += 4;
                                  }
                                  if (value >> 2 > 0) {
                                      value >>= 2;
                                      result += 2;
                                  }
                                  if (value >> 1 > 0) {
                                      result += 1;
                                  }
                              }
                              return result;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Return the log in base 2, following the selected rounding direction, of a positive value.
                           * Returns 0 if given 0.
                           */
                          function log2(uint256 value, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                              unchecked {
                                  uint256 result = log2(value);
                                  return result + (unsignedRoundsUp(rounding) && 1 << result < value ? 1 : 0);
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Return the log in base 10 of a positive value rounded towards zero.
                           * Returns 0 if given 0.
                           */
                          function log10(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                              uint256 result = 0;
                              unchecked {
                                  if (value >= 10 ** 64) {
                                      value /= 10 ** 64;
                                      result += 64;
                                  }
                                  if (value >= 10 ** 32) {
                                      value /= 10 ** 32;
                                      result += 32;
                                  }
                                  if (value >= 10 ** 16) {
                                      value /= 10 ** 16;
                                      result += 16;
                                  }
                                  if (value >= 10 ** 8) {
                                      value /= 10 ** 8;
                                      result += 8;
                                  }
                                  if (value >= 10 ** 4) {
                                      value /= 10 ** 4;
                                      result += 4;
                                  }
                                  if (value >= 10 ** 2) {
                                      value /= 10 ** 2;
                                      result += 2;
                                  }
                                  if (value >= 10 ** 1) {
                                      result += 1;
                                  }
                              }
                              return result;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Return the log in base 10, following the selected rounding direction, of a positive value.
                           * Returns 0 if given 0.
                           */
                          function log10(uint256 value, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                              unchecked {
                                  uint256 result = log10(value);
                                  return result + (unsignedRoundsUp(rounding) && 10 ** result < value ? 1 : 0);
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Return the log in base 256 of a positive value rounded towards zero.
                           * Returns 0 if given 0.
                           *
                           * Adding one to the result gives the number of pairs of hex symbols needed to represent `value` as a hex string.
                           */
                          function log256(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                              uint256 result = 0;
                              unchecked {
                                  if (value >> 128 > 0) {
                                      value >>= 128;
                                      result += 16;
                                  }
                                  if (value >> 64 > 0) {
                                      value >>= 64;
                                      result += 8;
                                  }
                                  if (value >> 32 > 0) {
                                      value >>= 32;
                                      result += 4;
                                  }
                                  if (value >> 16 > 0) {
                                      value >>= 16;
                                      result += 2;
                                  }
                                  if (value >> 8 > 0) {
                                      result += 1;
                                  }
                              }
                              return result;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Return the log in base 256, following the selected rounding direction, of a positive value.
                           * Returns 0 if given 0.
                           */
                          function log256(uint256 value, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                              unchecked {
                                  uint256 result = log256(value);
                                  return result + (unsignedRoundsUp(rounding) && 1 << (result << 3) < value ? 1 : 0);
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns whether a provided rounding mode is considered rounding up for unsigned integers.
                           */
                          function unsignedRoundsUp(Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (bool) {
                              return uint8(rounding) % 2 == 1;
                          }
                      }
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                      // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (utils/math/SafeCast.sol)
                      // This file was procedurally generated from scripts/generate/templates/SafeCast.js.
                      pragma solidity ^0.8.20;
                      /**
                       * @dev Wrappers over Solidity's uintXX/intXX casting operators with added overflow
                       * checks.
                       *
                       * Downcasting from uint256/int256 in Solidity does not revert on overflow. This can
                       * easily result in undesired exploitation or bugs, since developers usually
                       * assume that overflows raise errors. `SafeCast` restores this intuition by
                       * reverting the transaction when such an operation overflows.
                       *
                       * Using this library instead of the unchecked operations eliminates an entire
                       * class of bugs, so it's recommended to use it always.
                       */
                      library SafeCast {
                          /**
                           * @dev Value doesn't fit in an uint of `bits` size.
                           */
                          error SafeCastOverflowedUintDowncast(uint8 bits, uint256 value);
                          /**
                           * @dev An int value doesn't fit in an uint of `bits` size.
                           */
                          error SafeCastOverflowedIntToUint(int256 value);
                          /**
                           * @dev Value doesn't fit in an int of `bits` size.
                           */
                          error SafeCastOverflowedIntDowncast(uint8 bits, int256 value);
                          /**
                           * @dev An uint value doesn't fit in an int of `bits` size.
                           */
                          error SafeCastOverflowedUintToInt(uint256 value);
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the downcasted uint248 from uint256, reverting on
                           * overflow (when the input is greater than largest uint248).
                           *
                           * Counterpart to Solidity's `uint248` operator.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - input must fit into 248 bits
                           */
                          function toUint248(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint248) {
                              if (value > type(uint248).max) {
                                  revert SafeCastOverflowedUintDowncast(248, value);
                              }
                              return uint248(value);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the downcasted uint240 from uint256, reverting on
                           * overflow (when the input is greater than largest uint240).
                           *
                           * Counterpart to Solidity's `uint240` operator.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - input must fit into 240 bits
                           */
                          function toUint240(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint240) {
                              if (value > type(uint240).max) {
                                  revert SafeCastOverflowedUintDowncast(240, value);
                              }
                              return uint240(value);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the downcasted uint232 from uint256, reverting on
                           * overflow (when the input is greater than largest uint232).
                           *
                           * Counterpart to Solidity's `uint232` operator.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - input must fit into 232 bits
                           */
                          function toUint232(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint232) {
                              if (value > type(uint232).max) {
                                  revert SafeCastOverflowedUintDowncast(232, value);
                              }
                              return uint232(value);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the downcasted uint224 from uint256, reverting on
                           * overflow (when the input is greater than largest uint224).
                           *
                           * Counterpart to Solidity's `uint224` operator.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - input must fit into 224 bits
                           */
                          function toUint224(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint224) {
                              if (value > type(uint224).max) {
                                  revert SafeCastOverflowedUintDowncast(224, value);
                              }
                              return uint224(value);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the downcasted uint216 from uint256, reverting on
                           * overflow (when the input is greater than largest uint216).
                           *
                           * Counterpart to Solidity's `uint216` operator.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - input must fit into 216 bits
                           */
                          function toUint216(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint216) {
                              if (value > type(uint216).max) {
                                  revert SafeCastOverflowedUintDowncast(216, value);
                              }
                              return uint216(value);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the downcasted uint208 from uint256, reverting on
                           * overflow (when the input is greater than largest uint208).
                           *
                           * Counterpart to Solidity's `uint208` operator.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - input must fit into 208 bits
                           */
                          function toUint208(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint208) {
                              if (value > type(uint208).max) {
                                  revert SafeCastOverflowedUintDowncast(208, value);
                              }
                              return uint208(value);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the downcasted uint200 from uint256, reverting on
                           * overflow (when the input is greater than largest uint200).
                           *
                           * Counterpart to Solidity's `uint200` operator.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - input must fit into 200 bits
                           */
                          function toUint200(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint200) {
                              if (value > type(uint200).max) {
                                  revert SafeCastOverflowedUintDowncast(200, value);
                              }
                              return uint200(value);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the downcasted uint192 from uint256, reverting on
                           * overflow (when the input is greater than largest uint192).
                           *
                           * Counterpart to Solidity's `uint192` operator.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - input must fit into 192 bits
                           */
                          function toUint192(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint192) {
                              if (value > type(uint192).max) {
                                  revert SafeCastOverflowedUintDowncast(192, value);
                              }
                              return uint192(value);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the downcasted uint184 from uint256, reverting on
                           * overflow (when the input is greater than largest uint184).
                           *
                           * Counterpart to Solidity's `uint184` operator.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - input must fit into 184 bits
                           */
                          function toUint184(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint184) {
                              if (value > type(uint184).max) {
                                  revert SafeCastOverflowedUintDowncast(184, value);
                              }
                              return uint184(value);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the downcasted uint176 from uint256, reverting on
                           * overflow (when the input is greater than largest uint176).
                           *
                           * Counterpart to Solidity's `uint176` operator.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - input must fit into 176 bits
                           */
                          function toUint176(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint176) {
                              if (value > type(uint176).max) {
                                  revert SafeCastOverflowedUintDowncast(176, value);
                              }
                              return uint176(value);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the downcasted uint168 from uint256, reverting on
                           * overflow (when the input is greater than largest uint168).
                           *
                           * Counterpart to Solidity's `uint168` operator.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - input must fit into 168 bits
                           */
                          function toUint168(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint168) {
                              if (value > type(uint168).max) {
                                  revert SafeCastOverflowedUintDowncast(168, value);
                              }
                              return uint168(value);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the downcasted uint160 from uint256, reverting on
                           * overflow (when the input is greater than largest uint160).
                           *
                           * Counterpart to Solidity's `uint160` operator.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - input must fit into 160 bits
                           */
                          function toUint160(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint160) {
                              if (value > type(uint160).max) {
                                  revert SafeCastOverflowedUintDowncast(160, value);
                              }
                              return uint160(value);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the downcasted uint152 from uint256, reverting on
                           * overflow (when the input is greater than largest uint152).
                           *
                           * Counterpart to Solidity's `uint152` operator.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - input must fit into 152 bits
                           */
                          function toUint152(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint152) {
                              if (value > type(uint152).max) {
                                  revert SafeCastOverflowedUintDowncast(152, value);
                              }
                              return uint152(value);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the downcasted uint144 from uint256, reverting on
                           * overflow (when the input is greater than largest uint144).
                           *
                           * Counterpart to Solidity's `uint144` operator.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - input must fit into 144 bits
                           */
                          function toUint144(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint144) {
                              if (value > type(uint144).max) {
                                  revert SafeCastOverflowedUintDowncast(144, value);
                              }
                              return uint144(value);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the downcasted uint136 from uint256, reverting on
                           * overflow (when the input is greater than largest uint136).
                           *
                           * Counterpart to Solidity's `uint136` operator.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - input must fit into 136 bits
                           */
                          function toUint136(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint136) {
                              if (value > type(uint136).max) {
                                  revert SafeCastOverflowedUintDowncast(136, value);
                              }
                              return uint136(value);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the downcasted uint128 from uint256, reverting on
                           * overflow (when the input is greater than largest uint128).
                           *
                           * Counterpart to Solidity's `uint128` operator.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - input must fit into 128 bits
                           */
                          function toUint128(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint128) {
                              if (value > type(uint128).max) {
                                  revert SafeCastOverflowedUintDowncast(128, value);
                              }
                              return uint128(value);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the downcasted uint120 from uint256, reverting on
                           * overflow (when the input is greater than largest uint120).
                           *
                           * Counterpart to Solidity's `uint120` operator.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - input must fit into 120 bits
                           */
                          function toUint120(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint120) {
                              if (value > type(uint120).max) {
                                  revert SafeCastOverflowedUintDowncast(120, value);
                              }
                              return uint120(value);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the downcasted uint112 from uint256, reverting on
                           * overflow (when the input is greater than largest uint112).
                           *
                           * Counterpart to Solidity's `uint112` operator.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - input must fit into 112 bits
                           */
                          function toUint112(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint112) {
                              if (value > type(uint112).max) {
                                  revert SafeCastOverflowedUintDowncast(112, value);
                              }
                              return uint112(value);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the downcasted uint104 from uint256, reverting on
                           * overflow (when the input is greater than largest uint104).
                           *
                           * Counterpart to Solidity's `uint104` operator.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - input must fit into 104 bits
                           */
                          function toUint104(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint104) {
                              if (value > type(uint104).max) {
                                  revert SafeCastOverflowedUintDowncast(104, value);
                              }
                              return uint104(value);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the downcasted uint96 from uint256, reverting on
                           * overflow (when the input is greater than largest uint96).
                           *
                           * Counterpart to Solidity's `uint96` operator.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - input must fit into 96 bits
                           */
                          function toUint96(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint96) {
                              if (value > type(uint96).max) {
                                  revert SafeCastOverflowedUintDowncast(96, value);
                              }
                              return uint96(value);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the downcasted uint88 from uint256, reverting on
                           * overflow (when the input is greater than largest uint88).
                           *
                           * Counterpart to Solidity's `uint88` operator.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - input must fit into 88 bits
                           */
                          function toUint88(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint88) {
                              if (value > type(uint88).max) {
                                  revert SafeCastOverflowedUintDowncast(88, value);
                              }
                              return uint88(value);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the downcasted uint80 from uint256, reverting on
                           * overflow (when the input is greater than largest uint80).
                           *
                           * Counterpart to Solidity's `uint80` operator.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - input must fit into 80 bits
                           */
                          function toUint80(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint80) {
                              if (value > type(uint80).max) {
                                  revert SafeCastOverflowedUintDowncast(80, value);
                              }
                              return uint80(value);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the downcasted uint72 from uint256, reverting on
                           * overflow (when the input is greater than largest uint72).
                           *
                           * Counterpart to Solidity's `uint72` operator.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - input must fit into 72 bits
                           */
                          function toUint72(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint72) {
                              if (value > type(uint72).max) {
                                  revert SafeCastOverflowedUintDowncast(72, value);
                              }
                              return uint72(value);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the downcasted uint64 from uint256, reverting on
                           * overflow (when the input is greater than largest uint64).
                           *
                           * Counterpart to Solidity's `uint64` operator.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - input must fit into 64 bits
                           */
                          function toUint64(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint64) {
                              if (value > type(uint64).max) {
                                  revert SafeCastOverflowedUintDowncast(64, value);
                              }
                              return uint64(value);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the downcasted uint56 from uint256, reverting on
                           * overflow (when the input is greater than largest uint56).
                           *
                           * Counterpart to Solidity's `uint56` operator.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - input must fit into 56 bits
                           */
                          function toUint56(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint56) {
                              if (value > type(uint56).max) {
                                  revert SafeCastOverflowedUintDowncast(56, value);
                              }
                              return uint56(value);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the downcasted uint48 from uint256, reverting on
                           * overflow (when the input is greater than largest uint48).
                           *
                           * Counterpart to Solidity's `uint48` operator.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - input must fit into 48 bits
                           */
                          function toUint48(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint48) {
                              if (value > type(uint48).max) {
                                  revert SafeCastOverflowedUintDowncast(48, value);
                              }
                              return uint48(value);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the downcasted uint40 from uint256, reverting on
                           * overflow (when the input is greater than largest uint40).
                           *
                           * Counterpart to Solidity's `uint40` operator.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - input must fit into 40 bits
                           */
                          function toUint40(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint40) {
                              if (value > type(uint40).max) {
                                  revert SafeCastOverflowedUintDowncast(40, value);
                              }
                              return uint40(value);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the downcasted uint32 from uint256, reverting on
                           * overflow (when the input is greater than largest uint32).
                           *
                           * Counterpart to Solidity's `uint32` operator.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - input must fit into 32 bits
                           */
                          function toUint32(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint32) {
                              if (value > type(uint32).max) {
                                  revert SafeCastOverflowedUintDowncast(32, value);
                              }
                              return uint32(value);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the downcasted uint24 from uint256, reverting on
                           * overflow (when the input is greater than largest uint24).
                           *
                           * Counterpart to Solidity's `uint24` operator.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - input must fit into 24 bits
                           */
                          function toUint24(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint24) {
                              if (value > type(uint24).max) {
                                  revert SafeCastOverflowedUintDowncast(24, value);
                              }
                              return uint24(value);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the downcasted uint16 from uint256, reverting on
                           * overflow (when the input is greater than largest uint16).
                           *
                           * Counterpart to Solidity's `uint16` operator.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - input must fit into 16 bits
                           */
                          function toUint16(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint16) {
                              if (value > type(uint16).max) {
                                  revert SafeCastOverflowedUintDowncast(16, value);
                              }
                              return uint16(value);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the downcasted uint8 from uint256, reverting on
                           * overflow (when the input is greater than largest uint8).
                           *
                           * Counterpart to Solidity's `uint8` operator.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - input must fit into 8 bits
                           */
                          function toUint8(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint8) {
                              if (value > type(uint8).max) {
                                  revert SafeCastOverflowedUintDowncast(8, value);
                              }
                              return uint8(value);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Converts a signed int256 into an unsigned uint256.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - input must be greater than or equal to 0.
                           */
                          function toUint256(int256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                              if (value < 0) {
                                  revert SafeCastOverflowedIntToUint(value);
                              }
                              return uint256(value);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the downcasted int248 from int256, reverting on
                           * overflow (when the input is less than smallest int248 or
                           * greater than largest int248).
                           *
                           * Counterpart to Solidity's `int248` operator.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - input must fit into 248 bits
                           */
                          function toInt248(int256 value) internal pure returns (int248 downcasted) {
                              downcasted = int248(value);
                              if (downcasted != value) {
                                  revert SafeCastOverflowedIntDowncast(248, value);
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the downcasted int240 from int256, reverting on
                           * overflow (when the input is less than smallest int240 or
                           * greater than largest int240).
                           *
                           * Counterpart to Solidity's `int240` operator.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - input must fit into 240 bits
                           */
                          function toInt240(int256 value) internal pure returns (int240 downcasted) {
                              downcasted = int240(value);
                              if (downcasted != value) {
                                  revert SafeCastOverflowedIntDowncast(240, value);
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the downcasted int232 from int256, reverting on
                           * overflow (when the input is less than smallest int232 or
                           * greater than largest int232).
                           *
                           * Counterpart to Solidity's `int232` operator.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - input must fit into 232 bits
                           */
                          function toInt232(int256 value) internal pure returns (int232 downcasted) {
                              downcasted = int232(value);
                              if (downcasted != value) {
                                  revert SafeCastOverflowedIntDowncast(232, value);
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the downcasted int224 from int256, reverting on
                           * overflow (when the input is less than smallest int224 or
                           * greater than largest int224).
                           *
                           * Counterpart to Solidity's `int224` operator.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - input must fit into 224 bits
                           */
                          function toInt224(int256 value) internal pure returns (int224 downcasted) {
                              downcasted = int224(value);
                              if (downcasted != value) {
                                  revert SafeCastOverflowedIntDowncast(224, value);
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the downcasted int216 from int256, reverting on
                           * overflow (when the input is less than smallest int216 or
                           * greater than largest int216).
                           *
                           * Counterpart to Solidity's `int216` operator.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - input must fit into 216 bits
                           */
                          function toInt216(int256 value) internal pure returns (int216 downcasted) {
                              downcasted = int216(value);
                              if (downcasted != value) {
                                  revert SafeCastOverflowedIntDowncast(216, value);
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the downcasted int208 from int256, reverting on
                           * overflow (when the input is less than smallest int208 or
                           * greater than largest int208).
                           *
                           * Counterpart to Solidity's `int208` operator.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - input must fit into 208 bits
                           */
                          function toInt208(int256 value) internal pure returns (int208 downcasted) {
                              downcasted = int208(value);
                              if (downcasted != value) {
                                  revert SafeCastOverflowedIntDowncast(208, value);
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the downcasted int200 from int256, reverting on
                           * overflow (when the input is less than smallest int200 or
                           * greater than largest int200).
                           *
                           * Counterpart to Solidity's `int200` operator.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - input must fit into 200 bits
                           */
                          function toInt200(int256 value) internal pure returns (int200 downcasted) {
                              downcasted = int200(value);
                              if (downcasted != value) {
                                  revert SafeCastOverflowedIntDowncast(200, value);
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the downcasted int192 from int256, reverting on
                           * overflow (when the input is less than smallest int192 or
                           * greater than largest int192).
                           *
                           * Counterpart to Solidity's `int192` operator.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - input must fit into 192 bits
                           */
                          function toInt192(int256 value) internal pure returns (int192 downcasted) {
                              downcasted = int192(value);
                              if (downcasted != value) {
                                  revert SafeCastOverflowedIntDowncast(192, value);
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the downcasted int184 from int256, reverting on
                           * overflow (when the input is less than smallest int184 or
                           * greater than largest int184).
                           *
                           * Counterpart to Solidity's `int184` operator.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - input must fit into 184 bits
                           */
                          function toInt184(int256 value) internal pure returns (int184 downcasted) {
                              downcasted = int184(value);
                              if (downcasted != value) {
                                  revert SafeCastOverflowedIntDowncast(184, value);
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the downcasted int176 from int256, reverting on
                           * overflow (when the input is less than smallest int176 or
                           * greater than largest int176).
                           *
                           * Counterpart to Solidity's `int176` operator.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - input must fit into 176 bits
                           */
                          function toInt176(int256 value) internal pure returns (int176 downcasted) {
                              downcasted = int176(value);
                              if (downcasted != value) {
                                  revert SafeCastOverflowedIntDowncast(176, value);
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the downcasted int168 from int256, reverting on
                           * overflow (when the input is less than smallest int168 or
                           * greater than largest int168).
                           *
                           * Counterpart to Solidity's `int168` operator.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - input must fit into 168 bits
                           */
                          function toInt168(int256 value) internal pure returns (int168 downcasted) {
                              downcasted = int168(value);
                              if (downcasted != value) {
                                  revert SafeCastOverflowedIntDowncast(168, value);
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the downcasted int160 from int256, reverting on
                           * overflow (when the input is less than smallest int160 or
                           * greater than largest int160).
                           *
                           * Counterpart to Solidity's `int160` operator.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - input must fit into 160 bits
                           */
                          function toInt160(int256 value) internal pure returns (int160 downcasted) {
                              downcasted = int160(value);
                              if (downcasted != value) {
                                  revert SafeCastOverflowedIntDowncast(160, value);
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the downcasted int152 from int256, reverting on
                           * overflow (when the input is less than smallest int152 or
                           * greater than largest int152).
                           *
                           * Counterpart to Solidity's `int152` operator.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - input must fit into 152 bits
                           */
                          function toInt152(int256 value) internal pure returns (int152 downcasted) {
                              downcasted = int152(value);
                              if (downcasted != value) {
                                  revert SafeCastOverflowedIntDowncast(152, value);
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the downcasted int144 from int256, reverting on
                           * overflow (when the input is less than smallest int144 or
                           * greater than largest int144).
                           *
                           * Counterpart to Solidity's `int144` operator.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - input must fit into 144 bits
                           */
                          function toInt144(int256 value) internal pure returns (int144 downcasted) {
                              downcasted = int144(value);
                              if (downcasted != value) {
                                  revert SafeCastOverflowedIntDowncast(144, value);
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the downcasted int136 from int256, reverting on
                           * overflow (when the input is less than smallest int136 or
                           * greater than largest int136).
                           *
                           * Counterpart to Solidity's `int136` operator.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - input must fit into 136 bits
                           */
                          function toInt136(int256 value) internal pure returns (int136 downcasted) {
                              downcasted = int136(value);
                              if (downcasted != value) {
                                  revert SafeCastOverflowedIntDowncast(136, value);
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the downcasted int128 from int256, reverting on
                           * overflow (when the input is less than smallest int128 or
                           * greater than largest int128).
                           *
                           * Counterpart to Solidity's `int128` operator.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - input must fit into 128 bits
                           */
                          function toInt128(int256 value) internal pure returns (int128 downcasted) {
                              downcasted = int128(value);
                              if (downcasted != value) {
                                  revert SafeCastOverflowedIntDowncast(128, value);
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the downcasted int120 from int256, reverting on
                           * overflow (when the input is less than smallest int120 or
                           * greater than largest int120).
                           *
                           * Counterpart to Solidity's `int120` operator.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - input must fit into 120 bits
                           */
                          function toInt120(int256 value) internal pure returns (int120 downcasted) {
                              downcasted = int120(value);
                              if (downcasted != value) {
                                  revert SafeCastOverflowedIntDowncast(120, value);
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the downcasted int112 from int256, reverting on
                           * overflow (when the input is less than smallest int112 or
                           * greater than largest int112).
                           *
                           * Counterpart to Solidity's `int112` operator.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - input must fit into 112 bits
                           */
                          function toInt112(int256 value) internal pure returns (int112 downcasted) {
                              downcasted = int112(value);
                              if (downcasted != value) {
                                  revert SafeCastOverflowedIntDowncast(112, value);
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the downcasted int104 from int256, reverting on
                           * overflow (when the input is less than smallest int104 or
                           * greater than largest int104).
                           *
                           * Counterpart to Solidity's `int104` operator.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - input must fit into 104 bits
                           */
                          function toInt104(int256 value) internal pure returns (int104 downcasted) {
                              downcasted = int104(value);
                              if (downcasted != value) {
                                  revert SafeCastOverflowedIntDowncast(104, value);
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the downcasted int96 from int256, reverting on
                           * overflow (when the input is less than smallest int96 or
                           * greater than largest int96).
                           *
                           * Counterpart to Solidity's `int96` operator.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - input must fit into 96 bits
                           */
                          function toInt96(int256 value) internal pure returns (int96 downcasted) {
                              downcasted = int96(value);
                              if (downcasted != value) {
                                  revert SafeCastOverflowedIntDowncast(96, value);
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the downcasted int88 from int256, reverting on
                           * overflow (when the input is less than smallest int88 or
                           * greater than largest int88).
                           *
                           * Counterpart to Solidity's `int88` operator.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - input must fit into 88 bits
                           */
                          function toInt88(int256 value) internal pure returns (int88 downcasted) {
                              downcasted = int88(value);
                              if (downcasted != value) {
                                  revert SafeCastOverflowedIntDowncast(88, value);
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the downcasted int80 from int256, reverting on
                           * overflow (when the input is less than smallest int80 or
                           * greater than largest int80).
                           *
                           * Counterpart to Solidity's `int80` operator.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - input must fit into 80 bits
                           */
                          function toInt80(int256 value) internal pure returns (int80 downcasted) {
                              downcasted = int80(value);
                              if (downcasted != value) {
                                  revert SafeCastOverflowedIntDowncast(80, value);
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the downcasted int72 from int256, reverting on
                           * overflow (when the input is less than smallest int72 or
                           * greater than largest int72).
                           *
                           * Counterpart to Solidity's `int72` operator.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - input must fit into 72 bits
                           */
                          function toInt72(int256 value) internal pure returns (int72 downcasted) {
                              downcasted = int72(value);
                              if (downcasted != value) {
                                  revert SafeCastOverflowedIntDowncast(72, value);
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the downcasted int64 from int256, reverting on
                           * overflow (when the input is less than smallest int64 or
                           * greater than largest int64).
                           *
                           * Counterpart to Solidity's `int64` operator.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - input must fit into 64 bits
                           */
                          function toInt64(int256 value) internal pure returns (int64 downcasted) {
                              downcasted = int64(value);
                              if (downcasted != value) {
                                  revert SafeCastOverflowedIntDowncast(64, value);
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the downcasted int56 from int256, reverting on
                           * overflow (when the input is less than smallest int56 or
                           * greater than largest int56).
                           *
                           * Counterpart to Solidity's `int56` operator.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - input must fit into 56 bits
                           */
                          function toInt56(int256 value) internal pure returns (int56 downcasted) {
                              downcasted = int56(value);
                              if (downcasted != value) {
                                  revert SafeCastOverflowedIntDowncast(56, value);
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the downcasted int48 from int256, reverting on
                           * overflow (when the input is less than smallest int48 or
                           * greater than largest int48).
                           *
                           * Counterpart to Solidity's `int48` operator.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - input must fit into 48 bits
                           */
                          function toInt48(int256 value) internal pure returns (int48 downcasted) {
                              downcasted = int48(value);
                              if (downcasted != value) {
                                  revert SafeCastOverflowedIntDowncast(48, value);
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the downcasted int40 from int256, reverting on
                           * overflow (when the input is less than smallest int40 or
                           * greater than largest int40).
                           *
                           * Counterpart to Solidity's `int40` operator.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - input must fit into 40 bits
                           */
                          function toInt40(int256 value) internal pure returns (int40 downcasted) {
                              downcasted = int40(value);
                              if (downcasted != value) {
                                  revert SafeCastOverflowedIntDowncast(40, value);
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the downcasted int32 from int256, reverting on
                           * overflow (when the input is less than smallest int32 or
                           * greater than largest int32).
                           *
                           * Counterpart to Solidity's `int32` operator.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - input must fit into 32 bits
                           */
                          function toInt32(int256 value) internal pure returns (int32 downcasted) {
                              downcasted = int32(value);
                              if (downcasted != value) {
                                  revert SafeCastOverflowedIntDowncast(32, value);
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the downcasted int24 from int256, reverting on
                           * overflow (when the input is less than smallest int24 or
                           * greater than largest int24).
                           *
                           * Counterpart to Solidity's `int24` operator.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - input must fit into 24 bits
                           */
                          function toInt24(int256 value) internal pure returns (int24 downcasted) {
                              downcasted = int24(value);
                              if (downcasted != value) {
                                  revert SafeCastOverflowedIntDowncast(24, value);
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the downcasted int16 from int256, reverting on
                           * overflow (when the input is less than smallest int16 or
                           * greater than largest int16).
                           *
                           * Counterpart to Solidity's `int16` operator.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - input must fit into 16 bits
                           */
                          function toInt16(int256 value) internal pure returns (int16 downcasted) {
                              downcasted = int16(value);
                              if (downcasted != value) {
                                  revert SafeCastOverflowedIntDowncast(16, value);
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the downcasted int8 from int256, reverting on
                           * overflow (when the input is less than smallest int8 or
                           * greater than largest int8).
                           *
                           * Counterpart to Solidity's `int8` operator.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - input must fit into 8 bits
                           */
                          function toInt8(int256 value) internal pure returns (int8 downcasted) {
                              downcasted = int8(value);
                              if (downcasted != value) {
                                  revert SafeCastOverflowedIntDowncast(8, value);
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Converts an unsigned uint256 into a signed int256.
                           *
                           * Requirements:
                           *
                           * - input must be less than or equal to maxInt256.
                           */
                          function toInt256(uint256 value) internal pure returns (int256) {
                              // Note: Unsafe cast below is okay because `type(int256).max` is guaranteed to be positive
                              if (value > uint256(type(int256).max)) {
                                  revert SafeCastOverflowedUintToInt(value);
                              }
                              return int256(value);
                          }
                      }
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                      // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (utils/math/SignedMath.sol)
                      pragma solidity ^0.8.20;
                      /**
                       * @dev Standard signed math utilities missing in the Solidity language.
                       */
                      library SignedMath {
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the largest of two signed numbers.
                           */
                          function max(int256 a, int256 b) internal pure returns (int256) {
                              return a > b ? a : b;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the smallest of two signed numbers.
                           */
                          function min(int256 a, int256 b) internal pure returns (int256) {
                              return a < b ? a : b;
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the average of two signed numbers without overflow.
                           * The result is rounded towards zero.
                           */
                          function average(int256 a, int256 b) internal pure returns (int256) {
                              // Formula from the book "Hacker's Delight"
                              int256 x = (a & b) + ((a ^ b) >> 1);
                              return x + (int256(uint256(x) >> 255) & (a ^ b));
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns the absolute unsigned value of a signed value.
                           */
                          function abs(int256 n) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                              unchecked {
                                  // must be unchecked in order to support `n = type(int256).min`
                                  return uint256(n >= 0 ? n : -n);
                              }
                          }
                      }
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                      // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (utils/Strings.sol)
                      pragma solidity ^0.8.20;
                      import {Math} from "./math/Math.sol";
                      import {SignedMath} from "./math/SignedMath.sol";
                      /**
                       * @dev String operations.
                       */
                      library Strings {
                          bytes16 private constant HEX_DIGITS = "0123456789abcdef";
                          uint8 private constant ADDRESS_LENGTH = 20;
                          /**
                           * @dev The `value` string doesn't fit in the specified `length`.
                           */
                          error StringsInsufficientHexLength(uint256 value, uint256 length);
                          /**
                           * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` decimal representation.
                           */
                          function toString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
                              unchecked {
                                  uint256 length = Math.log10(value) + 1;
                                  string memory buffer = new string(length);
                                  uint256 ptr;
                                  /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
                                  assembly {
                                      ptr := add(buffer, add(32, length))
                                  }
                                  while (true) {
                                      ptr--;
                                      /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
                                      assembly {
                                          mstore8(ptr, byte(mod(value, 10), HEX_DIGITS))
                                      }
                                      value /= 10;
                                      if (value == 0) break;
                                  }
                                  return buffer;
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Converts a `int256` to its ASCII `string` decimal representation.
                           */
                          function toStringSigned(int256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
                              return string.concat(value < 0 ? "-" : "", toString(SignedMath.abs(value)));
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
                           */
                          function toHexString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
                              unchecked {
                                  return toHexString(value, Math.log256(value) + 1);
                              }
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation with fixed length.
                           */
                          function toHexString(uint256 value, uint256 length) internal pure returns (string memory) {
                              uint256 localValue = value;
                              bytes memory buffer = new bytes(2 * length + 2);
                              buffer[0] = "0";
                              buffer[1] = "x";
                              for (uint256 i = 2 * length + 1; i > 1; --i) {
                                  buffer[i] = HEX_DIGITS[localValue & 0xf];
                                  localValue >>= 4;
                              }
                              if (localValue != 0) {
                                  revert StringsInsufficientHexLength(value, length);
                              }
                              return string(buffer);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Converts an `address` with fixed length of 20 bytes to its not checksummed ASCII `string` hexadecimal
                           * representation.
                           */
                          function toHexString(address addr) internal pure returns (string memory) {
                              return toHexString(uint256(uint160(addr)), ADDRESS_LENGTH);
                          }
                          /**
                           * @dev Returns true if the two strings are equal.
                           */
                          function equal(string memory a, string memory b) internal pure returns (bool) {
                              return bytes(a).length == bytes(b).length && keccak256(bytes(a)) == keccak256(bytes(b));
                          }
                      }
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                      pragma solidity ^0.8.25;
                      interface ISimpleToken {
                          error IdempotencyKeyAlreadyExist(bytes32 idempotencyKey);
                          function mint(address _account, uint256 _amount) external;
                          function mint(bytes32 _idempotencyKey, address _account, uint256 _amount) external;
                          function burn(address _account, uint256 _amount) external;
                          function burn(bytes32 _idempotencyKey, address _account, uint256 _amount) external;
                      }
                      // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                      pragma solidity ^0.8.25;
                      import {ERC20PermitUpgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/token/ERC20/extensions/ERC20PermitUpgradeable.sol";
                      import {AccessControlDefaultAdminRulesUpgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/access/extensions/AccessControlDefaultAdminRulesUpgradeable.sol";
                      import {Initializable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
                      import {ISimpleToken} from "./interfaces/ISimpleToken.sol";
                      contract SimpleToken is ISimpleToken, Initializable, ERC20PermitUpgradeable, AccessControlDefaultAdminRulesUpgradeable {
                          bytes32 public constant SERVICE_ROLE = keccak256("SERVICE_ROLE");
                          mapping(bytes32 => bool) private mintIds;
                          mapping(bytes32 => bool) private burnIds;
                          modifier idempotentMint(bytes32 idempotencyKey) {
                              if (mintIds[idempotencyKey]) {
                                  revert IdempotencyKeyAlreadyExist(idempotencyKey);
                              }
                              _;
                              mintIds[idempotencyKey] = true;
                          }
                          modifier idempotentBurn(bytes32 idempotencyKey) {
                              if (burnIds[idempotencyKey]) {
                                  revert IdempotencyKeyAlreadyExist(idempotencyKey);
                              }
                              _;
                              burnIds[idempotencyKey] = true;
                          }
                          /// @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow constructor
                          constructor() {
                              _disableInitializers();
                          }
                          function initialize(
                              string memory _name,
                              string memory _symbol
                          ) public initializer {
                              __ERC20_init(_name, _symbol);
                              __ERC20Permit_init(_name);
                              __AccessControlDefaultAdminRules_init(1 days, msg.sender);
                          }
                          function mint(address _account, uint256 _amount) external onlyRole(SERVICE_ROLE) {
                              _mint(_account, _amount);
                          }
                          function mint(bytes32 _idempotencyKey, address _account, uint256 _amount) external
                          onlyRole(SERVICE_ROLE) idempotentMint(_idempotencyKey) {
                              _mint(_account, _amount);
                          }
                          function burn(address _account, uint256 _amount) external onlyRole(SERVICE_ROLE) {
                              _burn(_account, _amount);
                          }
                          function burn(bytes32 _idempotencyKey, address _account, uint256 _amount) external
                          onlyRole(SERVICE_ROLE) idempotentBurn(_idempotencyKey) {
                              _burn(_account, _amount);
                          }
                      }